Vertiv 03.326.006.1 User Manual
Displayed below is the user manual for 03.326.006.1 by Vertiv which is a product in the Power Distribution Units (PDUs) category. This manual has pages.
Related Manuals
Knürr® IT Special Catalog
Networks & Data Centers
Status 05/2016
A division of the Emerson Group, Emerson Network Power, is a global company that combines
technology and design to offer their customers innovative and effective solutions.
Emerson Network Power protects and optimizes infrastructures for data centers, communication
networks, the health sector and industrial systems.
With its comprehensive technology base and global know-how, Emerson Network Power supports
a broad range of company-level solutions that constitute one of the most important requirements
for today's business.
No company, irrespective of its
size, can afford a failure of its
critical business systems or time
losses incurred when IT infra-
structures have to be restored
following a downtime.
Leave the work to us: we are
experts for all types of systems,
from the supply network to the
chip, and can deliver tailored
solutions for both very large and
small data centers.
High-level standardization
ensuring that the installation
won't cost you any extra.
Our solutions are user-friendly:
You needn't be an expert to
find the best option for your
company. Furthermore, we offer
comprehensive support so that
you have full protection while
you go about your business.
Emerson Network Power endorses
the European Code of Conduct
for Energy Efficiency in Data Center.
Emerson Network Power
| 3
Page 4 Knürr DCM®
Page 26 Knürr Miracel® 2
Page 48 Knürr Miracel® Server Rack
Page 61 Knürr Miracel® Network Rack
Page 84 Knürr @lock systems
Page 91 Knürr Cable Management
Page 114 Knürr System Accessories
Page 134 Knürr Fan Units
Page 148 Knürr Smaract®
Page 164 Knürr DoubleProRack®
Page 171 Knürr ConAct®
Page 176 SmartAisle™ – Containment
Page 194 SwitchTubes™
Page 201 Cooling HDCS
Page 202 Knürr® DCL
Page 208 Knürr® DCD
Page 213 Rack cooling accessories
Page 216 Knürr PowerTrans2®
Page 220 Emerson Network Power – Power Distribution Units
Page 222 MPX™
Page 232 MPH2™
Page 244 MPE
Page 248 DI-STRIP®
Page 271 Knürr RMS Compact II®
Page 276 Inline Metering System
Page 282 Glossary
Page 283 Centers of Expertise
Page 284 Data Center Infrastructure for Large Applications
Table of Contents
Mechanics – Racks
Accessories
Mechanics – Enclosure
SmartAisle™ – Containment
Cooling HDCS
Power Distribution Rack
Rack PDUs
Monitoring
Emerson Network Power
Knürr DCM®
4 | Mechanics – Racks
Knürr provides comprehensive products and services for all requirements –
from compact racks and computer rooms, right through to global data
centers.
Based on a variety of data centers' specific requirements, Emerson Network
Power has developed a customized, ready-made solution: rack systems with
integrated thermal management, power supply cooling and monitoring. We
also provide optional services such as on-site expertise and support, thereby
ensuring that you can easily order, configure, manage and implement your
Knürr solution.
Knürr DCM® – Rack System
Market-leading Data Center Technologies for your Company
Integrated solutions.
Integrated benefits.
Integrated energy efficiency.
Reliability:
Proven business-critical
technologies that minimize failure
sources and guarantee the greatest
possible reliability for your IT
systems.
Everything from one source:
One central provider for the
provision, configuration,
installation and support of your
products and technologies.
Integration:
From the rack through to the
entire room – our products and
services form one integrated
holistic system.
Technical support:
Where required, on-site and
factory-site support is provided by
application specialists. Emerson
Network Power has the largest
team of customer service
specialists in the world.
Flexible configuration options:
Our products and technologies
deliver flexibility, adaptability
and cost-effective solutions.
Energy efficiency:
We offer our customers "Green IT"
solutions that set standards on
the ITC market – a data-center
infrastructure that stays abreast
current and future requirements
and facilitates management
and automation of physical
infrastructure.
Network Rack
Colocation Rack
Cooling Rack
Cabling Rack
Integrated Racks
Rack Cooling
KVM Switch
Monitoring
LCD Trays
UPS
Serial Console
Rack PDU
Power Rack
Telecom Rack
Server Rack
Knürr DCM®
Knürr DCM®
6 | Mechanics – Racks
Knürr DCM® – Rack System
Overview
Knürr DCM® and DCM® Colocation
Knürr Miracel® Server Rack
Knürr Miracel® Network Rack
Light aluminum frame,
can be disassembled
– Easy, low weight transport.
– Low stress on DC raised floors.
42 U / 47 U
– e. g. 42 U with 2000 mm external height
including caster mounting.
Static load rating
– 15000 N with stationary version.
– 10000 N with caster mounting.
Aluminum construction,
threaded connection system
– High flexibility and stability with low weight;
simple assembly and disassembly.
41 U / 46 U
– e. g. 41 U with 2000mm external height or 41
U with 2100mm and mobile plinth.
Static load rating
– 5000 N with stationary version.
– 3000 N with mobile plinth.
Aluminum construction,
Threaded connection system
– High flexibility and stability with low weight;
simple assembly and disassembly.
Static load rating
– 5000 N with stationary version.
– 3000 N with mobile plinth.
T-slot system
– Freely selectable arrangement of accessories.
Easy mounting of all non-standard
components – variable in 19" and 25mm
increments.
Simple internal cabling
Comfort and safety
– Easy to move even when rack
is fully equipped.
T-slot system
– Freely selectable arrangement of accessories.
Special server extrusions
– Guaranteed easy mounting
of 19" servers from all manufacturers.
Optional tilt restraint
– Ensures safety of service personnel.
Also available integrated into the plinth.
Flexible ventilation components
– Always the right ventilation solution with the
corresponding accessory components, e.g.
via perforated floor panels, top covers and
doors (perforation: 83 %).
Cable management
– Guaranteed orderly and space-saving
cable management.
– Easily adjustable to installation site: Cable
management can be selected from an
extensive range of accessory components.
Knürr DCM®
Knürr DCM®
8 | Mechanics – Racks
Knürr DCM®
The Modular Rack Platform for a Future-proof Data Center
Everything in the data center begins with the Knürr DCM®!
The Knürr DCM® is the modular building block for all "in row" applications of
Emerson Network Power’s products. It’s used as server racks, power racks,
or storage racks.
Modular building box: quick,
cost-effective and sustainable.
Maximum space for power-supply
and cabling components allowing
them to be placed alongside the
panels.
Structural stability with low weight
provided by light aluminum struc-
ture that can be disassembled.
More variability with stepless,
adjustable-depth air containment
with vertical extrusions.
Positioning of rack in area of application
AISLE COOLER
Liebert® CRV
COLD AISLE CONTAINMENT
SmartAisleTM
SERVER RACK
Knürr DCM®
Knürr DCM® Colocation
MODULAR
UPS
Liebert® APM
Knürr DCM®
Knürr DCM®
10 | Mechanics – Racks
Knürr DCM®
Application-optimized Server-Rack Solution –
The Keystone for your IT Solutions
The right rack size
for every application
Knürr Data Center Module
The Knürr DCM® is Emerson
Network Power's globally available
rack for world-wide, standardized
data center planning.
Global standard
The 2000mm height and 1100mm
depth rack version is the global
platform for rack suites at Emerson
Network Power. Cooling racks,
power racks and server racks based
on the Knürr DCM platform
guarantee easy integration into
the rack suite.
Metric measurements
for global use.
Stable and secure
Knürr DCM seismic-tested version
available up on request. Static load
of up to 1500 kg. Flexible use as a
server or active network rack.
Width
Height
Depth
600 mm
800 mm
1000 mm
1100 mm
1200 mm
2200 mm / 47 U
2000 mm / 42 U
Knürr DCM®
Knürr DCM®
12 | Mechanics – Racks
High-load cabinet
Static load of 1500 kg featuring a new design,
more stable profiles and new high-load corner
joints. (1)
Screw design
Since the rack can easily be dismantled, even to
the most restricted areas are accessible. (2)
Light aluminum frame
Lower weight allows for easier,
lighter transportation. (3)
Convenient
Tool-free door assembly. (4)
Low, heavy-duty casters
Even fully equipped rack can be moved safely
and conveniently. (5)
Integrated tilt restraint
Quick and easy installation and disassembly.
Cable management
Guaranteed orderly and space-saving cable
management. Adaptable to site installation
requirements: cable management can be
selected from an extensive range of accessory
components. (6)
Largest possible perforation
For improved airflow. (7)
Maximum space
PDUs and cable management can also be
housed in the space between the 19" level and
the side panel.
Adjustable-depth air separation
Cold/warm air is sealed alongside the
panels, permitting adjustment of the depth.
The standard air-containment accessory
(with 1 U slot) can be used to increase the
usable space of your server rack up to 6 U. (8)
Knürr DCM®
Features
1. DCM20059
3. DCM20030 6. DCM20027
2. DCM20008
7. MIR20265
4. DCM20006
8. DCM20000
5. DCM20028
Knürr DCM®
Mechanics – Racks | 13
Knürr DCM®
Technical data
Material
– Extruded aluminum.
– Corner piece, die-cast aluminum.
– Covers, steel sheet, zinc-passivated.
– Steel sheet doors.
Installation dimensions compliant with
IEC 60297-1 and IEC 60297-2
– Height: 42 U / 47 U (1 U) = 44.45mm).
– Width: 482.6 mm (19" construction).
Available space
– Jumpering space, 80mm.
– 130° door opening angle in the rack suite and
180° as individual rack.
Configurations
– Stationary on leveling feet.
– Mobile with caster mounting and
leveling feet.
Finish/Color
– Basic rack, polished.
– Visible surface of covers RAL 7021 dark-grey.
Static load rating
– 15000 N (stationary model).
– 10000 N (mobile model).
Tests depending on design
– IP test compliant with IEC 60529.
– Earthing and protective conductor test
compliant with DIN EN 60950.
Further standards and tests may be provided
upon on request.
Rack suites
To create a rack suite with "n" racks, the
following is required:
– n-1 racks without side panels and
1 rack with side panels.
– In a rack suite, per connection you
one set of rack connectors.
Nom. dimension W W1 W2 D D1 D2
W 600 / D 1000 591 535 485 986 856 885
W 600 / D 1100 591 535 485 1086 956 985
W 600 / D 1200 591 535 485 1186 1056 1085
W 800 / D 1000 791 735 685 986 856 885
W 800 / D 1100 791 735 685 1086 956 985
W 800 / D 1200 791 735 685 1186 1056 1085
Nom. height H h
H 2000 1996 1872.60
H 2200 2218 2094.85
80
DCM20066
Knürr DCM®
14 | Mechanics – Racks
Knürr DCM®
Configurator
Up to 5,160,000 different assembly options
2
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
11
43
1
Knürr DCM®
Mechanics – Racks | 15
Doors Covers Color
Dimensions 5 6 19" Extrusions 9 10 11 Packaging 15
2 3 4 7 8 12 13 14
1
Rack
Height
Rack
Width
Rack
Depth
Front
Door
Rear
Door
19"-
Front
Vertical
Extrusion
19"-
Rear
Vertical
Extrusion
Cover Plinth Side Panel Packaging 19"
Extrusion
inseration
depth
Free Color
D=
DCM Rack B=
42 U 6=
600
mm
E=
1000
mm
A=
Single
glass door
A=
Single
glass door
A=
19" vertical
server extru-
sion with air
containment
and 3x1 U
cut-outs
S=
19" vertical
server
extrusion
C=
Top cover
with cable
entry
A=
Fixed plinth,
100 mm
B=
Both sides X=
Standard
packaging
A=
80/
740 mm
X1=
RAL
7035
D=
47 U 8=
800
mm
F=
1100
mm
B=
Single
steel sheet
door
B=
Single
steel sheet
door
B=
19" vertical
server
extrusion
with air
containment
X=
Without 19"
extrusions
E=
Cover
with lateral
cable entry
B=
Fixed plinth,
200 mm
L=
Left B=
85/
740 mm
8=
RAL
7021
G=
1200
mm
C=
Perforated
single
door
C=
Perforated
single
door
C=
19" Server
extrusion
with vertical
cablemanger
G=
Cover short R=
With casters R=
Right C=
115/
740 mm
G=
Per forated
double
door
G=
Perforated
double
door
S=
19" vertical
server
extrusion
X=
Without
cover
F=
Fixed with-
out plinth.
Only feet
are height-
adjustable
X=
Without D=
123/
740 mm
X=
Without
door
R=
Back cover E=
200/
740 mm
X=
Without
door
F=
215/
740 mm
G=
150/
740 mm
Product Height Width Depth Front Door Rear Door
19"-
Front
Vertical
Extrusion
19"-
Rear
Vertical
Extrusion
Cover Plinth Side Panel Packaging Free Free Color
DB 8 F G X A X C B L X X X 8
Configuration
example:
Impressive number of variations: There are now up
to 5,160,000 options for a configuration with the
'Configurable Article Number' (which replaces the old order
numbers).
A system building box that significantly simplifies your
combinations.
This 'Configurable Article Number' reproduces all requested
properties via multiple choice (see chart below), without
requiring detailed rack descriptions.
Definite identification is also possible with a repeat order
or upgrade.
The 'Configurable Article Number' makes a significant con-
tribution to simplifying the selection and ordering process.
Knürr DCM® – configured by you
Product line
Knürr DCM®
Example product number
Knürr DCM®
16 | Mechanics – Racks
DCM® 19" Heavy Duty Server Rack
Width 600 and 800, Stationary and Mobile
W H D U d Model Order No. UP
600 2000 1200 42 740 Stationary with side panels DB6GCGSSCFBXXX8 1 unit
600 2200 1200 47 740 Stationary with side panels DD6GCGSSCFBXXX8 1 unit
800 2000 1200 42 740 Stationary with side panels DB8GCGSSCFBXXX8 1 unit
800 2200 1200 47 740 Stationary with side panels DD8GCGSSCFBXXX8 1 unit
600 2000 1200 42 740 Stationary, no side panels DB6GCGSSCFXXXX8 1 unit
600 2200 1200 47 740 Stationary, no side panels DD6GCGSSCFXXXX8 1 unit
800 2000 1200 42 740 Stationary, no side panels DB8GCGSSCFXXXX8 1 unit
800 2200 1200 47 740 Stationary, no side panels DD8GCGSSCFXXXX8 1 unit
600 2000 1200 42 740 Mobile with side panels DB6GCGSSCRBXXX8 1 unit
800 2200 1200 47 740 Mobile with side panels DD8GCGSSCRBXXX8 1 unit
600 2000 1200 42 740 Mobile, no side panels DB6GCGSSCRXXXX8 1 unit
800 2200 1200 47 740 Mobile, no side panels DD8GCGSSCRXXXX8 1 unit
– Perforated front door.
– Perforated rear double door.
– Special 19" server extrusions for mounting
all off-the-shelf 19" servers.
– Components compliant with IEC 297-3.
– Cable entry via top and bottom cover.
– Cable entry on the top cover can be completely
removed at the rear allowing installing and
removal of top cover after cabling.
– Mobile design includes heavy-duty casters with
ample floor clearance.
Jumpering space
– Front 80 mm.
Load rating
– 15000 N static.
– 10000 N mobile in data center with load.
Protection rating
– IP 20.
Tests
– Earth compliant with DIN EN 60950.
– Mobile design: Earthing compliant with
VDE 0100 T 540.
– IP test compliant with DIN 40 050 / IEC 529.
Airflow circulation
– Perforation: 83 %.
Material / Finish
– Basic rack, extruded aluminum, polished.
– Corner piece, die-cast aluminum, polished.
– Doors, steel sheet, powder-coated texture.
– Covers, zinc-passivated steel sheet,
powder-coated texture.
– 19" extrusions, 2.5 mm zinc-passivated steel
sheet.
Color
– Visible surfaces and covers coated with
RAL 7021, dark-grey.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x basic rack.
– 4 x 19" server extrusions, steel sheet
inclusive U marking.
– 2 x side panels with quick connectors.
– 1 x top cover with cable entry (three-piece
sliding plates can also be opened
completely).
– 1 x front door, single, perforated, with handle
and mounting for cylinder lock.
– 1 x rear door, double, perforated, steel sheet,
with handle and mounting for cylinder lock.
– 4 x leveling feet.
– 1 x complete earthing test (VDE 0100).
– Mobile design: additionally 2 caster mount-
ings with heavy-duty casters and integrated
cable entry.
How supplied
– Mounted.
Note
Order mounting adapters for 19" server
extrusion for mounting Knürr accessories are
also available.
DCM20022 mobile
DCM20064 Average width 600 mm, mobile
DCM20065 Average width 800 mm, mobile
DCM20063 Average width 800 mm, stationary
DCM20003 stationary
DCM20062 Average width 600 mm, stationary
Dimensions in mm: Conversion:
W = Width L = Length U = Standard rack unit kg = Weight 1 mm = 0.03937 inch
H = Height h = Installation height (1 U = 44.45 mm) 1 kg = 2.2046 pounds
D = Depth d = Insertion depth UP = Packaging unit
Knürr DCM®
Mechanics – Racks | 17
DCM® Colocation Rack
Width 800 mm
W H D U d Model Order No. UP
800 2000 1100 13 740 3-way colocation without side panels 01.143.000.X-001 1 unit
800 2000 1200 13 740 3-way colocation without side panels 01.143.000.X-002 1 unit
800 2200 1100 15 740 3-way colocation without side panels 01.143.000.X-003 1 unit
800 2200 1200 15 740 3-way colocation without side panels 01.143.000.X-004 1 unit
800 2000 1100 20 740 2-way colocation without side panels 01.143.001.X-001 1 unit
800 2000 1200 20 740 2-way colocation without side panels 01.143.001.X-002 1 unit
800 2200 1100 23 740 2-way colocation without side panels 01.143.001.X-003 1 unit
800 2200 1200 23 740 2-way colocation without side panels 01.143.001.X-004 1 unit
800 2000 1100 13 740 3-way colocation with side panels 01.143.002.X-001 1 unit
800 2000 1200 13 740 3-way colocation with side panels 01.143.002.X-002 1 unit
800 2200 1100 15 740 3-way colocation with side panels 01.143.002.X-003 1 unit
800 2200 1200 15 740 3-way colocation with side panels 01.143.002.X-004 1 unit
800 2000 1100 20 740 2-way colocation with side panels 01.143.003.X-001 1 unit
800 2000 1200 20 740 2-way colocation with side panels 01.143.003.X-002 1 unit
800 2200 1100 23 740 2-way colocation with side panels 01.143.003.X-003 1 unit
800 2200 1200 23 740 2-way colocation with side panels 01.143.003.X-004 1 unit
– Perforated front doors with one-point lock.
– Perforated rear doors with one-point lock.
– Special 19" server extrusions for mounting all
off-the-shelf 19" servers.
– Components compliant with IEC 297-3.
– Standard cable entry with fixed cable duct on
the right.
– Optional cable entry left and right via cover and
shelf by reconfiguration of the cable ducts.
– Secure partitioning of the individual bays using
securely mounted partition shelves.
– With lateral air containment at the front left
and right, each with 1 U opening for mounting
different components.
– Doors with handle and mounting for cylinder
lock.
– Adjustment of the 19" extrusions in 50 mm
increments.
Jumpering space
– Front 80 mm.
Load rating
– 25 kg per rack unit (stationary).
– e. g.: 15 U x 25 kg = 375 kg load for one bay.
Protection rating
– IP 20.
Tests
– Earthing compliant with VDE 0100 T 450.
– IP test compliant with DIN 40 050 / IEC 529.
Airflow circulation
– Perforation: 83 %.
Material / Finish
– Basic rack, extruded aluminum, polished.
– Corner piece, die-cast aluminum, polished.
– Doors, steel sheet, powder-coated texture.
– Partitioning walls, zinc-passivated steel sheet.
–
19" extrusions, 2.0 mm zinc-passivated steel sheet.
– Shelf supports, zinc-passivated.
Color
– Visible cover surface
Final digit of Order No. .1: RAL 7035 light-grey.
Final digit of Order No. .8: RAL 7021 dark-grey.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x basic rack.
– 4 x 19" server extrusions with regular
perforations, steel sheet with rack unit
marking for each bay.
– 1 x top cover, including cable-inlet covers on
the left and right sides.
– 1 x shelf, including cable-inlet cover on the
right; open on the left for cable duct = cable
entry.
– 2 x partitioning shelves for 3-way colocation.
– 1 x partitioning shelf for 2-way colocation.
– 3 x perforated front and rear doors
for 3-way colocation.
– 2 x perforated front and rear doors
for 2-way colocation.
– Air containment at the front with covered
1 U cut-out.
How supplied
– Mounted.
Note
– Also order mounting adapters for 19" server
extrusion for mounting Knürr accessories.
– Side partitioning walls must be ordered
separately.
– Cylinder locks must be ordered separately .
– Stationary plinth can be mounted afterwards.
DCM20085
DCM20086
DCM20087
DCM20088
Knürr DCM®
18 | Mechanics – Racks
DCM® Steel Sheet Door,
with Perforation, Single
DCM® Steel Sheet Door
with Perforation, Double
DCM® Steel Sheet Door
without Perforation, Single
DCM® Steel Sheet Door
without Perforation, Double
Material
– Steel sheet 1.0 mm.
Color
– Final digit of order number .1:
RAL 7035 light-grey.
– Final digit of order number .8:
RAL 7021 dark-grey.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x door (single).
– 1 x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– Preassembled.
Volume flow
– Large surface perforation
(83 % free surface) enables optimum
airflow through the rack.
Material
– Steel sheet 1.0 mm.
Color
– Final digit of order number .1:
RAL 7035 light-grey.
– Final digit of order number .8:
RAL 7021 dark-grey.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x double door.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– Preassembled.
Volume flow
– Large surface perforation
(83 % free surface) enables optimum
airflow through the rack.
Material
– Steel sheet 1.0 mm.
Color
– Final digit of order number .1:
RAL 7035 light-grey.
– Final digit of order number .8:
RAL 7021 dark-grey.
Protection rating
Installation in the DCM
®
rack (depending
on the other rack components) enables a
maximum protection class of IP 20.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x single steel sheet door.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– Preassembled.
Material
– Steel sheet 1.0 mm.
Color
– Final digit of order number .1:
RAL 7035 light-grey.
– Final digit of order number .8:
RAL 7021 dark-grey.
Protection rating
Installation in the DCM
®
rack (depending
on the other rack components) enables a
maximum protection class of IP 20.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x double steel sheet door.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– Preassembled.
DCM20097
DCM20096
DCM20127
DCM20129
W H Order No. UP
600 2000 01.147.803.X 1 unit
600 2200 01.147.806.X 1 unit
800 2000 01.147.805.X 1 unit
800 2200 01.147.808.X 1 unit
W H Order No. UP
600 2000 01.147.534.X 1 unit
600 2200 01.147.537.X 1 unit
800 2000 01.147.536.X 1 unit
800 2200 01.147.539.X 1 unit
W H Order No. UP
600 2000 01.147.570.X-002 1 unit
600 2200 01.147.570.X-003 1 unit
800 2000 01.147.570.X-010 1 unit
800 2200 01.147.570.X-011 1 unit
W H Order No. UP
600 2000 01.147.921.X 1 unit
600 2200 01.147.922.X 1 unit
800 2000 01.147.929.X 1 unit
800 2200 01.147.930.X 1 unit
Dimensions in mm: Conversion:
W = Width L = Length U = Standard rack unit kg = Weight 1 mm = 0.03937 inch
H = Height h = Installation height (1 U = 44.45 mm) 1 kg = 2.2046 pounds
D = Depth d = Insertion depth UP = Packaging unit
Knürr DCM®
Mechanics – Racks | 19
DCM® Single Glass Door
DCM® Double Glass Door
DCM® Cover
with Lateral Cable Entry
DCM® Short Cover
Material
– Steel sheet 1.0 mm.
– Single safety-glass panel,
4.0 mm clear glass.
Color
– Final digit of order number .1:
RAL 7035 light-grey.
– Final digit of order number .8:
RAL 7021 dark-grey.
Protection rating
Installation in the DCM
®
rack (depending
on the other rack components) enables a
maximum protection class of IP 20.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x single glass door.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– Preassembled.
Material
– Steel sheet 1.0 mm
– Single safety-glass panel,
4.0 mm clear glass.
Color
– Final digit of order number .1:
RAL 7035 light-grey.
– Final digit of order number .8:
RAL 7021 dark-grey.
Protection rating
Installation in the DCM
®
rack (depending
on the other rack components) enables a
maximum protection class of IP 20.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x double glass door.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– Preassembled.
– With lateral cable entry on both sides
(sliding plates).
– For orderly cable management inside the
rack.
Material
– Steel sheet 1.5 mm.
Color
– Final digit of order number .1:
RAL 7035 light-grey.
– Final digit of order number .8:
RAL 7021 dark-grey.
Scope of delivery
– 1x top cover with lateral cable entry.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– In sets.
– For covering the front area
of the top; the rest remains open.
– Facilitates unobstructed cable entry
in the rack.
Material
– Steel sheet 1.5 mm.
Color
– Final digit of order number .1:
RAL 7035 light-grey.
– Final digit of order number .8:
RAL 7021 dark-grey.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x short cover.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– In sets.
DCM20128
DCM20130
DCM20079
DCM20081
DCM20080
W H Order No. UP
600 2000 01.147.540.X 1 unit
600 2200 01.147.543.X 1 unit
800 2000 01.147.542.X 1 unit
800 2200 01.147.545.X 1 unit
W H Order No. UP
600 2000 01.147.571.X-002 1 unit
600 2200 01.147.571.X-003 1 unit
800 2000 01.147.571.X-010 1 unit
800 2200 01.147.571.X-011 1 unit
W D Order No. UP
600 1000 01.147.572.X 1 unit
600 1100 01.147.573.X 1 unit
600 1200 01.147.574.X 1 unit
800 1000 01.147.577.X 1 unit
800 1100 01.147.578.X 1 unit
800 1200 01.147.579.X 1 unit
BRack L Order No. UP
600 250 01.147.268.X 1 unit
800 250 01.147.269.X 1 unit
Knürr DCM®
20 | Mechanics – Racks
DCM® Side Panel
DCM® Heavy Duty Plinth
Fixed, Height 100 mm
DCM® Heavy Duty Plinth
Fixed, Height 200 mm
DCM® Floor Panel
3-piece
– Side panel module for Knürr
DCM
®
19" heavy duty server rack
Material
– Steel sheet 1.0 mm.
Color
– Final digit of order number .1:
RAL 7035 light-grey.
– Final digit of order number .8:
RAL 7021 dark-grey.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x side panel.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– In sets.
– Fixed.
– Cable entry possible from all sides.
– Cover plate front and rear closed.
Load rating
– 10000 N static.
Material
– Steel sheet.
Color
– Final digit of order number .1:
RAL 7035 light-grey.
– Final digit of order number .8:
RAL 7021 dark-grey.
Scope of delivery
– 4 x plinth corners with leveling.
– 2 x plinth cover plates with slots.
– 2 x plinth cover plates closed on the
side.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– In sets.
– Fixed incl. leveling option.
– Cable entry possible from all sides.
– Cover plate front and rear closed.
Load rating
– 10000 N static.
Material
– Steel sheet.
Color
– Final digit of order number .1:
RAL 7035 light-grey.
– Final digit of order number .8:
RAL 7021 dark-grey.
Scope of delivery
– 4 x plinth corners, incl. leveling feet.
– 8 x cover plates.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– In sets.
– For covering the rack underside.
– For flexible cable entry at
the front and rear
– For racks with caster mounting.
Material / Finish
– Steel sheet, 1.5 mm, zinc passivated.
Scope of delivery
– 3 x floor panels.
– 2 x mounting brackets.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– In sets.
DCM20069
DCM20037
DCM20037b
DCM20032
H D Order No. UP
2000 1000 01.147.876.X 1 unit
2000 1100 01.147.877.X 1 unit
2000 1200 01.147.878.X 1 unit
2200 1000 01.147.880.X 1 unit
2200 1100 01.147.881.X 1 unit
2200 1200 01.147.882.X 1 unit
W H D Order No. UP
600 100 1000 01.147.738.X 1 unit
600 100 1100 01.147.739.X 1 unit
600 100 1200 01.147.740.X 1 unit
800 100 1000 01.147.746.X 1 unit
800 100 1100 01.147.747.X 1 unit
800 100 1200 01.147.748.X 1 unit
W H D Order No. UP
600 200 1000 01.147.788.X 1 unit
600 200 1100 01.147.789.X 1 unit
600 200 1200 01.147.790.X 1 unit
800 200 1000 01.147.796.X 1 unit
800 200 1100 01.147.797.X 1 unit
800 200 1200 01.147.798.X 1 unit
W D Model Order No. UP
600 1000 without cable entry 01.147.834.0 1 unit
600 1100 without cable entry 01.147.835.0 1 unit
600 1200 without cable entry 01.147.840.0 1 unit
800 1000 without cable entry 01.147.838.0 1 unit
800 1100 without cable entry 01.147.839.0 1 unit
800 1200 without cable entry 01.147.844.0 1 unit
Knürr DCM®
Mechanics – Racks | 21
DCM® Floor Panel
for Cable Entry with
Sponge-rubber Seal
DCM® Air Containment Unit
with 3 x 1 U Cover Plates, Vertical
DCM® Air Containment Unit
Closed
DCM® Mounting Adapter
for 19" Server Extrusion
– For covering the rack underside.
– With rubber seal for flexible cable entry
at the front or rear.
– For racks without caster mounting.
Material / Finish
– Steel sheet, 1.5 mm, zinc passivated.
– Sponge rubber, 50 mm x 30 mm.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x cable entry.
– 2 x floor panels.
– 2 x mounting brackets.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– In sets.
– Quick and easy retrofitting
of cold/warm area separation unit in rack.
– Side cover plates with 2 cut-outs each for
cable routing.
– 3 x 1 U cut-outs, covered with cover
plates.
– Screwed to the side of the 19" extrusions.
– Foam seals off the side panels or the same
level in the linked rack enabling stepless
depth adjustment.
Material
– Steel sheet.
Color
– Final digit of order number .1:
RAL 7035 light-grey.
– Final digit of order number .8:
RAL 7021 dark-grey.
Scope of delivery
– 2 x side cover plates.
– 1 x cover plate, bottom.
– 1 x foam element, top.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– In sets.
– Quick and easy retrofitting
of cold/warm area separation unit in rack.
– Side cover plates, closed.
– Screwed on the side on the
19" extrusions.
– Foam seals off the side panels or the same
level in the linked rack enabling stepless
depth adjustment.
Material
–
Steel sheet.
Color
– Final digit of order number .1:
RAL 7035 light-grey.
– Final digit of order number .8:
RAL 7021 dark-grey.
Scope of delivery
–
2 x side cover plates (only W 800).
–
2 x vertical foam elements.
–
1 x cover plate, bottom.
–
1 x foam element, top.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
How supplied
–
In sets.
– For mounting standard Knürr
components (storage shelves, drawers,
chassis rails, keyboard tray, etc.)
in 19" installation space.
Material
–
Steel sheet, zinc-passivated 2.5 mm.
Scope of delivery
–
4 x adapters.
DCM20035
LUF20351
LUF20350
DCM20052
W D Model Order No. UP
600 1000 With cable entry 01.147.846.0 1 unit
600 1100 With cable entry 01.147.847.0 1 unit
600 1200 With cable entry 01.147.852.0 1 unit
800 1000 With cable entry 01.147.850.0 1 unit
800 1100 With cable entry 01.147.851.0 1 unit
800 1200 With cable entry 01.147.856.0 1 unit
W H D Model Order No. UP
800 2000 20 3 x 1 U cover plate, for racks with caster mounting 01.147.904.X 1 set
800 2000 20 3 x 1 U cover plate, for racks without caster mounting 01.147.907.X 1 set
800 2200 20 3 x 1 U cover plate, for racks with caster mounting 01.147.905.X 1 set
800 2200 20 3 x 1 U cover plate, for racks without caster mounting 01.147.908.X 1 set
W H D Model Order No. UP
600 2000 20 No cut-outs, for racks with caster mounting 01.147.898.X 1 set
600 2000 20 No cut-outs, for racks without caster mounting 01.147.901.X 1 set
600 2200 20 No cut-outs, for racks with caster mounting 01.147.899.X 1 set
600 2200 20 No cut-outs, for racks without caster mounting 01.147.902.X 1 set
800 2000 20 No cut-outs, for racks with caster mounting 01.147.889.X 1 set
800 2000 20 No cut-outs, for racks without caster mounting 01.147.895.X 1 set
800 2200 20 No cut-outs, for racks with caster mounting 01.147.890.X 1 set
800 2200 20 No cut-outs, for racks without caster mounting 01.147.896.X 1 set
W H D U Order No. UP
44 44 44 1 01.147.640.9 1 set
Dimensions in mm: Conversion:
W = Width L = Length U = Standard rack unit kg = Weight 1 mm = 0.03937 inch
H = Height h = Installation height (1 U = 44.45 mm) 1 kg = 2.2046 pounds
D = Depth d = Insertion depth UP = Packaging unit
Knürr DCM®
22 | Mechanics – Racks
DCM® PDU Bracket
DCM® Partitioning Wall
for Retrofitting
DCM® Partitioning Wall
Mounted, Fixed
DCM® Rack Connector
Installed on Top
– For orderly cable management in the rack.
– For hanging in trade-standard PDUs
without tools.
– Especially suited to Knürr and Liebert
PDUs.
Material / Finish
– Steel sheet, 1.5 mm, zinc passivated,
powder-coated.
Color
– Final digit of order number .1:
RAL 7035 light-grey.
– Final digit of order number .8:
RAL 7021 dark-grey.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x PDU bracket.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– In sets.
– For air containment between two fixed
adjacent racks.
– The partition wall is fitted between two
racks and can be inserted from one side of
the linking racks, and guided along the
upper rear-enclosure extrusion of one of
the linked racks.
– After the partition wall has been inserted,
fasteners are bent or welded on one side
of the wall and screwed into the vertical
T-slot to secure the structure.
The rack connectors included in the
supply are used on the opposite side.
Material
– Steel sheet 1.0 mm.
Color
– Final digit of order number .1:
RAL 7035 light-grey.
– Final digit of order number .8:
RAL 7021 dark-grey.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x partitioning wall for retrofitting.
– 1 x set of rack connectors.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– In sets.
– For air containment between two fixed
adjacent racks.
– The partition wall is mounted only on one
rack. It must be mounted before the other
racks are installed.
– The partition wall is slotted in at the top
of the rear extrusion and mounted to the
basic rack with quick connectors. The rack
connectors are then fitted to the top and
bottom of the frame extrusions from the
inside.
– Plastic cover extrusions are provided to
seal the gap between two racks. These
can be clipped into place at the front and
back of the gap.
Material
– Steel sheet 1.0 mm.
Color
– Final digit of order number .1:
RAL 7035 light-grey.
– Final digit of order number .8:
RAL 7021 dark-grey.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x fixed partition wall.
– 1 x set of rack connectors.
– 2 x cover extrusions.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– In sets.
– For mechanical, stable joining of
of rack and enclosure suites.
– Can be installed on the racks from the top
directly into the die-cast corner piece.
– Easy access for installation from the
outside.
Material / Finish
– Steel sheet, 3 mm, zinc passivated.
Scope of delivery
– 2 x rack connectors for connecting
2 racks / frames).
– 4 x knurled screws M12.
How supplied
– In sets.
DCM20077
DCM20105
DCM20076
DCM20106
DCM20103
DCM20082
DCM20104
DCM20083
W HRack D U Order No. UP
125 2000 25 42 01.147.816.X 1 unit
125 2200 25 47 01.147.817.X 1 unit
H D Order No. UP
2000 1000 01.147.644.X 1 unit
2000 1200 01.147.646.X 1 unit
2200 1000 01.147.647.X 1 unit
2200 1200 01.147.649.X 1 unit
H D Order No. UP
2000 1000 01.147.690.X 1 unit
2000 1200 01.147.692.X 1 unit
2200 1000 01.147.693.X 1 unit
2200 1200 01.147.695.X 1 unit
Model Order No. UP
30x140 01.147.642.7 1 set
Knürr DCM®
Mechanics – Racks | 23
Rack Connector
External Mounting
Rack Connector
Internal Mounting
Cover Extrusion
for Rack Suites, IP20
Tilt Restraint for DCM®
DCM gap sealing depth
profil
– For secure connection of several racks.
– Front and rear external mounting.
Material
- Steel sheet, 1 mm,
electroplated zinc.
Scope of delivery
– 6 x mounting straps.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
– For mechanical, stable joining of
of rack and enclosure suites.
Material / Finish
– Steel sheet, 2 mm, zinc passivated.
Installation positions
1. On the horizontal extrusion
(bottom and top; front and rear).
2. Vertically on the vertical extrusion
(front and rear; top and bottom).
Scope of delivery
– 8 x mounting brackets
(for connecting 2 racks / frames)
– 1 x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– In sets.
Note
Only use on racks
without partition walls.
Material
– PVC extruder cover, black.
Scope of delivery
– 2 x vertical lengths.
– 2 x depth lengths.
– Quick and easy mounting and removal.
– Can be integrated in the Knürr DCM
®
rack.
– Use only as required.
Scope of delivery
– 2 x anti-tilt restrainers.
How supplied
– In sets.
– Quick and easy retrofitting.
– Gap sealing between the linked rack.
Material
– Steel sheet, zinc-passivated 1,5 mm.
Scope of delivery
– 2 gab sealings.
– Mounting kit.
How supplied
– In Sets.
DCM20125
MIR00100
DCM20123x
DCM20084
DCM20126
DCM20026
DCM20124
Order No. UP
01.127.114.9 1 set
Order No. UP
01.130.935.7 1 set
H D U Order No. UP
2000 1000 42 01.127.760.9 1 set
2200 1000 47 01.127.761.9 1 set
2000 1200 42 01.127.762.9 1 set
2200 1200 47 01.127.763.9 1 set
Order No. UP
01.147.641.9 2 unit
Order No. UP
01.147.643.9 1 unit
2
1
Dimensions in mm: Conversion:
W = Width L = Length U = Standard rack unit kg = Weight 1 mm = 0.03937 inch
H = Height h = Installation height (1 U = 44.45 mm) 1 kg = 2.2046 pounds
D = Depth d = Insertion depth UP = Packaging unit
DSC00194
DSC00202
Knürr DCM®
24 | Mechanics – Racks
Mounting Bracket
fixed DCM® Seismic Kit
– Fixed.
– Sits flush (airtight).
– Even load distribution on base.
– Also suitable for Miracel
®
racks.
Load rating
– 15000 N static.
Material
– Steel sheet 3.0 mm.
Finish
– Powder-coated texture, RAL 7021.
Scope of delivery
– 2 x mounting brackets for the depth.
– 2 x mounting brackets for the width.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– In sets.
– Retrofitting set for DCM
®
racks.
– Installed on site.
– Rack with installed seismic kit tested in
accordance with Telcordia GR63 Zone 4.
– Maximum total load for seismic
application: 500 kg per rack.
Material / Finish
– Steel sheet, powder-coated.
Color
– RAL 7021, dark-grey.
Scope of delivery
– 2 x seismic frames.
– Support for rear EIA-compliant level.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– In sets.
DCM20091
DCM20090
DCM20107
W H D Order No. UP
600 27 600 01.147.509.8 1 unit
600 27 700 01.147.510.8 1 unit
600 27 800 01.147.511.8 1 unit
600 27 900 01.147.512.8 1 unit
600 27 1000 01.147.513.8 1 unit
600 27 1100 01.147.514.8 1 unit
600 27 1200 01.147.515.8 1 unit
700 27 600 01.147.517.8 1 unit
700 27 700 01.147.518.8 1 unit
700 27 800 01.147.519.8 1 unit
700 27 900 01.147.520.8 1 unit
700 27 1000 01.147.521.8 1 unit
700 27 1100 01.147.522.8 1 unit
700 27 1200 01.147.523.8 1 unit
800 27 600 01.147.525.8 1 unit
800 27 700 01.147.526.8 1 unit
800 27 800 01.147.527.8 1 unit
800 27 900 01.147.528.8 1 unit
800 27 1000 01.147.529.8 1 unit
800 27 1100 01.147.530.8 1 unit
800 27 1200 01.147.531.8 1 unit
W H Model Order No. UP
600 2000 DCM® USA 01.147.909.8 1 set
600 2000 DCM® Standard 01.147.912.8 1 set
Knürr DCM®
Mechanics – Racks | 25
Partitioning Wall
for Retrofitting
3-point Locking
Upgrade Kit
Cable Duct
for Retrofitting
– To secure the partitions between the
individual bays against unauthorized
access.
– Each bay can be closed off separately
after initial installation.
– The partitioning wall is inserted above
and below on mounting strips provided
for this purpose.
– The partitioning wall is screwed into place
at the front and covered by the door.
Material
– Order no.1:
Powder-coated RAL 7035,
light-grey texture.
– Order no.8:
Powder-coated RAL 7021,
dark-grey texture.
Finish / Color
– Zinc-passivated steel sheet.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x partitioning wall for retrofitting.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– In sets.
Note
Partitioning wall can be installed from
every position (top, middle, bottom, left
and right).
– Upgrade kit for conversion
to 3-point locking.
– Additional security.
– Can be upgraded at any time.
– Suitable for heights of 2000 and
2200mm.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x Rod for locking unit.
– 1 x Rod guide.
How supplied
– In sets.
– Secure cabling for data and
power-supply lines.
– Subsequent installation in 2- or 3-way
colocation.
– Cable duct can be rebuilt at any time.
Material
– Steel sheet 1.0 mm.
Finish / Color
– Zinc-passivated steel sheet.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x cable duct for retrofitting.
– 1 x Covers.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– In sets.
DCM20110
DCM20111
DCM20109
DCM20099
DCM20100
H D Model Order No. UP
2000 1100 For 3-way colocation 01.143.100.X-001 1 unit
2000 1200 For 3-way colocation 01.143.100.X-002 1 unit
2200 1100 For 3-way colocation 01.143.100.X-003 1 unit
2200 1200 For 3-way colocation 01.143.100.X-004 1 unit
2000 1100 For 2-way colocation 01.143.100.X-005 1 unit
2000 1200 For 2-way colocation 01.143.100.X-006 1 unit
2200 1100 For 2-way colocation 01.143.100.X-007 1 unit
2200 1200 For 2-way colocation 01.143.100.X-008 1 unit
HModel Order No. UP
2000, 2200 for 3-way colocation 01.143.102.7-001 1 unit
2000, 2200 for 2-way colocation 01.143.102.7-002 1 unit
HModel Order No. UP
2000 Short, for 3-way colocation 01.143.101.0-001 1 unit
2000 Long, for 3-way colocation 01.143.101.0-002 1 unit
2200 Short, for 3-way colocation 01.143.101.0-003 1 unit
2200 Long, for 3-way colocation 01.143.101.0-004 1 unit
2000 For 2-way colocation 01.143.101.0-005 1 unit
2200 For 2-way colocation 01.143.101.0-006 1 unit
Dimensions in mm: Conversion:
W = Width L = Length U = Standard rack unit kg = Weight 1 mm = 0.03937 inch
H = Height h = Installation height (1 U = 44.45 mm) 1 kg = 2.2046 pounds
D = Depth d = Insertion depth UP = Packaging unit
Knürr Miracel® 2
26 | Mechanik – Racks
Knürr® Miracel, the classic amongst innovative racks, is
demonstrated by the long-standing and continuous
satisfaction of our customers. Drawing on Emerson
Network Power's extensive experience with a wide range
of applications, Miracel has now been adapted for network
and server applications. The innovative Miracel 2 has been
designed to meet current requirements in order to ensure
that it will continue to meet customers' needs well into the
future.
For both network and server applications, the highly
versatile Knürr Miracel 2 combines various components
and applications in one place. Being a modular rack
system, it can easily be expanded at any time and the cable
entry points can be flexibly tailored for specific needs.
Knürr® Miracel 2
One system with Infinite Possibilities
With a load rating of 800 kg, Knürr Miracel 2 is a cleverly
designed space-saving rack that offers ample space for
a wide range of equipment and, thanks to the absence of
depth members, also present at the sides, it provides
maximum flexibility with the greatest possible space for
cables and cooling components. This rack's integrated
castors and doors also make it easy to move without
needing to be tilted. Made from aluminum, Knürr Miracel 2
is extremely light, minimizing raised floor loading and
making it easy to transport and set up. The clever, fully-
integrated T-slot system in the aluminum extrusions also
allows for the free configuration of accessories and makes
it easy to install each and every component.
Knürr Miracel® Serverschrank
Knürr Miracel® 2
28 | Mechanik – Racks
Knürr® Miracel 2
Benefits of an All-in-One Server and Network Rack
Knürr® Miracel 2 – Technical Data
Material
– Extruded aluminum.
– Corner piece: die-cast aluminum.
– Casing: galvanized steel sheet.
– Doors: steel sheet.
Installation dimensions in accordance
with IEC 60297-1 and IEC 60297-2
– Height: 42 HE / 47 HE
(1 HE (or 1U) = 44.45 mm).
– Width: 482.6 mm (19" version).
Available space
– 80 mm jumpering space at the front,
215 mm ranges; customizable up on
request.
– Internal hinge: 130° for rack suites:
160° for stand-alone racks.
– External hinge: 180° for stand-alone racks
and rack suites.
Installation options
– Stationary: on levelling feet.
– Mobile: with castor mounting and levelling
feet.
Finish / Colour
– Basic rack: polished.
– Visible surface of casing, powder-coated
RAL 7021 dark-grey and RAL 7035
light-grey.
Static load rating
– 8000 N (stationary version).
– 4000 N (mobile version).
Tests depending on the design
– Earthing and earth wire test in accordance
with DIN EN 60950.
– Other standards and certificates upon
request.
Rack suites
To create a rack suite with "n" racks, you will
need:
– 1 x rack without side panels and one rack
with side panels.
– 1 x set of rack connectors per connection.
Knürr Miracel® 2
Mechanik – Racks | 29
Castors for easy
transport
Modular design makes
it easy to combine with
DCM racks and Smart
Aisle Containment
Clickystem,
easy mounting
accessories
C
L
I
C
K
Y
S
T
E
M
M
O
D
U
L
A
R
Light weight
aluminium
construction,
minimizes raised
floor loading
C
A
S
T
O
R
S
83% Perforation
offers optimal
airflow
A
I
R
F
L
O
W
Raised height from
41/46U up to 42/47U
R
A
I
S
E
D
H
E
I
G
H
T
Load rate raised
from 500kg up
to 800kg
L
O
A
D
C
A
P
A
C
I
T
Y
Easy access on all sides
enables comfortable
service and repair
E
A
S
Y
A
C
C
E
S
S
B
E
N
E
F
I
T
S
O
F
A
N
A
L
L
I
N
O
N
E
R
A
C
K
Knürr Miracel® 2
30 | Mechanik – Racks
Top cover with
cable inlet rear
+ 25 mm raised
Stationary plinth
with vents
Knürr® Miracel 2 – LAN Rack
Horizontal extrusion Depth extrusion
No depth braces required Vertical extrusion
19" extrusion with
U-marking
Glas door
Knürr® Miracel 2 – LAN Rack – Features
Knürr Miracel® 2
Mechanik – Racks | 31
Knürr® Miracel 2 – Network Rack
– With fixed 19" mounting on the front and
rear for IEC 297-3-compliant components.
– Installation of slot-in runners, drawers, pull-out
shelves and cable management equipment.
– Cable entry via plinth and top cover.
– Cable entry on the top cover, at the rear;
top cover can be attached / removed after
equipment installation.
– Heat is discharged via the raised top cover.
– Door opening angle 160° internal hinges.
Jumpering space
– Front: 123 mm.
Load rating
– 8000 N static .
Protection rating
– IP 20.
Tests
– Earthing compliant with VDE 0100 T 540.
– IP test EN 60529.
Material / Finish
– Basic rack: extruded aluminum.
– Corner piece: die-cast aluminum, polished.
– Casing: galvanized steel sheet, powder-coated
texture.
– Doors, steel sheet, powder-coated texture,
glass infill front door, single safety-glass panel,
4 mm.
– 19" extrusions, 1.5 mm galvanized steel sheet.
Colour
– x = .1 visible surfaces and covers,
RAL 7035 light-grey.
– x = .8 visible surfaces and covers,
RAL 7021 dark-grey.
Included in delivery
– 1 basic rack.
– 4 x 19" perforated steel sheet extrusions
with HE markings. Depth 600 2 x 19".
– 2 x side panels with quick connectors.
– 1 x raised top cover with cable entry rear
(three-piece sliding plates, can also be fully
opened) at the rear.
– 1 x front door, single leaf, single safety-glass
panel, with handle and mounting for cylinder
lock.
– 1 x rear door, single leaf, steel sheet, with
handle and mounting for cylinder lock .
– 1 x plinth with vents at the front and rear,
including closed sides and mounting for filter
mat.
– 1 x complete earthing kit (VDE 0100).
– 4 x levelling feet.
Delivered
– Assembled.
Knürr ® Miracel 2 Network Rack
W H D U h d Order No. Units
800 2120 600 42 1873 01.157.005.x-022 1 unit
800 2340 600 47 2095 01.157.005.x-032 1 unit
800 2120 800 42 1873 565 01.157.005.x-024 1 unit
800 2340 800 47 2095 565 01.157.005.x-034 1 unit
800 2120 1000 42 1873 740 01.157.005.x-026 1 unit
800 2340 1000 47 2095 740 01.157.005.x-036 1 unit
Knürr Miracel® 2
32 | Mechanik – Racks
Top cover
with cable entry
rear side
levelling feet,
castors optional
Horizontal extrusion Depth extrusion
No depth braces required Vertical extrusion
19" extrusion with
U-marking Perforated door
biggest possible
perforation
Knürr® Miracel 2 – Server Rack – Features
Knürr® Miracel 2 – LAN Rack
Knürr Miracel® 2
Mechanik – Racks | 33
Knürr® Miracel 2 – Server Rack
– With fixed 19" mounting on the front and
rear for IEC 297-3-compliant components.
– Perforated single leaf front and rear doors.
– Special 19" server extrusions for mounting
all trade-standard 19" servers.
– Components compliant with IEC 297-3.
– Cable entry via base and top cover.
– Cable entry on the top cover, at the rear, can
be completely removed, allowing the top cover
to be fitted and removed after cabling.
Jumpering space
– Front: 80 mm.
Load rating
– 8000 N static.
Protection rating
– IP 20.
Tests
– Earthing compliant with VDE 0100 T 540.
– Earthing compliant with DIN EN 60950.
– IP test EN 60529.
Material / Finish
– Basic rack: extruded aluminum.
– Corner piece: die-cast aluminum, polished.
– Covers: galvanized steel sheet, powder-coated
texture.
– Doors: steel sheet, powder-coated texture.
– 19" extrusions, 2.5 mm galvanized steel sheet.
Colour
– x = .1 visible surfaces and covers,
RAL 7035 light-grey.
– x = .8 visible surfaces and covers,
RAL 7021 dark-grey.
Included in delivery
– 1 x basic rack.
– 4 x 19" steel sheet server extrusions
with HE markings.
– 2 x side panels with quick connectors.
– 1 x top cover with cable entry rear(three-piece
sliding plates, can also be fully opened).
– 1 x front door, single leaf, with handle and
mounting for cylinder lock.
– 1 x rear door, single leaf, with
handle and mounting for cylinder lock.
– 1 x complete earthing kit (VDE 0100).
– 4 x levelling feet.
Delivered
– Assembled.
Note
For drawers, pull-out shelves and slot-in
runners, please also order the extrusion adapter
01.147.6409.
Knürr® Miracel 2 Server Rack
W H D U h d Order No. Units
600 1969 1000 42 1873 740 01.157.007.x-026 1 unit
600 2218 1000 47 2095 740 01.157.007.x-036 1 unit
600 1969 1200 42 1873 740 01.157.007.x-028 1 unit
600 2218 1200 47 2095 740 01.157.007.x-038 1 unit
800 1969 1000 42 1873 740 01.157.011.x-026 1 unit
800 2218 1000 47 2095 740 01.157.011.x-036 1 unit
800 1969 1200 42 1873 740 01.157.011.x-028 1 unit
800 2218 1200 47 2095 740 01.157.011.x-038 1 unit
Knürr Miracel® 2
34 | Mechanik – Racks
Knürr® Miracel 2
Configurator
11
9
3
8
6
7
13
11
5
10
4
Product Height Width Depth Front
Door Rear Door
19"
Front
Vertical
Extrusion
19"
Rear
Vertical
Extrusion
Top Cover Plinth Side
Panel Packaging Jumpering
Depth Free Color
NB 8 E A B S S B A B XQX8
19" ExtrusionsDoorsDimensions Cover parts Color
Example product number
Knürr® Miracel 2 – configured by you
Knürr® Miracel 2 is one of our configurable rack platforms. You can easily select
the options you need for your individual rack, based on the matrix.
Knürr Miracel® 2
Mechanik – Racks | 35
2 3 4 65 7 8 9 10 11 1513 1412
Dimensions Doors 19" Extrusions Color
Cover parts
Option
Matrix
Rack
Height
Rack
Width
Rack
Depth
Front
Door
Rear
Door
19"
Vertical
Extrusion
Front
19"
Vertical
Extrusion
Rear
Top Cover Plinth Side Panel Packaging Jumpering
Depth/
Installation
Depth Front
Free Color
N=
Miracel 2
Rack
B=
42 U 6=
600
mm
C=
800
mm
A=
Glass
single door
right
A=
Glass
single door
right
A=
19" vertical
server
extrusion
with air
partition and
3x1 U cut-outs
H=
19" vertical
extrusion
with
mounting
holes
B=
Top Cover,
with cut out
for fan units,
with cable inlet
rear
A=
Plinth,
stationary
100mm, all
sides closed
B= Both
sides X =
Standard
packaging
A=
80/740mm X1=
RAL
7035
D=
47 U 8=
800
mm
D=
900
mm
B=
Sheet steel
single door
right
B=
Sheet steel
single door
right
B=
19" vertical
server
extrusion
with air
partition
S=
19" vertical
server
extrusion
C=
Top cover with
cable inlet rear
B=
Plinth,
stationary
200mm, all
sides closed
C=
Partitioning
wall fixed
right
C=
115/740mm 8=
RAL
7021
E=
1000
mm
C=
Perforated
single door
C=
Perforated
single door
C=
19" vertical
server
extrusion
with cable
management
X=
Without 19"
extrusions
E=
Top cover
short with
lateral cable
inlet closed
F=
Without plinth.
Adjustable feed
only
D=
Partitioning
wall fixed
left
D=
123/740mm X=
blank
F=
1100
mm
D=
180°
perforated
single door
right
D=
180°
perforated
single door
right
H=
19" vertical
extrusion
with
mounting
holes
G=
Top cover
short
G=
Plinth,
stationary
100mm, with
vent slots
L=
Left
E=
200/740mm
G=
1200
mm
E=
Glass
double
door
E=
Glass
double
door
S=
19" vertical
server
extrusion
S=
Top cover
without cut out
for fan units,
with cable inlet
rear, with
spacer
H=
Plinth,
stationary
200mm, with
vent slots
R= Right F=
215/740mm
F=
Sheet steel
double
door
F=
Sheet steel
double
door
X=
Without 19"
extrusions
X=
Without top
cover
R=
Mobile casters X=
Without
side panels
G=
150/740mm
G=
Sheet steel
per forated
double
door
G=
Sheet steel
per forated
double
door
Q=
80/565mm
H=
180°
perforated
double
door
H=
180°
perforated
double
door
T=
123/565mm
M=
180° sheet
steel single
door right
M=
180°
sheet steel
single door
right
U=
150/565mm
N=
180°
sheet steel
double
door
N=
180°
sheet steel
double
door
V=
200/565mm
P=
180° glass
single door
right
P=
180° glass
single door
right
Q=
180°glass
double
door
Q=
180°glass
double
door
X=
Without
door
R=
rear/front
door
X=
Without
door
select your options
Knürr Miracel® 2
36 | Mechanik – Racks
Knürr® Miracel 2
Configurator – Technical Overview of selectable options
A
B
C
E
F
G
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Product Height Width Depth Front
Door
Rear
Door
19" Vertikal
Extrusion
front
19" Vertikal
Extrusion
rear
Top Cover Plinth Side
Panel Packaging Jumpering
Space Free Color
Overview of all mountable parts
Knürr Miracel® 2
Mechanik – Racks | 37
A
B
G
H
B
C
E
S
D
R
L
C
C
H
A
A B CEFGR
Knürr Miracel® 2
38 | Mechanik – Racks
A
A
Front and rear door not displayed
A-A
Pos.3
6=600mm
8=800mm
Pos.4
A=600mm
C=800mm
D=900mm
E=1000mm
F=1100mm
G=1200mm
Pos.2
B=42U
D=47U
Pos.10
G=100mm
Pos.10
H=200mm
Pos.8
Pos.13a
Useful depth
Pos.13
Jumper Space
Pos.7
(min. 450)
(
465,1±1.6)
Knürr® Miracel 2
Configurator – Technical Overview of selectable dimensions
2
4
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 910 11 12 13 14 15
Product Height Width Depth Front Door Rear Door
19" Vertikal
Extrusion
front
19" Vertikal
Extrusion rear Top Cover Plinth Side
Panel Packaging Jumpering
Space Free Color
10
8
7
3
13
Knürr Miracel® 2
Mechanik – Racks | 39
A
C
C
E
S
S
O
R
I
E
S
Knürr Miracel® 2
40 | Mechanik – Racks
Knürr® Miracel 2 – Accessories
Doors
Material
– Steel sheet: 1.0 mm.
Colour
– digit X of order number .1:
RAL 7035 light-grey.
– digit X of order number .8:
RAL 7021 dark-grey.
Included in delivery
– 1 x door, single, double leaf or rear panel.
– Mounting kit.
Delivered
– Pre-assembled.
Note
Perforated doors (83 % free surface) allow for
optimum airflow throughout the rack.
Image Description Version Dimensions Dimensions
H 2000 mm H 2200 mm
W 600 mm W 800 mm W 600 mm W 800 mm
Steel sheet door
with perforation,
single leaf
160° opening angle,
interal hinges 01.147.803.X 01.147.805.X 01.147.806.X 01.147.808.X
180° opening angle,
external hinges 01.157.092.X-007 01.157.092.X-009 01.157.092.X-010 01.157.092.X-012
Steel sheet door
with perforation,
double leaf
160° opening angle,
interal hinges 01.147.921.X 01.147.929.X 01.147.922.X 01.147.930.X
180° opening angle,
external hinges 01.157.093.X-007 01.157.093.X-009 01.157.093.X-010 01.157.093.X-012
Steel sheet door
without perforation,
single leaf
160° opening angle,
interal hinges 01.147.534.X 01.147.536.X 01.147.537.X 01.147.539.X
180° opening angle,
external hinges 01.157.094.X-007 01.157.094.X-009 01.157.094.X-010 01.157.094.X-012
Steel sheet door
without perforation,
double leaf
160° opening angle,
interal hinges 01.147.570.X-002 01.147.570.X-010 01.147.570.X-003 01.147.570.X-011
180° opening angle,
external hinges 01.157.095.X-007 01.157.095.X-009 01.157.095.X-010 01.157.095.X-012
Glass door,
single leaf
160° opening angle,
interal hinges 01.147.540.X 01.147.542.X 01.147.543.X 01.147.545.X
180° opening angle,
external hinges 01.157.090.X-007 01.157.090.X-009 01.157.090.X-010 01.157.090.X-012
Glass door,
double leaf
160° opening angle,
interal hinges 01.147.571.X-002 01.147.571.X-010 01.147.571.X-003 01.147.571.X-011
180° opening angle,
external hinges 01.157.091.X-007 01.157.091.X-009 01.157.091.X-010 01.157.091.X-012
Rear panel 01.157.080.X-003 01.157.080.X-004 01.157.080.X-005 01.157.080.X-006
Knürr Miracel® 2
Mechanik – Racks | 41
Side Panel
Brush Strips for Covers with
Cable Entry on the Side
– Side panel module for 19" server rack.
Material
– Steel sheet: 1.0 mm.
Finish / Colour
– digit X of order number .1:
RAL 7035 light-grey.
– digit X of order number .8:
RAL 7021 dark-grey.
Included in delivery
– 1 x side panel.
– Mounting kit.
Delivered
– In sets.
– Brush strip for all covers with cable entry
lateral.
– For dust-protected and flexible cable
entry.
– Can be used instead of mounting the
sliding covers in the top cover.
Included in delivery
– 4 x brush strips.
Delivered
– In sets.
Side panel
Brush strips for covers
H D Version Order No. Units
2000 600 Side panel 01.147.871.X-004 1 unit
2000 800 Side panel 01.147.871.X-005 1 unit
2000 1000 Side panel 01.147.876.X 1 unit
2000 1100 Side panel 01.147.877.X 1 unit
2000 1200 Side panel 01.147.878.X 1 unit
2200 600 Side panel 01.147.871.X-007 1 unit
2200 800 Side panel 01.147.871.X-008 1 unit
2200 1000 Side panel 01.147.880.X 1 unit
2200 1100 Side panel 01.147.881.X 1 unit
2200 1200 Side panel 01.147.882.X 1 unit
HVersion Order No. Units
800 Brush strips 01.157.016.9-001 1 unit
1000 Brush strips 01.157.016.9-003 1 unit
1100 Brush strips 01.157.016.9-004 1 unit
1200 Brush strips 01.157.016.9-005 1 unit
Air Containment
– The cold/warm area partition can be quickly
and easily retrofitted into the rack.
– Side cover plates with 2 cut-outs each for cables
(for 800 mm wide racks).
– 3 x 1 HE cut-outs, covered with cover plates
(only in versions with vents).
– Bolted to the sides of the 19" extrusions
(in 800 mm wide racks).
– Sealed off from the side panels or from the
same level of adjoining racks.
– Foam components allow for infinite
adjustability in terms of depth.
Material
– Steel sheet.
Colour
– digit X of order number .1:
RAL 7035 light-grey.
– digit X of order number .8:
RAL 7021 dark-grey.
Included in delivery
– 2 x side cover plates (for 800 mm wide racks).
– 1 x cover plate, bottom.
– 1 x foam block for the top.
– Mounting kit.
Delivered
– In sets.
Image Description Version Dimensions Dimensions
H 2000 mm H 2200 mm
W 600 mm W 800 mm W 600 mm W 800 mm
Air containment
without vents
for Racks with castor
brackets 01.147.898.X 01.147.889.X 01.147.899.X 01.147.890.X
for Racks without castor
brackets 01.147.901.X 01.147.895.X 01.147.902.X 01.147.896.X
Air containment
with 3 x 1 HE cover pla-
tes, vertical
for Racks with castor
brackets 01.147.904.X 01.147.905.X
for Racks without castor
brackets 01.147.907.X 01.147.908.X
Knürr Miracel® 2
42 | Mechanik – Racks
Plinth
– Stationary, including levelling options.
– Cable entry accessible from all sides.
– Removable cover plates.
– Installation option for filter mat.
Load rating
– 10,000 N static.
Material
– Steel sheet.
Colour
– digit X of order number .1:
RAL 7035 light-grey.
– digit X of order number .8:
RAL 7021 dark-grey.
Included in delivery
– 4 x plinth corners, including levelling feet.
– 8 x cover plates without vents (for a height
of 200 mm), 4 x cover plates without vents
(for a height of 100 mm).
– 8 x cover plates (for a height of 200 mm,
4 without and 4 with vents), 4 cover plates
(for a height of 100 mm, 2 without vents and
2 x with vents).
– Mounting kit.
Delivered
– In sets.
Image Description Dimensions
W 600 mm
D 600 mm D 800 mm D 1000 mm D 1100 mm D 1200 mm
Stationary plinth,
100 mm high,
without vents
01.157.055.X-001. 01.157.055.X-002 01.147.738.X 01.147.739.X 01.147.740.X
Stationary plinth,
100 mm high,
with vents
01.157.060.X-001 01.157.060.X-002 01.157.060.X-004 01.157.060.X-005 01.157.060.X-006
Stationary plinth,
200 mm high,
without vents
01.157.056.X-001 01.157.056.X-002 01.147.788.X 01.147.789.X 01.147.790.X
Stationary plinth,
200 mm high,
with vents
01.157.065.X-001 01.157.065.X-002 01.157.065.X-004 01.157.065.X-005 01.157.065.X-006
Image Description Dimensions
W 800 mm
D 600 mm D 800 mm D 1000 mm D 1100 mm D 1200 mm
Stationary plinth,
100 mm high,
without vents
01.157.055.X-007 01.157.055.X-008 01.147.746.X 01.147.747X 01.147.748.X
Stationary plinth,
100 mm high,
with vents
01.157.060.X-007 01.157.060.X-008 01.157.060.X-010 01.157.060.X-011 01.157.060.X-012
Stationary plinth,
200 mm high,
without vents
01.157.056.X-007 01.157.056.X-008 01.147.796.X 01.147.797X 01.147.798.X
Stationary plinth,
200 mm high,
with vents
01.157.065.X-007 01.157.065.X-008 01.157.065.X-010 01.157.065.X-011 01.157.065.X-012
Knürr Miracel® 2
Mechanik – Racks | 43
Bottom Plates
– For covering the rack underneath.
– With foam rubber seals and brush strips;
cable entry at the front and rear.
– For racks with and without castor mounting.
Material / Finish
– Steel sheet, 1.5 mm, galvanized.
– For foam rubber seals (foam rubber,
50x30 mm).
Included in delivery
– Bottom plates.
– 2 x mounting brackets.
– Mounting kit.
Delivered
– In sets.
Image Description Dimensions
W 600 mm
D 800 mm D 1000 mm D 1100 mm D 1200 mm
Bottom plate
closed, used with castor
bracket
01.157.040.0-001 01.157.040.0-003 01.157.040.0-004 01.157.040.0-005
Bottom plate
for cable entry
with foam rubber seal
01.157.041.0-001 01.147.846.0 01.147.847.0 01.147.852.0
Bottom plate,
modular 01.157.042.0-001 01.147.834.0 01.147.835.0 01.147.840.0
Bottom plate
for cable entry
with brush strip
01.157.045.0-001 01.157.045.0-003 01.157.045.0-004 01.157.045.0-005
Perforated
bottom plate
d 155mm
01.157.025.0-001
Image Description Dimensions
W 800 mm
D 800 mm D 1000 mm D 1100 mm D 1200 mm
Bottom plate
closed, used with castor
bracket
01.157.040.0-006 01.157.040.0-008 01.157.040.0-009 01.157.040.0-010
Bottom plate
for cable entry
with foam rubber seal
01.157.041.0-003 01.147.850.0 01.147.851.0 01.147.856.0
Bottom plate,
modular 01.157.042.0-003 01.147.838.0 01.147.839.0 01.147.844.0
Bottom plate
for cable entry
with brush strip
01.157.045.0-006 01.157.045.0-008 01.157.045.0-009 01.157.045.0-010
Perforated
bottom plate
d 155mm
01.157.025.0-003
Knürr Miracel® 2
44 | Mechanik – Racks
Top Cover
– With cable entry (sliding plates).
– For orderly cable management in the rack.
Material
– Steel, 1.5 mm.
Finish / Colour
– digit X of order number .1: RAL 7035 light-
grey,
powder-coated texture.
– digit X of order number .8: RAL 7021 dark-
grey, powder-coated texture.
Included in delivery
– 1 top panel with cable entry.
– Mounting kit.
Delivered
– In sets.
Image Description Dimensions
W 600 mm
D 600 mm D 800 mm D 1000 mm D 1100 mm D 1200 mm
Top cover
with lateral cable inlet 01.147.570.X 01.147.572.X 01.147.573.X 01.147.574.X
Top cover
with rear cable entry 01.157.050.X-001 01.157.050.X-002 01.157.050.X-003
Top cover with cut out
for fan units and cable
inlet rear. Cut out closed
with screwed blanking
panel.
01.157.052.X-001 01.157.052.X-003
Top cover
with cably inlet rear
and 25 mm raised
01.157.051.X-001 01.157.051.X-002 01.157.051.X-004
Top cover, short
d 250mm 01.147.268.X
Image Description Dimensions
W 800 mm
D 600 mm D 800 mm D 1000 mm D 1100 mm D 1200 mm
Top cover
with lateral cable inlet 01.147.575.X 01.147.577.X 01.147.578.X 01.147.579.X
Top cover
with rear cable entry 01.157.050.X-004 01.157.050.X-005 01.157.050.X-006
Top cover with cut out
for fan units and cable
inlet rear. Cut out closed
with screwed blanking
panel.
01.157.052.X-004 01.157.052.X-006
Top cover with
cably inlet rear
and 25 mm raised
01.157.051.X-005 01.157.051.X-006 01.157.051.X-008
Top cover, short
d 250mm 01.147.269.X
Knürr Miracel® 2
Mechanik – Racks | 45
Knürr® Miracel 2 - Cable Manager, Vertical
Knürr® Miracel 2 – Cover Panel for Vertical Cable Manager
Left and right models (2 cable managers)
included in the delivery.
– Ideal for organizing cabling of jumper cables
(copper and fiber optic cables).
– Retrofitting is possible.
– Prepared for full cold/warm partitioning.
– Cable fingers can be easily installed
(clipped on).
– Cabling towards the rear through
rubber bushings or cutouts.
Can be used for recess depths from 145 mm.
Material / Finish
– Cable duct: Sheet steel, 2.0 mm.
Final digit of order number .1:
powder-coated, RAL 7035 light-grey.
Final digit of order number .8:
powder-coated, RAL 7021 dark-grey.
– Cable fingers: Polyamide (UL 94 V-0), black.
For only 1 cable manager, i. e., 2 kits required
for B800 rack.
– Covers the vertical cable manager.
– Tool-less fastening – clips onto cable finger.
– Can be swiveled on both sides and removed
completely.
Material / Finish
– Cover: sheet steel, 2.0 mm.
Final digit of order number .1:
powder-coated, RAL 7035 light-grey.
Final digit of order number .8:
powder-coated, RAL 7021 dark-grey.
– Clip: polyamide (UL 94 V-0), black.
Standard inclusion
– 1 x cable duct, left.
– 1 x cable duct, right.
– 4 x rows with cable fingers.
– 4 x rubber bushings.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
Delivery
– In pairs (cable fingers unassembled).
Standard inclusion
– 2 x covers.
– 8 x clips.
Delivery
– In sets (clips pre-assembled).
W Rac H Rac D U Recess depth Cutout size Order No. Up
800 2000 42 Starting from 145 mm 81 x 100 mm 05.045.152.x 1 pair
800 2200 47 Starting from 145 mm 81 x 100 mm 05.045.153.x 1 pair
W H D U Model Cutout size Order No. Up
55 927 42 05.045.114.x 1 set
55 103 47 05.045.115.x 1 set
Recess depth
≥ 145 mm
Recess depth
≥ 145 mm
81 mm
Knürr Miracel® 2
46 | Mechanik – Racks
Partition Wall
Partition wall for retro-fitting
– For air containment between two fixed adjacent racks.
– The partition wall is fitted between two racks and can be inserted from one
side of the linking racks.
– Guided along the upper rear extrusion of one of the linked racks.
– After the partition wall has been inserted, fasteners are bent or welded
on one side of the wall and screwed into the vertical T-slot to secure the
structure. The rack connectors supplied upon delivery are used on the
opposite side.
Material
– Steel sheet: 1.0 mm.
Finish / Colour
– digit X of order number .1: RAL 7035 light-grey, powder-coated texture.
– digit X of order number.8: RAL 7021 dark-grey, powder-coated texture.
Mounted partition wall fixed
– For air containment between two fixed adjacent racks.
– The partition wall is only mounted on one rack and must be mounted
before the other racks are installed.
– The partition wall is slotted in at the top of the rear extrusion and attached
to the basic rack with quick connectors.
– The rack connectors are then fitted to the top and bottom of the frame
extrusions from the inside.
– Plastic cover extrusions are provided to seal the gap between the two racks.
These can be clipped into place at the front and back of the gap.
Included in delivery
– 1 x partition wall.
– 1 x set of rack connectors.
– 2 x cover extrusions (for permanently fixed walls only).
– Mounting kit.
Delivered
– In sets.
Image Description Dimensions Dimensions
H 2000 mm H 2200 mm
D 1000 mm D 1100 mm D 1200 mm D 1000 mm D 1100 mm D 1200 mm
Partition wall
for retro-fitting 01.147.644.X 01.147.645.X 01.147.646.X 01.147.647.X 01.147.648.X 01.147.649.X
Mounted,
fixed partition wall 01.147.690.8 01.147.691.8 01.147.692.8 01.147.693.X 01.147.694.X 01.147.695.X
19" Vertical Extrusion with Mounting Holes
– For mounting 19" rack components.
– For mounting cable management systems and components.
– For mounting slot-in runners, intermediate fixed and pull-out shelves.
(no adapter neccesary)
– For mounting drawers.
Material / Finish
– Steel sheet: 1.5 mm, galvanized.
Included in delivery
– Front (2 x 19" vertical extrusions with cross beam and 2 x 19" mountings –
for 600 mm wide racks without cross beam and 19" mountings).
– Rear (2 x 19" vertical extrusions with 4 x 19" mountings –
for 600 mm wide racks without 19" mountings).
Delivered
– In sets.
W H U Description Order No. Units
600 2000 42 19" Vertical extrusion, front 01.157.110.7.003 1 unit
600 2000 42 19" Vertical extrusion, rear 01.157.110.7.003 1 unit
600 2200 47 19" Vertical extrusion, front 01.157.110.7.004 1 unit
600 2200 47 19" Vertical extrusion, rear 01.157.110.7.004 1 unit
800 2000 42 19" Vertical extrusion, front 01.157.113.7.003 1 unit
800 2000 42 19" Vertical extrusion, rear 01.157.114.7.003 1 unit
800 2200 47 19" Vertical extrusion, front 01.157.113.7.004 1 unit
800 2200 47 19" Vertical extrusion, rear 01.157.114.7.004 1 unit
Knürr Miracel® 2
Mechanik – Racks | 47
Knürr® Rack
Connector Installed on Top
– For mechanical, stable joining of
rack and enclosure suites.
– Can be installed on racks from the top
directly into the die-cast corner piece.
– Easy access for installation from the
outside.
Material / Finish
– Steel sheet: 3 mm, galvanized.
Included in delivery
– 2 x rack connectors (for connecting
2 racks / frames).
– 4 x knurled screws, M12.
Delivery
– In sets.
DCM20082
DCM20083
Version Order No. Units
30 x 140 01.147.642.7 1 set
Internal Mounting
Rack Connector
– For mechanical, stable joining of
rack and enclosure suites.
Material / Finish
– Steel sheet: 2 mm, galvanised.
Installation positions
1. On the horizontal extrusions
(top & bottom and front & back).
2. Vertically on the vertical extrusion
(front & back and top & bottom).
Included in delivery
– 8 x mounting brackets (for connecting
2 racks / frames).
– Mounting kit.
Delivery
– In sets.
MIR00100
DCM20084
Order No. Units
01.130.935.7 1 set
2
1
Tilt restraint for Knürr
®
Miracel
2 Racks, Quick Assembly System
– Quick and easy mounting
– Used as required
Included in delivery
–2 x tilt restraints.
Delivery
– In sets.
MIR20051
Order No. Units
01.127.310.9 2 units
Castor Bracket
– Mobile version: an additional 2 castor
mountings with castors including
integrated cable entry.
Material / Finish
– Steel sheet: powder-coated texture.
Colour
– RAL 7021 dark-grey.
Included in delivery
– 1 set of castor brackets.
– Mounting kit.
Delivery
– In sets.
Cross beam
W Description Order No. Units
600 Miracel 2.0 castor bracket 01.157.073.8 001 1 set
800 Miracel 2.0 castor bracket 01.157.073.8 003 1 set
Mounting Adapter
for 19" Server Extrusion
– For mounting standard Knürr-
components (shelves, drawers, slot-in
runners, keypad drawers, etc.) inside
19" racks.
Material
– Steel sheet: 2.5 mm, galvanized.
Included in delivery
– 4 x adapters.
DCM20052
W H U Order No. Units
63 44 1 01.147.640.9 1 set
Knürr Miracel® Server Rack
48 | Mechanics – Racks
Knürr Miracel®, the name that stands for renown, innovative 19" racks,
delivers a rack system that significantly enhances energy efficiency.
The main feature of Miracel is the unsurpassed aluminum extrusion with T-slot.
It is easy to assemble and offers an extensive range of accessory options.
Knürr Miracel® Server Rack
Versatile, Distinctive, Integrative
Features
ALUMINUM CONSTRUCTION
Proven technology based on
aluminum extrusions provides high
flexibility and stability at a low
weight, thereby significantly simpli-
fying handling and installation.
T-SLOT SYSTEM
Freely selectable arrangement
of accessories. Easy mounting of
all non-standard components –
variable in 19" and 25mm
increments.
SCREW DESIGN
The cabinet is easy to dismantle
which guarantees ease of access
even in restricted areas.
CAN BE EXTENDED AT ANY TIME
System can be extended easily
while maintaining the IP protection
rating (IP20).
FLEXIBLE VENTILATION
COMPONENTS
Always the right ventilation
solution with the corresponding
accessories, such as perforated
doors, (perforation: 83 %).
CABLE MANAGEMENT
guarantees optimized cable rout-
ing. Cable management can be se-
lected from an extensive range of
accessory components.
ALUMINUM SERVER EXTRUSIONS
COMPLIANT WITH IEC 60297
Extrusions for quick installation of
all commercially available servers
as well as network- and telecom
components.
Positioning of rack in area of application
Knürr Miracel® Server Rack
Knürr Miracel® Server Rack
50 | Mechanics – Racks
Glass door example
A variety of concepts and designs
for front-to-rear airflow.
83% perforation guarantees
optimum airflow. (1)
Optional tilt restraint ensures safety of service
personnel.
Also available integrated into the plinth. (2)
Different cable-management variants
permit adaptation to set-up conditions. (3)
Special server extrusions guarantee easy
mounting of 19" servers supplied by all
manufacturers. (4)
Knürr Miracel® Server Rack
Features
1. MIR20265
1. MIR00407
2. MIR20054
3. MIR20058
2. MIR20053 4. MIR20082
Knürr Miracel® Server Rack
Knürr Miracel® Server Rack
52 | Mechanics – Racks
Knürr Miracel®
Technical data
Front doors
Side panel
Top cover / fan top cover
Rear panel
Side panel
Vertical extrusion (T-slot / mounting holes)Basic frame
Trim extrusions
Multifunctional brace
Rack bottom
Rack plinth, mobile
Rack plinth, fixed
Mounting bracket
Rack bottom plate units
Knürr Miracel® Server Rack
Mechanics – Racks | 53
MIR00332
MIR00309 Vertical extrusion with mounting holes
Steel for 19" racks
MIR20041 19" server extrusion
MIR00307 Vertical extrusion with T-slot
Aluminum for 19" construction
MIR00308 Vertical extrusion with T-slot
Aluminum for metric construction, 20 module
MIR20271 Vertical extrusion with mounting holes
Aluminum for 19" racks
Material
– Extruded aluminum
– Corner piece, die-cast aluminum
– Covers, sheet steel, zinc-passivated
– Doors: sheet steel or with single safety-glass
panel, 4mm or 6mm (double doors).
Installation dimensions IEC 297-3 and
IEC 917 compliant
– Height: 23 U / 37 U / 41 U / 46 U
(1 U = 44.45mm)
66 module / 74 module / 82 module
(1 module = 25mm).
– Width: 482.6mm (19" construction)
535mm (20" module construction).
Available space
– 82 % of the basic surface can be used
as space for installation and cable routing.
– Jumpering space in front, 123mm or 73mm.
– 180° door opening angle.
Configurations
– Stationary, on leveling feet.
– Stationary with plinth.
– Mobile with plinth and snib.
Finish / Color
– Basic rack, polished.
– Optional: door trim, black, RAL 9011.
– Visible surface of covers powder-coated,
light-grey RAL 7035 or dark-grey RAL7021.
Static load rating
– 5000 N with stationary version.
– 3000 N with mobile plinth.
Heat transfer
– Dissipation:
Closed cover: up to 500W.
Vent lid: up to 700W.
Tests depending on design
– Vibration test compliant with MIL-STD 810 E.
– IP test compliant with IEC 529.
– UL test 1244.
– NEMA 12 standard.
– EMC shielding attenuation compliant with
MIL-STD 285 (10 MHz - 30 MHz) and
VG 95 373 Part 15 (30 MHZ - 1GHz).
– Vibration and shock test compliant with
ETS 300 019.
– Seismic test, Bellcore (NEBS)
TR-NWT 000063 Zone 4.
– Earthing, VDE 0 100 T 540.
Further standards and tests up on request.
Rack suites
– To create a rack suite with 'n' racks, the
following is required: n-1 racks without side
panels and one rack with side panels.
In a rack suite you require one set of rack
connectors per connection.
W [mm] W1 [mm] X [mm]
600 535 485
700 635 585
800 735 685
900 835 785
D [mm] D1 [mm] Y [mm]
600 530 485
800 730 685
900 830 785
1000 930 885
1200 1130 1085
Knürr Miracel® Server Rack
54 | Mechanics – Racks
Knürr Miracel®
Configurator
Up to 550,000 different assembly options
5
6
2
3
4
7
8
9
10
11
11
1
Knürr Miracel® Server Rack
Mechanics – Racks | 55
Impressive number of variations: there are now up to
550,000 options for a configuration with the 'Configurable
Article Number' (which replaces the old order numbers).
A system building box that significantly simplifies your com-
binations.
This 'Configurable Article Number' reproduces all requested
properties via multiple choice (see chart below), without
requiring detailed rack descriptions.
Clear identification is also possible with a repeat order or
upgrade.
The 'Configurable Article Number' makes a significant contri-
bution to simplifying the selection and ordering process.
Knürr Miracel® – configured by you
Product line
Knürr Miracel®
Example product number
Doors Covers Color
Dimensions 5 6 19" Extrusions 9 10 11 Packaging 15
2 3 4 7 8 12 13 14
1
Rack
height
Rack
width
Rack
depth
Door
front
Door
rear
19"
vertical
extrusion,
front
19"
vertical
extrusion,
rear
Cover Plinth Side panel Packaging Free Free Color
M=
Miracel
Modular
Rack
A=
41 U 6=
600
mm
C=
800
mm
A=
Single
glass door
A=
Single
glass door
H=
19" vertical-
extrusion
cut outs
H=
19" vertical-
extrusion
cut outs
C=
Cover with cable
entry and prepared
for upgrade with
CoolBlast fan unit
A=
Fixed plinth,
100 mm
B=
Both sides X=
Standard
packaging
XX1=
RAL
7035
8=
800
mm
E=
1,000
mm
B=
Sheet steel
single
door
B=
Sheet steel
single
door
S=
19" Server
vertical
extrusion
S=
19" Server
vertical
extrusion
D=
Cover with cable
entry (raised with
spacers, 30 mm)
and prepared for
retrofitting Cool-
Blast fan unit
D=
Mobile
plinth
L=
Left 8=
RAL
7021
G=
1,200
mm
C=
Perforated
single
door
C=
Perforated
single
door
T=
19" vertical
extrusion
with T-Slot
T=
19" vertical
extrusion
with T-Slot
T=
Cover closed F=
No plinth.
Height can
only be
varied with
adjustable
feet
R=
Right
E=
Double
glass door
E=
Double
glass door
X=
Without
19"
extrusions
S=
Cover closed
(raised with
spacers, 30 mm)
X=
Without
F=
Sheet steel
double
door
F=
Sheet steel
double
door
X=
Without cover
G=
Perforated
double
door
G=
Perforated
double
door
R=
With rear
panel
R=
With rear
panel
X=
Without
door
X=
Without
door
Product Height Width Depth Front door Rear door
19"
vertical
extrusion,
front
19"
vertical
extrusion,
rear
Cover Plinth Side panel Packaging Free Free Color
DB 8 F G X A X C B L X X X 8
Configuration
example:
Knürr Miracel® Server Rack
56 | Mechanics – Racks
Also in
RAL 7021 dark-grey
Knürr Miracel® 19" ASP Rack / 19" server rack
Widths 600 mm and 800 mm, front door with perforations
W H D U h d kg Model Order No. UP
600 2000 900 41 1852 740 87 01.127.933.X 1 unit
600 2000 1000 41 1852 740 91 01.127.935.X 1 unit
600 2200 1000 46 2052 740 97 01.127.936.X 1 unit
600 2000 1200 41 1852 740 100 01.128.310.X 1 unit
600 2200 1200 46 2052 740 110 01.128.311.X 1 unit
600 2000 900 41 1852 740 74 without side panels 01.127.980.X 1 unit
600 2000 1000 41 1852 740 78 without side panels 01.127.982.X 1 unit
600 2200 1000 46 2052 740 82 without side panels 01.127.983.X 1 unit
800 2000 1000 41 1852 740 99 01.128.314.X 1 unit
800 2200 1000 46 2052 740 108 01.128.315.X 1 unit
800 2000 1200 41 1852 740 108 01.128.316.X 1 unit
800 2200 1200 46 2052 740 116 01.128.317.X 1 unit
800 2000 1000 41 1852 740 86 without side panels 01.128.330.X 1 unit
800 2200 1000 46 2052 740 93 without side panels 01.128.331.X 1 unit
800 2000 1200 41 1852 740 93 without side panels 01.128.332.X 1 unit
800 2200 1200 46 2052 740 99 without side panels 01.128.333.X 1 unit
– Basic version without plinth;
can be ordered if required.
– With special 19" server extrusions for mounting
trade-standard servers.
– With a perforated doors on the front and rear
for optimal airflow.
Jumpering space
– Front 85.5 mm.
Load rating
– 5000 N static.
Protection rating
– IP 20.
Airflow circulation
– Perforation 83 %.
Tests
– Earthing compliant with VDE 0100 T 540.
– Vibration test compliant with MIL-STD 810 E.
– IP test compliant with DIN 40 050 / IEC 529.
Material / Finish
– Basic rack, extruded aluminum, polished.
– Corner piece, die-cast aluminum.
– Multifunctional braces and 19" angular
extrusions, sheet steel, zinc-passivated.
– Visible surface of the cover
powder-coated texture.
Color
– Final digit of order number 1: x=1
Visible surface of covers
RAL 7035 light-grey.
– Final digit of order number 8:
Visible surfaces of the covers
RAL 7021 dark-grey.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x basic rack.
– 4 x 19" server sheet-steel mounting
hole extrusions.
– 2 x perforated doors (perforation: 83 %).
– 2 x side panels.
– 1 x cover, closed.
– 1 x complete earthing set.
– 1 x complete locking set.
How supplied
– Mounted.
Note
Order mounting adapter for 19" server
extrusion for Knürr accessories is also available.
MIR20318
MIR20131
MIR20131
Knürr Miracel® Server Rack
Mechanics – Racks | 57
Knürr Miracel® 19" Server Rack
Width 700, doors with perforation
W H D U h d kg Order No. UP
700 2100 1000 41 1852 740 104 01.127.962.X 1 unit
700 2300 1000 46 2052 740 111 01.127.963.X 1 unit
– 1 front door with extensive perforation
for air intake.
– Prepared for lateral cable management with
asymmetric layout of the extrusions.
– On the front installation space, on the left or
the right side, 3 x 2 U additional 19" installation
frame.
Jumpering space
– Front 85.5 mm.
Protection rating
– IP 20.
Airflow circulation
– Perforation 83 %.
Material / Finish
– Basic rack, extruded aluminum, polished.
– Corner piece, die-cast aluminum, polished.
– Covers, zinc-passivated sheet steel,
powder-coated texture.
– Doors, sheet steel, powder-coated texture.
– Multifunctional braces and 19" extrusions,
sheet steel, zinc-passivated.
Color
– Final digit of order number 1:
Visible surface of covers
RAL 7035 light-grey.
– Final digit of order number 8:
Visible surfaces of the covers
RAL 7021 dark-grey.
Scope of delivery
– 1 basic rack.
– 4 19" sheet-steel server extrusions.
– 1 panel, side with 3 x 2 U vertical
installation space.
– 2 side panels.
– 1 cover, closed.
– 1 front door with extensive perforation.
– 1 rear door with extensive perforation.
– 1 mobile plinth with rear cable entry
and leveling feet.
– 1 complete earthing set.
– 1 complete locking set.
How supplied
– Mounted.
Note
Order mounting adapter for 19" server
extrusion for Knürr accessories is also available.
Dimensions in mm: Conversion:
W = Width h = Installation height U = Standard rack unit kg = Weight 1 mm = 0.03937 inch
H = Height d = Insertion depth (1 U = 44.45 mm) 1 kg = 2.2046 pounds
D = Depth L = Length UP = Packaging unit
MIR20319
MIR20279
MIR20279
Also in
RAL 7021 dark-grey
Knürr Miracel® Server Rack
58 | Mechanics – Racks
Clearance depth
Warm section
Cold section
Warm section
Cold section
Miracel®air containment for
19" rack, fixed depth
Miracel®air containment for
19" rack for cross cabling
– For separating cold and warm areas in
the rack.
– Prevention of hot-spots (air recirculation).
– Quick and easy rack upgrading.
– Ample 19" installation space:
Side cover plates with additional
2 x 1 U each in the 19" vertical area.
– Side cover plates with 3 cut-outs each
for cable routing (covered with rubber
sleeve as standard).
Material
– Sheet steel.
Finish
Final digit of order number 1:
powder-coated, RAL 7035 light-grey.
Final digit of order number 8:
powder-coated, RAL 7021 dark-grey.
Scope of delivery
– 2 side cover plates (cut-outs covered).
– 2 cover plates, top / bottom.
– Mounting kit.
How supplied
– In sets.
– For separating cold and warm areas in
the rack.
– Prevention of hot-spots (air recirculation).
– Suitable for applications with cross
cabling from rack to rack (e. g. switches).
– Ample 19" installation space:
side cover plates with additional
3 x 2 U each in the 19" vertical area
(can be used for components, cable entry
and cable routing).
– Side cover plates with 2 round cut-outs
each for cable routing (covered with
rubber sleeve).
– Generous recess depth for large cable
volumes (depth of 200 is recommended
for switch applications).
Material
– Cover plates: sheet steel.
– High-density: PUR foam (UL94 HF-1).
Finish
Final digit of order number 1:
powder-coated, RAL 7035 light-grey
Final digit of order number 8:
powder-coated, RAL 7021 dark-grey.
Scope of delivery
– 2 side cover plates (cut-outs covered).
– 2 cover plates, top / bottom.
– High-density foam.
– Mounting kit.
How supplied
– In sets.
LUF20381
LUF20234
LUF20382
LUF20343
W H U JD For rack type Order No. UP
600 2000 41 85.5 Miracel 03.028.036.X 1 set
700 2000 41 85.5 Miracel – asymmetric only 03.028.037.X 1 set
800 2000 41 85.5 Miracel 03.028.038.X 1 set
600 2200 46 85.5 Miracel 03.028.056.X 1 set
700 2200 46 85.5 Miracel – asymmetric only 03.028.057.X 1 set
800 2200 46 85.5 Miracel 03.028.058.X 1 set
600 2000 41 123 Miracel 03.028.031.X 1 set
700 2000 41 123 Miracel – asymmetric only 03.028.032.X 1 set
800 2000 41 123 Miracel 03.028.033.X 1 set
600 2200 46 123 Miracel 03.028.051.X 1 set
700 2200 46 123 Miracel – asymmetric only 03.028.052.X 1 set
800 2200 46 123 Miracel 03.028.053.X 1 set
W H U JD Order No. UP
800 2000 41 123 03.028.082.X 1 set
800 2000 41 200 03.028.084.X 1 set
800 2200 46 123 03.028.086.X 1 set
800 2200 46 200 03.028.088.X 1 set
Dimensions in mm: Conversion:
W = Width h = Installation height U = Standard rack unit kg = Weight 1 mm = 0.03937 inch
H = Height d = Insertion depth (1 U = 44.45 mm) 1 kg = 2.2046 pounds
D = Depth L = Length UP = Packaging unit
Knürr Miracel® Server Rack
Mechanics – Racks | 59
Type 1 Type 2
Knürr Miracel® plinth
Mobile and fixed, with tilt restraint; height 100 mm
Tilt restraint for Miracel® racks
Quick assembly system
Combination lock
Door locking set
Complete locking set
Type
– Type 1: mobile.
– Type 2: fixed.
Cable entry
– Possible at the rear.
Load rating
– 5000 N static.
Material
– Sheet steel 2 mm.
Finish / Color
Powder-coated texture,
RAL 7035 light-grey.
Scope of delivery Type 1:
– 1 x plinth frame.
– 2 x fixed casters with snib.
– 2 x swivel casters.
– 4 x leveling feet.
– 1 x tilt restrainer.
– 1x Mounting kit.
Scope of delivery Type 2:
– 1 x plinth frame.
– 4 x leveling feet.
– 1 x tilt restrainer.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– In sets.
– For fixing on the front
vertical posts of all types of
Miracel
®
racks.
– Quick and easy mounting and
removal without tools.
– Use only as required.
Scope of delivery
– 2 tilt restrainers.
How supplied
– In sets.
– Mechanical solution for
a top-quality locking system.
– Access either via a three-digit code that
can be individually set on the handle or
via a master key for access to the rack
independent of the code setting.
– Suitable for Miracel rack single doors with
swing handle.
– Subsequent retrofitting also possible
without mechanical alteration.
Scope of delivery
– 1 lock set.
– 2 keys (half-cylinder).
Scope of delivery
– 2 cylinders with 2 keys each.
– 2 lockable fasteners for side panel with
2 keys each.
MIR20050 MIR20051
MIR20095
MIR20460
MIR00069
MIR20053
MIR20260 MIR20261
W H D Model Order No. UP
600 100 900 Type 1, mobile: 01.127.260.X 1 unit
800 100 900 Type 1, mobile: 01.127.262.X 1 unit
600 100 1000 Type 1, mobile: 01.127.263.X 1 unit
700 100 1000 Type 1, mobile: 01.127.264.X 1 unit
800 100 1000 Type 1, mobile: 01.127.265.X 1 unit
600 100 1200 Type 1, mobile: 01.127.266.X 1 unit
800 100 1200 Type 1, mobile 01.127.268.X 1 unit
600 100 900 Type 2, fixed 01.127.270.X 1 unit
700 100 900 Type 2, fixed 01.127.271.X 1 unit
800 100 900 Type 2, fixed 01.127.272.X 1 unit
600 100 1000 Type 2, fixed 01.127.273.X 1 unit
700 100 1000 Type 2, fixed 01.127.274.X 1 unit
800 100 1000 Type 2, fixed 01.127.275.X 1 unit
600 100 1200 Type 2, fixed 01.127.276.X 1 unit
800 100 1200 Type 2, fixed 01.127.278.X 1 unit
Order No. UP
01.127.310.9 2 units
Order No. UP
05.041.299.9 1 set
Order No. UP
01.130.940.9 1 set
Model Order No. UP
Single doors DCM® / Miracel®01.137.013.9 1 unit
Knürr Miracel® Server Rack
60 | Mechanics – Racks
Knürr Miracel®
Extension kit, 100 mm
– For rack depth extensions even at a later
stage.
– Can be used in combination with doors
(cannot be used for rear panel).
– Further cabling space, for airflow etc.
easily added.
Material
– Sheet steel.
Finish / Color
– Powder-coated texture, RAL 7035.
Scope of delivery
– 2 x vertical cover plates.
– 1 x horizontal cover plate, top.
– 1 x Extension adapter.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– In sets.
Note
Please also order lock bracket set
if using double doors:
Order no. 01.127.649.9
MIR20092
MIR20273
MIR20274
W H U Order No. UP
600 1200 23 01.127.550.1 1 set
600 1800 37 01.127.553.1 1 set
600 2000 41 01.127.554.1 1 set
600 2200 46 01.127.555.1 1 set
700 1800 37 01.127.559.1 1 set
700 2000 41 01.127.560.1 1 set
700 2200 46 01.127.561.1 1 set
800 1200 23 01.127.562.1 1 set
800 1800 37 01.127.565.1 1 set
800 2000 41 01.127.566.1 1 set
800 2200 46 01.127.567.1 1 set
Dimensions in mm: Conversion:
W = Width h = Installation height U = Standard rack unit kg = Weight 1 mm = 0.03937 inch
H = Height d = Insertion depth (1 U = 44.45 mm) 1 kg = 2.2046 pounds
D = Depth L = Length UP = Packaging unit
Miracel® Network Rack
62 | Mechanics – Racks
Miracel® Network Rack
Versatile rack system with many features.
Modular construction
Easy mounting, including all non-standard
components – variable and integrated 19"
or 25mm increments. (1)
Advanced Technology
Future-proof and flexible with integrated 19"
and metric technology. (2)
Expandable at all times
System can be expanded easily
while maintaining the IP protection rating. (3)
Knürr Miracel® Network Rack
Features
1. MIR00139
2. MIR20466 4. MEC20084 5. MIR20265
4. MIR001433. TEC00028 5. LUF20124
Cable management
Guaranteed orderly and space-saving cable
management. Adaptable to installation-site
requirements: cable management can be
selected from an extensive range of accessory
components. (4)
Flexible ventilation components
The correct ventilation solution is achieved
by an appropriate selection of accessory
components enabling the airflow to be specially
adapted to the built-in components – for
example, through perforated bottom plates,
top covers and doors. (5)
Mechanics – Racks | 63
Knürr Miracel® 19" distribution rack, NS 25
Width 800, front glass door, T-slot extrusions
W H D U h d kg Model Order No. UP
800 2120 800 41 1852 565 120 with side panels 01.136.050.X 1 unit
800 2320 800 46 2052 565 130 with side panels 01.136.051.X 1 unit
800 2120 900 41 1852 665 124 with side panels 01.136.056.X 1 unit
800 2320 900 46 2052 665 134 with side panels 01.136.057.X 1 unit
800 2120 1000 41 1852 740 140 with side panels 01.127.970.X 1 unit
800 2320 1000 46 1852 740 140 with side panels 01.127.971.X 1 unit
800 2120 800 41 1852 565 109 without side panels 01.136.250.X 1 unit
800 2120 900 41 1852 665 118 without side panels 01.136.256.X 1 unit
800 2120 1000 41 1852 740 128 without side panels 01.127.975.X 1 unit
– With fixed 19" component on the front
and rear for IEC 297-3-compliant components.
– Installation of slot-in runners and 19" shelves
available.
– Flexible assembly of the built-in units with
T-slot.
– Cable entry via plinth and top cover.
– Cable entry on the top cover can be completely
removed at the rear allowing for installation and
removal of top cover after cabling.
– Dissipated heat discharge via raised fan top
cover.
– Top cover prepared for retrofitting CoolBlast®
fan units facilitating flexible adjustments in
accordance with customer requirements.
– Door opening angle, 180°.
Jumpering space
– Front 123 mm.
Load rating
– 5000 N static.
Protection rating
– IP 40.
Tests
– Earthing compliant with VDE 0100 T 540.
– Vibration test compliant with MIL-STD 810 E.
– IP test compliant with DIN 40 050 / IEC 529.
Material / Finish
– Basic rack, extruded aluminum, polished.
– Corner piece, die-cast aluminum, polished.
– Doors, sheet steel, powder-coated texture.
– Covers, zinc-passivated sheet steel,
powder-coated texture.
– Glass infill front door, single safety-glass panel,
4 mm.
– Multifunctional braces, sheet steel,
zinc-passivated.
Color
– Final digit of order number 1:
Visible surface of covers
RAL 7035 light-grey.
– Final digit of order number 8:
Visible surfaces of the covers
RAL 7021 dark-grey.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x basic rack.
– 4 x aluminum vertical extrusions with T-slot
and increment slide for M5 spring nut.
– 2 x multifunctional braces for cable clamping
and universal mounting options.
– 2 x side panels with quick connectors.
– 1 x raised fan top cover with cable entry
(three-piece sliding plates, can also be
opened completely), prepared for
retrofitting CoolBlast® fan units.
– 1 x front door, single, single safety-glass panel
with handle and mounting for cylinder
lock.
–1 x rear door, single, sheet steel,
with handle and mounting for cylinder lock.
– 1 x plinth for cable management on the side
and rear with leveling feet (0 - 25 mm).
– 2 x plinth cover plates for front and rear
with vent slots and mounting for filter mat.
– 2 x plinth cover plates, closed.
– 1 x complete earthing set (VDE 0100).
How supplied
– Mounted.
MIR20301
MIR20050
MIR20050
Miracel® Network Rack
64 | Mechanics – Racks
Knürr Miracel® 19" distribution rack, NS 25
Width 800, front glass door, 19" mounting hole extrusions
W H D U h d kg Model Order No. UP
800 2120 800 41 1852 565 120 with side panels 01.133.041.X 1 unit
800 2320 800 46 2052 565 130 with side panels 01.133.042.X 1 unit
800 2120 900 41 1852 665 124 with side panels 01.133.043.X 1 unit
800 2320 900 46 2052 665 134 with side panels 01.133.044.X 1 unit
800 2120 1000 41 1852 740 140 with side panels 01.133.045.X 1 unit
800 2120 800 41 1852 565 109 without side panels 01.133.047.X 1 unit
800 2120 900 41 1852 665 118 without side panels 01.133.048.X 1 unit
800 2120 1000 41 1852 740 128 without side panels 01.133.049.X 1 unit
– With fixed 19" component on the front
and rear for IEC 297-3-compliant components.
– Installation of slot-in runners and 19" shelves
available.
– Cable entry via plinth and top cover.
– Cable entry on the top cover can be completely
removed at the rear allowing for installation and
removal of top cover after cabling.
– Dissipated heat discharge via raised fan top
cover.
– Top cover prepared for retrofitting CoolBlast®
fan units facilitating flexible adjustments in
accordance with customer requirements.
– Door opening angle, 180°.
Jumpering space
– Front 123 mm.
Load rating
– 5000 N static.
Protection rating
– IP 40.
Tests
– Earthing compliant with VDE 0100 T 540.
– Vibration test compliant with MIL-STD 810 E.
– IP test compliant with DIN 40 050 / IEC 529.
Material / Finish
– Basic rack, extruded aluminum, polished.
– Corner piece, die-cast aluminum, polished.
– Doors, sheet steel, powder-coated texture.
– Covers, zinc-passivated sheet steel,
powder-coated texture.
- Glass infill front door, single safety-glass panel,
4 mm.
– Multifunctional braces, sheet steel,
zinc-passivated.
Color
– Final digit of order number 1:
Visible surface of covers
RAL 7035 light-grey.
– Final digit of order number 8:
Visible surfaces of the covers
RAL 7021 dark-grey.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x basic rack.
– 4 x 19" vertical extrusions, sheet steel with
mounting holes.
– 2 x multifunctional braces for cable clamping
and universal mounting options.
– 2 x side panels with quick connectors.
– 1 x raised fan top cover with cable entry
(three-piece sliding plates can also be
opened completely), prepared for
retrofitting CoolBlast® fan units.
– 1 x front door, single, single safety-glass panel
with handle and mounting for cylinder
lock.
–1 x rear door, single, sheet steel, with handle
and mounting for cylinder lock.
– 1 x plinth for cable management on the side
and rear with leveling feet (0 - 25mm).
– 2 x plinth cover plates for front and rear,
with vent slots and fixture for filter mat.
– 2 x plinth cover plates, closed.
– 1 x complete earthing set (VDE 0100).
How supplied
– Mounted.
MIR20301
MIR00223
MIR20050
Dimensions in mm: Conversion:
W = Width h = Installation height U = Standard rack unit kg = Weight 1 mm = 0.03937 inch
H = Height d = Insertion depth (1 U = 44.45 mm) 1 kg = 2.2046 pounds
D = Depth L = Length UP = Packaging unit
Miracel® Network Rack
Mechanics – Racks | 65
Knürr Miracel® 19" distribution rack, NS 26
Width 800, front glass door, mounting hole extrusions
W H D U h d kg Model Order No. UP
800 2000 800 42 1900 565 116 with side panels 01.136.280.X 1 unit
800 2200 800 47 2100 565 126 with side panels 01.136.281.X 1 unit
800 2000 900 42 1900 665 120 with side panels 01.136.286.X 1 unit
800 2200 900 47 2100 665 120 with side panels 01.136.287.X 1 unit
800 2000 800 42 1900 565 105 without side panels 01.136.306.X 1 unit
800 2000 900 42 1900 665 116 without side panels 01.136.312.X 1 unit
– With fixed 19" component on the front
and rear for IEC 297-3-compliant components.
– Installation of slot-in runners and 19" shelves
available.
– Top cover equipped for retrofitting CoolBlast®
fan units facilitating flexible adjustments in
accordance with customer requirements.
– Door opening angle, 180°
Jumpering space
– Front 123 mm.
Load rating
– 5000 N static.
Protection rating
– IP 40.
Tests
– Earthing compliant with VDE 0100 T 540.
– IP test compliant with DIN 40 050 / IEC 529.
Material / Finish
– Basic rack, extruded aluminum, polished.
– Corner piece, die-cast aluminum, polished.
– Covers, zinc-passivated sheet steel,
powder-coated texture.
– Doors, sheet steel, powder-coated texture,
glass infill, front door, single safety-glass
panel, 4 mm.
– Multifunctional braces and 19" extrusions,
sheet steel, zinc-passivated.
Color
– Final digit of order number 1:
Visible surface of covers
RAL 7035 light-grey.
– Final digit of order number 8:
Visible surfaces of the covers
RAL 7021 dark-grey.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x basic rack.
– 4 x 19" vertical extrusions, sheet steel with
mounting holes.
– 2 x multifunctional braces for cable clamping
and universal mounting options.
– 2 x side panels with quick connectors.
– 1 x raised fan top cover with cable entry
(three-piece sliding plates can also be
opened completely), prepared for
retrofitting CoolBlast® fan units.
– 1 x front door, single, single safety-glass panel
with handle and mounting for cylinder
lock.
–1 x rear door, single, sheet steel, with handle
and mounting for cylinder lock.
– 1 x complete earthing set (VDE 0100).
– 4 x leveling feet.
How supplied
– Mounted.
Note
– Not available with double doors.
– Not available with bottom plates.
MIR20302
MIR20223
MIR20223
Miracel® Network Rack
66 | Mechanics – Racks
t
N
Knürr Miracel® 19" distribution rack, NS 19.8
Width 800, front glass door
W H D U h dUkg Model Order No. UP
800 1320 600 23 1052 435 78 glass door, side panel 01.135.001.1 1 unit
800 1920 600 37 1652 435 103 glass door, side panel 01.135.003.1 1 unit
800 2120 600 41 1852 435 112 glass door, side panel 01.135.004.1 1 unit
800 1320 800 23 1052 635 80 glass door, side panel 01.135.019.1 1 unit
800 1920 800 37 1652 635 111 glass door, side panel 01.135.021.1 1 unit
800 2120 800 41 1852 635 120 glass door, side panel 01.135.022.1 1 unit
800 1320 800 23 1052 635 80 double glass door, side panel 01.135.037.1 1 unit
800 1920 800 37 1652 635 111 double glass door, side panel 01.135.039.1 1 unit
800 2120 800 41 1852 635 120 double glass door, side panel 01.135.040.1 1 unit
800 2320 800 46 2052 635 121 double glass door, side panel 01.135.041.1 1 unit
– With fixed 19" component on the front
for IEC 297-3-compliant components.
– Flexible assembly of the built-in units with
T-slot.
– Cable entry via plinth and top cover.
– Cable entry on the top cover can be completely
removed at the rear allowing for installation and
removal of top cover after cabling.
– Dissipated heat discharge via raised fan top
cover.
– Top cover prepared for retrofitting CoolBlast®
fan units facilitating flexible adjustments in
accordance with customer requirements.
– Door opening angle, 180°.
Jumpering space
– Front 123 mm.
Load rating
– 5000 N static.
Protection rating
– IP 40.
Tests
– Earthing compliant with VDE 0100 T 540.
– Vibration test compliant with MIL-STD 810 E.
– IP test compliant with DIN 40 050 / IEC 529.
Material / Finish
– Basic rack, extruded aluminum, polished.
– Corner piece, die-cast aluminum, polished.
– Covers, zinc-passivated sheet steel,
powder-coated texture.
– Doors, sheet steel, powder-coated texture,
glass infill, front door, single safety-glass
panel.
– Multifunctional braces, sheet steel,
zinc-passivated.
Color
– Visible surface of the covers,
RAL 7035 light-grey.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x basic rack.
– 2 x 19" aluminum vertical extrusions with
T-slot and increment slide for M5 spring
nut.
– 2 x multifunctional braces for cable clamping
and universal mounting options.
– 1 x raised fan top cover with cable entry
(three-piece sliding plates can also be
opened completely), prepared for
retrofitting CoolBlast® fan units.
– 1 x front door, single or double, single
safety-glass panel with handle and
mounting for cylinder lock.
– 1 x rear door, single or double, sheet steel,
with handle and mounting for cylinder
lock.
– 2 x side panels with quick connectors
(according to model).
– 1 x plinth for cable management on the side
and rear with leveling feet (0 - 25mm).
– 2 x side plinth cover plates, closed
(according to model).
– 2 x plinth cover plates for front and rear,
with vent slots and mounting for filter mat.
– 1 x complete earthing set (VDE 0100).
How supplied
– Mounted.
MIR20303
MIR00607
MIR00607
Dimensions in mm: Conversion:
W = Width h = Installation height U = Standard rack unit kg = Weight 1 mm = 0.03937 inch
H = Height d = Insertion depth (1 U = 44.45 mm) 1 kg = 2.2046 pounds
D = Depth L = Length UP = Packaging unit
Miracel® Network Rack
Mechanics – Racks | 67
Knürr Miracel® 19" distribution rack, NS 19.6
Width 600, with front glass door
W H D U h iDkg Model Order No. UP
600 1320 600 23 1052 435 72 with side panel 01.135.109.1 1 unit
600 1920 600 37 1652 435 95 with side panel 01.135.111.1 1 unit
600 2120 600 41 1852 435 103 with side panel 01.135.112.1 1 unit
600 2320 600 46 2052 435 112 with side panel 01.135.113.1 1 unit
600 1320 800 23 1052 635 74 with side panel 01.135.127.1 1 unit
600 1920 800 37 1652 635 102 with side panel 01.135.129.1 1 unit
600 2120 800 41 1852 635 110 with side panel 01.135.130.1 1 unit
600 2320 800 46 2052 635 119 with side panel 01.135.131.1 1 unit
– With fixed 19" component on the front
for IEC 297-3-compliant components.
– Flexible assembly of the built-in units with
T-slot.
– Cable entry via plinth and top cover.
– Cable entry on the top cover can be completely
removed at the rear allowing for installation and
removal of top cover after cabling.
– Dissipated heat discharge via raised fan top
cover.
– Top cover prepared for retrofitting CoolBlast®
fan units facilitating flexible adjustments in
accordance with customer requirements.
– Door opening angle, 180°.
Jumpering space
– Front 123 mm.
Load rating
– 5000 N static.
Protection rating
– IP 40.
Tests
– Earthing compliant with VDE 0100 T 540.
– Vibration test compliant with MIL-STD 810 E.
– IP test compliant with DIN 40 050 / IEC 529.
Material / Finish
– Basic rack, extruded aluminum, polished.
– Corner piece, die-cast aluminum, polished.
– Covers, zinc-passivated sheet steel,
powder-coated texture.
– Doors, sheet steel, powder-coated texture,
glass infill, front door, single safety-glass
panel, 4 mm.
– Multifunctional braces, sheet steel,
zinc-passivated.
Color
– Visible surface of the covers,
RAL 7035 light-grey.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x basic rack.
– 2 x 19" aluminum vertical extrusions with
T-slot and increment slide for M5 spring
nut.
– 2 x multifunctional braces for cable clamping
and universal mounting options.
– 1 x raised fan top cover with cable entry
(three-piece sliding plates can also be
opened completely), prepared for
retrofitting CoolBlast® fan units.
– 1 x front door, single, single safety-glass panel
with handle and mounting for cylinder
lock.
–1 x rear door, single, sheet steel, with handle
and mounting for cylinder lock.
– 2 x side panels with quick connectors.
– 1 x plinth for cable management on the side
and rear with leveling feet (0 - 25mm).
– 2 x side plinth cover plates, closed.
– 2 x plinth cover plates for front and rear,
with vent slots and mounting for filter mat.
– 1 x complete earthing set (VDE 0100).
How supplied
– Mounted.
t
N
MIR20304
MIR00056
MIR00031
Miracel® Network Rack
68 | Mechanics – Racks
Miracel® 19" lab rack, NO 19
With 2 x 19" T-slot extrusions (basis for rack widths 600 / 700 / 800)
W H D U h iDkg Order No. UP
600 1200 600 23 1052 435 14 01.135.793.3 1 unit
600 1800 600 37 1652 435 16 01.135.795.3 1 unit
600 2000 600 41 1852 435 17 01.135.796.3 1 unit
600 2200 600 46 2052 435 18 01.135.797.3 1 unit
600 1200 800 23 1052 635 16 01.135.817.3 1 unit
600 1800 800 37 1652 635 18 01.135.819.3 1 unit
600 2000 800 41 1852 635 19 01.135.820.3 1 unit
600 2200 800 46 2052 635 20 01.135.821.3 1 unit
600 1200 900 37 1652 735 19 01.135.842.0 1 unit
600 2000 900 41 1852 735 20 01.135.843.0 1 unit
600 2200 900 46 2052 735 21 01.135.844.0 1 unit
600 1800 1000 37 1652 835 20 01.133.600.0 1 unit
600 2000 1000 41 1852 835 21 01.133.610.0 1 unit
600 2200 1000 46 2052 835 22 01.133.620.0 1 unit
600 1800 1200 37 1652 1035 22 01.133.605.0 1 unit
600 2000 1200 41 1852 1035 23 01.133.615.0 1 unit
600 2200 1200 46 2052 1035 24 01.133.625.0 1 unit
700 1200 600 23 1052 435 15 01.135.799.3 1 unit
700 1800 600 37 1652 435 17 01.135.801.3 1 unit
700 2000 600 41 1852 435 18 01.135.802.3 1 unit
700 2200 600 46 2052 435 19 01.135.803.3 1 unit
700 1200 800 23 1052 635 17 01.135.823.3 1 unit
700 1800 800 37 1652 635 19 01.135.825.3 1 unit
700 2000 800 41 1852 635 20 01.135.826.3 1 unit
700 2200 800 46 2052 635 21 01.135.827.3 1 unit
700 1800 900 37 1652 735 19 01.133.630.0 1 unit
700 2000 900 41 1852 735 20 01.133.645.0 1 unit
700 2200 900 46 2052 735 22 01.133.660.0 1 unit
700 1800 1000 37 1652 835 21 01.133.635.0 1 unit
700 2000 1000 41 1852 835 22 01.133.650.0 1 unit
700 2200 1000 46 2052 835 23 01.133.665.0 1 unit
700 1800 1200 37 1652 1035 23 01.133.640.0 1 unit
700 2000 1200 41 1852 1035 24 01.133.655.0 1 unit
700 2200 1200 46 2052 1035 25 01.133.670.0 1 unit
– With fixed 19" component on the front
for IEC 297-3-compliant components.
– Flexible assembly of the built-in units with
T-slot.
Jumpering space
– Front 123 mm.
Load rating
– 5000 N static.
Tests
– Earthing compliant with VDE 0100 T 540.
– Vibration test compliant with MIL-STD 810 E.
Material / Finish
– Basic rack, extruded aluminum, polished.
– Corner piece, die-cast aluminum.
– Multifunctional braces, sheet steel,
zinc-passivated.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x basic rack.
– 2 x 19" aluminum vertical extrusions with
T-slot and increment slide for M5 spring
nut.
– 2 x multifunctional braces for cable clamping
and universal mounting options.
– 4 x leveling feet (0 - 25 mm).
How supplied
– Mounted.
MIR20307
MIR20002
tN
MIR00043a
Continued on next page!
Miracel® Network Rack
Mechanics – Racks | 69
W H D U h iDkg Order No. UP
800 1200 600 23 1052 435 16 01.135.805.3 1 unit
800 1800 600 37 1652 435 18 01.135.807.3 1 unit
800 2000 600 41 1852 435 19 01.135.808.3 1 unit
800 2200 600 46 2052 435 20 01.135.809.3 1 unit
800 1200 800 23 1052 635 18 01.135.829.3 1 unit
800 1800 800 37 1652 635 20 01.135.831.3 1 unit
800 2000 800 41 1852 635 21 01.135.832.3 1 unit
800 2200 800 46 2052 635 22 01.135.833.3 1 unit
800 1800 900 37 1652 735 21 01.135.847.0 1 unit
800 2000 900 41 1852 735 22 01.135.848.0 1 unit
800 2200 900 46 2052 735 23 01.135.849.0 1 unit
800 1800 1000 37 1652 835 20 01.133.675.0 1 unit
800 2000 1000 41 1852 835 22 01.133.685.0 1 unit
800 2200 1000 46 2052 835 24 01.133.695.0 1 unit
800 1800 1200 37 1652 1035 22 01.133.680.0 1 unit
800 2000 1200 41 1852 1035 24 01.133.690.0 1 unit
800 2200 1200 46 2052 1035 26 01.133.700.0 1 unit
Dimensions in mm: Conversion:
W = Width h = Installation height U = Standard rack unit kg = Weight 1 mm = 0.03937 inch
H = Height iD= Inside depth (1 U = 44.45 mm) 1 kg = 2.2046 pounds
D = Depth L = Length UP = Packaging unit
Miracel® Network Rack
70 | Mechanics – Racks
Knürr Miracel®
Without front door, width 600 mm
W H D U h d kg Order No. UP
600 1200 600 23 1052 440 42 01.131.068.1 1 unit
600 1800 600 37 1652 440 57 01.131.071.1 1 unit
600 2000 600 41 1852 440 62 01.131.072.1 1 unit
600 2200 600 46 2052 440 66 01.131.073.1 1 unit
600 1200 800 23 1052 640 48 01.131.074.1 1 unit
600 1800 800 37 1652 640 63 01.131.077.1 1 unit
600 2000 800 41 1852 640 69 01.131.078.1 1 unit
600 2200 800 46 2052 640 75 01.131.079.1 1 unit
– With fixed 19" component on the front
and rear.
– Installation of chassis runners and
19" shelves available.
– For IEC 297-3-compliant components.
– For installing 19" components on the front
and rear.
– For installing equipment with a
max. width of 450mm.
– Installation accessories.
Jumpering space
– Front 73 mm.
Load rating
– 5000 N static.
Tests
– Earthing compliant with VDE 0100 T 540.
– Vibration test compliant with MIL-STD 810 E.
Material / Finish
– Basic rack, extruded aluminum.
– Corner piece, die-cast aluminum.
– Covers and trim extrusions, zinc-passivated
sheet steel, powder-coated texture.
– Multifunctional braces and 19" extrusions,
sheet steel, zinc-passivated.
Color
– Basic rack, polished.
– Visible surface of the covers,
RAL 7035 light-grey.
– Trim extrusions: RAL 5008 grey-blue.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x basic rack.
– 4 x 19" sheet steel angular extrusions with
mounting holes.
– 2 x multifunctional braces for cable clamping
and universal mounting options.
– 1 x cover, closed.
– 1 x rear panel with quick connectors.
– 2 x side panels with quick connectors.
– 2 x horizontal trim extrusions, front.
– 2 x vertical trim extrusions, front.
– 4 x leveling feet (0 - 25 mm).
How supplied
– Mounted.
MIR20309
MIR00540
MIR00540
Dimensions in mm: Conversion:
W = Width h = Installation height U = Standard rack unit kg = Weight 1 mm = 0.03937 inch
H = Height d = Insertion depth (1 U = 44.45 mm) 1 kg = 2.2046 pounds
D = Depth L = Length UP = Packaging unit
Miracel® Network Rack
Mechanics – Racks | 71
Knürr Miracel® IP 55, on request
With single glass door, width 600 mm
W H D U h d kg Order No. UP
600 1800 600 37 1652 440 75 01.132.271.1 1 unit
600 2000 600 41 1852 440 80 01.132.272.1 1 unit
600 1800 800 37 1652 640 83 01.132.277.1 1 unit
600 2000 800 41 1852 640 90 01.132.278.1 1 unit
– With fixed 19" component on the front
and rear.
– For IEC 297-3-compliant components.
– Door opening angle, 180°.
– For installing 19" components on the front
and rear.
– For installation equipment with a max. width
of 450mm.
– Installation accessories.
Jumpering space
– Front 73 mm.
Load rating
– 5000 N static.
Protection rating
– IP 55.
Tests
– Earthing compliant with VDE 0100 T 540.
– Vibration test compliant with MIL-STD 810 E.
– IP test compliant with DIN 40 050 / IEC 529.
Material / Finish
– Basic rack, extruded aluminum, polished.
– Corner piece, die-cast aluminum, polished.
– Covers, zinc-passivated sheet steel,
powder-coated texture.
– Doors, sheet steel, powder-coated texture,
glass infill, front door, single safety-glass
panel, 4 mm.
– Multifunctional braces and
19" extrusions, sheet steel, zinc-passivated.
Color
– Visible surface of the covers,
RAL 7035 light-grey.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x basic rack.
– 4 x 19" sheet steel angular extrusions with
mounting holes.
– 2 x multifunctional braces for cable clamping
and universal mounting options.
– 1 x top cover, closed, IP 55.
– 1 x front door, single, single safety-glass panel,
with handle and mounting for cylinder
lock, IP55.
– 1 x rear panel with quick connectors, IP 55.
– 2 x side panels with quick connectors, IP 55.
– 1 x floor, closed, IP 55.
– 4 x leveling feet (0 - 25 mm).
How supplied
– Mounted.
Note on rack suites
To create a rack suite with "n" racks, the
following is required:
– (n-1) racks without side panels.
– 1 rack with side panels.
In a rack suite, per connection you will require
a set of BN 01.130.935.7 suite connectors.
MIR20336
MIR00301
Miracel® Network Rack
72 | Mechanics – Racks
Miracel® sheet-steel door
with perforation, single
Door locking set
Spare key for door
Miracel® sheet-steel door
with perforation, double
Miracel® spare handle
swing handle, black
Complete locking set
Material
– Sheet steel 1.0 mm.
Finish / Color
– Final digit of order number 1:
Powder-coated texture,
RAL 7035, light-grey.
– Final digit of order number 8:
Powder-coated texture,
RAL 7021 dark-grey.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x door.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
Volume flow
– Large surface perforation
(83 % free surface) enables optimum
airflow through out the rack.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x lock set.
– 2 x keys (half-cylinder).
Scope of delivery
– 1 x key.
Material
– Sheet steel 1.0 mm.
Finish / Color
– Final digit of order number 1:
Powder-coated texture,
RAL 7035, light-grey.
– Final digit of order number 8:
Powder-coated texture,
RAL 7021 dark-grey.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x door.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
Volume flow
– Large surface perforation
(83 % free surface) enables optimum
airflow through out the rack.
Material
– PA 6 UL 94 V-1.
Color
– Black.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x handle.
Scope of delivery
– 2 x cylinders with 2 keys each.
– 2 x lockable fasteners for side panel with
2 keys each.
MIR20310
MIR20460
– MIR20461
MIR20277
MIR20445
MIR00069
W H Model Order No. UP
600 1200 compl. door 01.147.400.X 1 unit
700 1200 compl. door 01.147.401.X 1 unit
800 1200 compl. door 01.147.402.X 1 unit
600 1800 compl. door 01.147.412.X 1 unit
700 1800 compl. door 01.147.413.X 1 unit
800 1800 compl. door 01.147.414.X 1 unit
600 2000 compl. door 01.147.416.X 1 unit
700 2000 compl. door 01.147.417.X 1 unit
800 2000 compl. door 01.147.418.X 1 unit
600 2200 compl. door 01.147.420.X 1 unit
700 2200 compl. door 01.147.421.X 1 unit
800 2200 compl. door 01.147.422.X 1 unit
Order No. UP
05.041.299.9 1 set
Order No. UP
00.078.467.9 1 unit
W H Model Order No. UP
600 2000 double door 01.128.260.X 1 unit
700 2000 double door 01.128.261.X 1 unit
800 2000 double door 01.128.262.X 1 unit
600 2200 double door 01.128.263.X 1 unit
700 2200 double door 01.128.264.X 1 unit
800 2200 double door 01.128.265.X 1 unit
Order No. UP
01.137.017.9 1 unit
Order No. UP
01.130.940.9 1 set
Miracel® Network Rack
Mechanics – Racks | 73
Knürr Miracel
®
sheet-steel door
single and double
Knürr Miracel® glass door,
single and double
Material
– Sheet steel 1.0 mm.
Finish / Color
– Order no. 1:
Powder-coated texture,
RAL 7035 light-grey.
– Order no. 8:
Powder-coated texture,
RAL 7021 dark-grey.
Protection rating
– Installation of IP 40 double doors in the
Miracel rack (depending on other rack
components), achieves a maximum
protection rating of IP 55.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x sheet-steel door.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– Preassembled.
Material
– Sheet steel 1.0 mm.
– Single safety-glass panel,
4.0 mm clear glass.
– Double door 6.0 mm.
Finish / Color
– Order no. 1:
Powder-coated texture,
RAL 7035 light-grey.
– Order no. 8:
Powder-coated texture,
RAL 7021 dark-grey.
Protection rating
– Installation of IP 20 double doors in the
Miracel
®
rack (depending on other rack
components), achieves a maximum
protection rating of IP 55.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x glass door.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– Preassembled.
MIR20313
MIR20314
MIR20311
MIR20312
W H U Model Order No. UP
600 1200 23 compl. door 01.147.440.X 1 unit
700 1200 23 compl. door 01.147.441.X 1 unit
800 1200 23 compl. door 01.147.442.X 1 unit
600 1800 37 compl. door 01.147.452.X 1 unit
700 1800 37 compl. door 01.147.453.X 1 unit
800 1800 37 compl. door 01.147.454.X 1 unit
600 2000 41 compl. door 01.147.456.X 1 unit
700 2000 41 compl. door 01.147.457.X 1 unit
800 2000 41 compl. door 01.147.458.X 1 unit
600 2200 46 compl. door 01.147.460.X 1 unit
700 2200 46 compl. door 01.147.461.X 1 unit
800 2200 46 compl. door 01.147.462.X 1 unit
600 1200 23 double door, steel 01.131.820.1 1 unit
700 1200 23 double door, steel 01.131.821.1 1 unit
800 1200 23 double door, steel 01.131.822.1 1 unit
600 1800 37 double door, steel 01.131.835.1 1 unit
700 1800 37 double door, steel 01.131.836.1 1 unit
800 1800 37 double door, steel 01.131.837.1 1 unit
600 2000 41 double door, steel 01.131.840.1 1 unit
700 2000 41 double door, steel 01.131.841.1 1 unit
800 2000 41 double door, steel 01.131.842.1 1 unit
600 2200 46 double door, steel 01.131.845.1 1 unit
700 2200 46 double door, steel 01.131.846.1 1 unit
800 2200 46 double door, steel 01.131.847.1 1 unit
W H U Model Order No. UP
600 1200 23 compl. door 01.147.480.X 1 unit
700 1200 23 compl. door 01.147.481.X 1 unit
800 1200 23 compl. door 01.147.482.X 1 unit
600 1800 37 compl. door 01.147.492.X 1 unit
700 1800 37 compl. door 01.147.493.X 1 unit
800 1800 37 compl. door 01.147.494.X 1 unit
600 2000 41 compl. door 01.147.496.X 1 unit
700 2000 41 compl. door 01.147.497.X 1 unit
800 2000 41 compl. door 01.147.498.X 1 unit
600 2200 46 compl. door 01.147.500.X 1 unit
700 2200 46 compl. door 01.147.501.X 1 unit
800 2200 46 compl. door 01.147.502.X 1 unit
600 1200 23 double door, glass 01.131.850.1 1 unit
700 1200 23 double door, glass 01.131.851.1 1 unit
800 1200 23 double door, glass 01.131.852.1 1 unit
600 1800 37 double door, glass 01.131.862.1 1 unit
700 1800 37 double door, glass 01.131.863.1 1 unit
800 1800 37 double door, glass 01.131.864.1 1 unit
600 2000 41 double door, glass 01.131.866.1 1 unit
700 2000 41 double door, glass 01.131.867.1 1 unit
800 2000 41 double door, glass 01.131.868.1 1 unit
600 2200 46 double door, glass 01.131.870.1 1 unit
700 2200 46 double door, glass 01.131.871.1 1 unit
800 2200 46 double door, glass 01.131.872.1 1 unit
Dimensions in mm: Conversion:
W = Width h = Installation height U = Standard rack unit kg = Weight 1 mm = 0.03937 inch
H = Height d = Insertion depth (1 U = 44.45 mm) 1 kg = 2.2046 pounds
D = Depth L = Length UP = Packaging unit
Miracel® Network Rack
74 | Mechanics – Racks
Miracel® top cover
Closed, IP55
Miracel® brush strip
Miracel® top cover
with lateral cable entry
Miracel® top cover
short
– Can be optionally used as top cover or
bottom cover (combination with
stationary plinth is not possible with us
as bottom cover).
Protection rating
– Installation in the Miracel rack
(depending on other rack components),
achieves a maximum protection rating
of IP 55.
Finish
– Powder-coated texture, RAL 7035.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x cover, closed.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– In sets.
– Brush strip for all covers with cable entry.
– For dust-protected and flexible cable
entry.
– Can be used instead of mounting the
sliding covers in the top cover.
Scope of delivery
– 2 x brush strips.
How supplied
– In sets.
– With lateral cable entry on both sides
(sliding plates).
– For orderly cable management in the
rack.
Material
– Sheet steel 1.5 mm.
Finish / Color
– Final digit of order number 1:
Powder-coated texture,
RAL 7035, light-grey.
– Final digit of order number 8:
Powder-coated texture,
RAL 7021 dark-grey.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x top cover with lateral cable entry.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– In sets.
– For covering the front area
of the top; the rest remains open.
– Facilitates unobstructed cable entry
in the rack.
Material
– Sheet steel 1.5 mm.
Finish / Color
– Final digit of order number 1:
Powder-coated texture,
RAL 7035, light-grey.
– Final digit of order number 8:
Powder-coated texture,
RAL 7021 dark-grey.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x cover, short.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– In sets.
MIR00070
MIR20093
MIR20441
MIR20440
MIR20439
W D Order No. UP
600 600 01.130.690.1 1 unit
600 800 01.130.691.1 1 unit
600 900 01.130.692.1 1 unit
600 1000 01.127.700.1 1 unit
600 1200 01.133.760.1 1 unit
700 600 01.130.694.1 1 unit
700 800 01.130.695.1 1 unit
700 900 01.130.696.1 1 unit
700 1000 01.127.701.1 1 unit
700 1200 01.133.761.1 1 unit
800 600 01.130.691.1 1 unit
800 800 01.130.699.1 1 unit
800 900 01.130.700.1 1 unit
800 1000 01.127.702.1 1 unit
800 1200 01.133.762.1 1 unit
Model Order No. UP
For rack width 700 / 800 01.130.999.9 2 units
For rack width 600 01.130.998.9 2 units
W D For rack type Order No. UP
600 1000 Miracel®01.130.630.X-003 1 unit
600 1100 Miracel®01.130.630.X-004 1 unit
600 1200 Miracel®01.130.630.X-005 1 unit
800 1000 Miracel®01.130.630.X-008 1 unit
800 1100 Miracel®01.130.630.X-009 1 unit
800 1200 Miracel®01.130.630.X-010 1 unit
BRack L For rack type Order No. UP
600 250 Miracel®01.130.628.X 1 unit
800 250 Miracel®01.130.629.X 1 unit
Dimensions in mm: Conversion:
W = Width h = Installation height U = Standard rack unit kg = Weight 1 mm = 0.03937 inch
H = Height d = Insertion depth (1 U = 44.45 mm) 1 kg = 2.2046 pounds
D = Depth L = Length UP = Packaging unit
Miracel® Network Rack
Mechanics – Racks | 75
Miracel® side panel
Knürr Miracel
®
quick connectors
For side and rear panels
Miracel® rear panel
Miracel® assembly kit
Side panel threaded connection
Protection rating
– Installation with in the Miracel rack
(depending on other rack components)
achieves a maximum protection rating
of IP 55.
Material
– Sheet steel 1.0 mm.
Finish / Color
– Order no. 1:
Powder-coated texture,
RAL 7035 light-grey.
– Order no. 8:
Powder-coated texture,
RAL 7021 dark-grey.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x side panel.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– In sets.
– Covers can be secured quickly
by rotating the locks 90°.
– Easy to turn with wide flat-head
screwdriver.
Material / Color
– Final digit of order number 1:
Polyamide PA66, RAL 7035, light-grey.
– Final digit of order number 9:
Polyamide PA66, RAL 9011, dark-grey.
How supplied
– Sets of 50 units.
Protection rating
– Installation with in the Miracel rack
(depending on other rack components)
achieves a maximum protection rating
of IP 55.
Material
– Sheet steel 1.0 mm.
Finish / Color
– Order no. 1:
Powder-coated texture,
RAL 7035 light-grey.
– Order no. 8:
Powder-coated texture,
RAL 7021 dark-grey.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x rear panel.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– In sets.
– Used to screw on the side walls
instead of quick connectors.
– Renders rack more sturdy.
Material
– Countersunk washers and mounting
nuts, stainless steel.
Scope of delivery (for 2 side panels)
– 16 x countersunk washers.
– 16 x mounting nuts, M5.
– 16 x countersunk screws, M5 x 12.
How supplied
– In sets.
MIR00064
MIR20331
MIR00064
MIR00318
H D U Order No. UP
1200 600 23 01.130.643.X 1 unit
1200 800 23 01.130.649.X 1 unit
1200 900 23 01.130.655.X 1 unit
1800 600 37 01.130.646.X 1 unit
1800 800 37 01.130.652.X 1 unit
2000 600 41 01.130.647.X 1 unit
2000 800 41 01.130.653.X 1 unit
2000 900 41 01.130.659.X 1 unit
2000 1000 41 01.127.739.X 1 unit
2000 1200 41 01.128.874.X 1 unit
2200 600 46 01.130.648.X 1 unit
2200 800 46 01.130.654.X 1 unit
2200 900 46 01.130.660.X 1 unit
2200 1000 46 01.127.740.X 1 unit
2200 1200 46 01.128.875.X 1 unit
Model Order No. UP
for side panel RAL 7035 01.133.900.1 1 set
for side panel RAL 9011 01.133.900.9 1 set
for rear panel RAL 7035 01.133.910.1 1 set
for rear panel RAL 9011 01.133.910.9 1 set
W H U Order No. UP
600 1200 23 01.130.662.X 1 unit
600 1800 37 01.130.665.X 1 unit
600 2000 41 01.130.666.X 1 unit
600 2200 46 01.130.667.X 1 unit
700 1200 23 01.130.668.X 1 unit
700 1800 37 01.130.671.X 1 unit
700 2000 41 01.130.672.X 1 unit
700 2200 46 01.130.673.X 1 unit
800 1200 23 01.130.674.X 1 unit
800 1800 37 01.130.677.X 1 unit
800 2000 41 01.130.678.X 1 unit
800 2200 46 01.130.679.X 1 unit
Order No. UP
01.130.937.9 1 set
Miracel® Network Rack
76 | Mechanics – Racks
Miracel® locking set
for side or rear panel
Miracel® plinth
Fixed, height 200 mm
Miracel® plinth
Fixed, height 100 mm
Miracel® plinth trim
with brush strip
– For installation in the side or rear panel.
For protection against unauthorized
access.
– Can be retrofitted.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x lockable fastener.
– 2 x keys.
How supplied
– In sets.
– Stationary included leveling options.
– Cable entry possible from all sides.
– Cover plate front and rear with vent slots
and installation option for filter mat.
Load rating
– 3000 N static.
Material
– Sheet steel.
Finish
– Powder-coated texture, RAL 7035.
Scope of delivery
– 4 x plinth corners, incl. leveling feet.
– 8 x cover plates.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– In sets.
– Stationary.
– Cable entry possible from all sides.
– Cover plate front and rear with vent slots
and installation option for filter mat.
Load rating
– 5000 N static.
Material
– Sheet steel.
Finish
– Powder-coated texture, RAL 7035.
Scope of delivery
– 4 x plinth corners with leveling.
– 2 x plinth cover plates with slots.
– 2 x plinth cover plates closed on the
side.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– In sets.
– For cable entry on the side,
front and rear.
Finish
– Powder-coated texture, RAL 7035.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x plinth cover plate with brush strip.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– In sets.
MIR00068
MIR00076
MIR00414
MIR00521
Order No. UP
01.130.938.9 1 set
W H D Order No. UP
600 200 600 01.130.958.1 1 unit
600 200 800 01.130.959.1 1 unit
600 200 900 01.130.960.1 1 unit
600 200 1000 01.130.961.1 1 unit
600 200 1200 01.130.963.1 1 unit
800 200 600 01.130.970.1 1 unit
800 200 800 01.130.971.1 1 unit
800 200 900 01.130.972.1 1 unit
800 200 1000 01.130.973.1 1 unit
800 200 1200 01.130.975.1 1 unit
W H D Order No. UP
600 100 600 01.130.538.1 1 unit
600 100 800 01.130.539.1 1 unit
600 100 900 01.130.540.1 1 unit
600 100 1000 01.127.650.1 1 unit
600 100 1200 01.133.710.1 1 unit
700 100 600 01.130.544.1 1 unit
700 100 800 01.130.545.1 1 unit
700 100 900 01.130.546.1 1 unit
700 100 1000 01.127.651.1 1 unit
700 100 1200 01.133.711.1 1 unit
800 100 600 01.130.550.1 1 unit
800 100 800 01.130.551.1 1 unit
800 100 900 01.130.552.1 1 unit
800 100 1000 01.127.652.1 1 unit
800 100 1200 01.133.712.1 1 unit
W D Order No. UP
600 600 01.130.744.1 1 unit
800 800 01.130.745.1 1 unit
Dimensions in mm: Conversion:
W = Width h = Installation height U = Standard rack unit kg = Weight 1 mm = 0.03937 inch
H = Height d = Insertion depth (1 U = 44.45 mm) 1 kg = 2.2046 pounds
D = Depth L = Length UP = Packaging unit
Miracel® Network Rack
Mechanics – Racks | 77
Miracel® filter mat
for plinth cover plate for installation in
plinth cover plate at the front and rear
Miracel® plinth
Mobile, height 100 mm
Side plinth,
cover plate closed
Miracel® bottom plate
For flexible cable entry
with rubber seal, IP 40
Scope of delivery
– 2 x filter mats.
How supplied
– In sets.
– Cable entry possible at the rear.
– With leveling feet for fixed model.
Load rating
– 3000 N static.
Material
– Sheet steel 2 mm.
Finish
– Powder-coated texture, RAL 7035.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x plinth frame.
– 2 x fixed casters with snib.
– 2 x swivel casters.
– 4 x leveling feet.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– In sets.
– Suitable for plinth height of 100 mm.
– Cover plates, closed.
Material
– Sheet steel.
Finish
– Powder-coated texture, RAL 7035.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x plinth cover plate.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– In sets.
– For covering the rack underside.
– With rubber seal for flexible cable entry
at the front or rear.
Material / Finish
– Sheet steel, 1.5 mm, electroplated zinc.
– Sponge rubber, 50 mm x 50 mm.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x cable entry.
– 2 x bottom plates.
– 2 x mounting brackets.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– In sets.
MIR00077
MIR00355
W Order No. UP
600 01.130.530.9 2 units
700 01.130.531.9 2 units
800 01.130.532.9 2 units
W H D Order No. UP
600 100 600 01.130.561.1 1 unit
600 100 800 01.130.562.1 1 unit
600 100 900 01.130.563.1 1 unit
600 100 1000 01.127.250.1 1 unit
600 100 1200 01.133.715.1 1 unit
700 100 600 01.130.565.1 1 unit
700 100 800 01.130.566.1 1 unit
700 100 1000 01.127.253.1 1 unit
700 100 1200 01.133.716.1 1 unit
800 100 600 01.130.569.1 1 unit
800 100 800 01.130.570.1 1 unit
800 100 900 01.130.571.1 1 unit
800 100 1000 01.127.254.1 1 unit
800 100 1200 01.133.717.1 1 unit
H D Order No. UP
100 600 01.139.697.1 1 unit
100 800 01.139.698.1 1 unit
100 900 01.139.699.1 1 unit
100 1000 01.139.699.1-001 1 unit
100 1200 01.139.699.1-003 1 unit
W D Order No. UP
600 600 01.130.732.0 1 unit
600 800 01.130.733.0 1 unit
600 900 01.130.734.0 1 unit
600 1000 01.127.670.0 1 unit
600 1200 01.133.740.0 1 unit
700 600 01.130.735.0 1 unit
700 800 01.130.736.0 1 unit
700 900 01.127.671.0 1 unit
700 1000 01.127.672.0 1 unit
700 1200 01.133.741.0 1 unit
800 600 01.130.738.0 1 unit
800 800 01.130.739.0 1 unit
800 900 01.130.740.0 1 unit
800 1000 01.127.673.0 1 unit
800 1200 01.133.742.0 1 unit
Miracel® Network Rack
78 | Mechanics – Racks
Miracel® bottom plate
3-piece
Bottom plate, perforated
Miracel® casters
Assembly kit
for securing bottom plate
Front cover plate (pivots)
– For covering the rack underside.
– For flexible cable entry
front and rear.
Material / Finish
– Sheet steel, 1.5 mm, zinc passivated.
Scope of delivery
– 3 x bottom plates.
– 2 x mounting brackets.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– In sets.
– For vented racks.
– Replacement for segmented bottom
plates.
Material / Finish
– Sheet steel, 1.5 mm,
electroplated zinc.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x bottom plate.
How supplied
– In sets.
– Can be mounted on the threaded eyelet
of the basic rack.
– Caster diameter, 75 mm.
– Threaded bolt, M12.
– Load capacity per caster: 100 kg
Scope of delivery
– 4 x swivel casters.
How supplied
– In sets.
Material
– Sheet steel 3.0 mm.
Finish
– Galvanized.
Scope of delivery
– 4 x clamping plates.
– For covering the side
clearance space at the front of the
800-width Miracel racks.
– Easy to open for cable management..
Material / Finish
Sheet steel, 1.0 mm,
powder-coated texture.
Color
– Final digit of order number 1:
RAL 7035 light-grey.
– Final digit of order number 8:
RAL 7021 dark-grey.
Scope of delivery
– 2 x front cover plates.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– In sets.
MIR00357
MIR20462
MIR20088
MIR00319
ELM00103a
W D Order No. UP
600 600 01.130.750.0 1 unit
600 800 01.130.751.0 1 unit
600 900 01.130.752.0 1 unit
600 1000 01.127.660.0 1 unit
600 1200 01.133.730.0 1 unit
700 600 01.130.753.0 1 unit
700 800 01.130.754.0 1 unit
700 900 01.130.755.0 1 unit
700 1000 01.127.662.0 1 unit
700 1200 01.133.731.0 1 unit
800 600 01.130.756.0 1 unit
800 800 01.130.757.0 1 unit
800 900 01.130.758.0 1 unit
800 1000 01.127.663.0 1 unit
800 1200 01.133.732.0 1 unit
H Order No. UP
109.5 05.031.057.9 4 units
Order No. UP
01.130.934.7 4 units
H U Model Order No. UP
1003 23 For rack width 800 01.113.044.X 2 units
1803 41 For rack width 800 01.113.048.X 2 units
2002 46 For rack width 800 01.113.049.X 2 units
W Order No. UP
600 01.139.628.0 1 unit
700 01.139.629.0 1 unit
800 01.139.630.0 1 unit
Dimensions in mm: Conversion:
W = Width h = Installation height U = Standard rack unit kg = Weight 1 mm = 0.03937 inch
H = Height d = Insertion depth (1 U = 44.45 mm) 1 kg = 2.2046 pounds
D = Depth L = Length UP = Packaging unit
Miracel® Network Rack
Mechanics – Racks | 79
Miracel® 19" vertical extrusion
aluminum with T-slot and increment slide
Miracel
®
19" vertical extrusion,
steel with mounting holes
Miracel® 19" server extrusion,
steel with mounting holes
Miracel® vertical extrusion,
ETSI 20 module / 21"
Miracel® U tape measure
Miracel® mounting adapters
for 19" server extrusion
– For front and rear installation with
in the rack.
– Spring nut, variable and adjustable,
in U increments (19").
– Please order suitable assembly kit
for rack widths 700 / 800.
– Screws and spring nuts for W 600.
Material
– Extruded aluminum, polished.
Scope of delivery
– 2 x vertical extrusions with increment
slide.
– For front and rear installation with
in the rack.
– Caged nut mountable in U increments (19").
– Please order suitable assembly kit
for rack widths 700 / 800.
– Screws and spring nuts for W 600.
Material
– Sheet steel, 1.5 mm, zinc passivated.
Scope of delivery
– 2 x vertical extrusions with mounting
holes.
– For mounting trade-standard
19" servers.
– Please order suitable assembly kit
for rack widths 700 / 800.
– Please order mounting adapter for
Knürr standard components.
Material
– Sheet steel, 2 mm, zinc passivated.
Scope of delivery
– 4 x 19" server extrusions.
– For metric racks, 20 module 21".
– Spring nut, variable and
adjustable in standard increments.
– Please order suitable assembly kit
for rack widths 700 / 800.
– Screws and spring nuts for W 600.
Material
– Type 1: Extruded aluminum, polished.
– Type 2: Sheet steel, 1.5 mm,
zinc-passivated.
Scope of delivery
– 2 x vertical extrusions.
– For sticking on Miracel
®
19" extrusions.
– Enables fast component positioning at
the correct U position.
– Standard length, 48 U; shorten as
required.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x tape measure.
– For mounting standard Knürr
components (storage shelves, drawers,
chassis rails, keyboard tray, etc.)
in 19" installation space.
Material
– Zinc-passivated sheet steel.
Scope of delivery
– 4 x adapters.
MIR00307
MIR00309
MIR20041
MIR00308 Type
MIR00311 Type 2
LUF20337
MIR20044
H U h Order No. UP
1200 23 1100 01.130.828.0 2 units
1800 37 1700 01.130.834.0 2 units
2000 41 1900 01.130.835.0 2 units
2200 46 2100 01.130.836.0 2 units
H U h Order No. UP
1200 23 1100 01.130.803.0 2 units
1800 37 1700 01.130.809.0 2 units
2000 41 1900 01.130.810.0 2 units
2200 46 2100 01.130.811.0 2 units
H U Order No. UP
2000 41 01.127.214.0 4 units
2200 46 01.127.215.0 4 units
H Module h Model Order No. UP
1800 66 1700 alu. T-slot 01.130.847.0 2 units
2000 74 1900 alu. T-slot 01.130.848.0 2 units
2200 82 2100 alu. T-slot 01.130.849.0 2 units
1800 66 1700 steel mount. holes 01.130.822.0 2 units
2000 74 1900 steel mount. holes 01.130.823.0 2 units
2200 82 2100 steel mount. holes 01.130.824.0 2 units
U Order No. UP
48 01.128.400.9 1 unit
U Order No. UP
101.127.119.9 4 units
Miracel® Network Rack
80 | Mechanics – Racks
Pos.1
Pos. 2
Pos. 3
Pos. 4
Miracel® assembly kits
for extrusions
Multifunctional brace
Earthing set / door
Side panel / rear panel
Rack earthing set
Scope of delivery
– 4 x node brackets (full-length).
– 2 x node brackets (short).
– 2 x Z brackets (short).
– 1 x Mounting kit.
– For routing cables
with cable ties.
–
For universal mounting option.
– Holes for mounting caged nuts.
– Distance between two multifunctional
braces can be selected using T-slot.
– Installation on the extrusions of the rack
frame or on the 19” extrusions, diagonal
and lateral.
Installation positions
– 1 toward rear of basic frame.
– 2 across width of basic frame.
– 3 across width of 19" extrusions.
– 4 toward rear of 19" extrusions.
Material
– Sheet steel 1.5 mm.
Finish
– Zinc-passivated.
Scope of delivery
– 4 x multifunctional braces.
How supplied
– In sets.
– For safe earthing of doors and
panels.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x earthing connection.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– In sets.
– For safe earthing of rack.
– Standardized protective conductor
connection.
Standards
– IEC 950.
– VDE 0100.
Scope of delivery
– 5 x earthing connections.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– In sets.
MIR00510
MIR00089
MIR88003
MIR00216
MIR00217
WModel Order No. UP
700 short 01.131.219.7 1 set
800 short 01.131.221.7 1 set
700 full-length 01.131.220.7 1 set
800 full-length 01.131.222.7 1 set
Model Order No. UP
for single steel / glass doors 01.130.624.9 1 set
for side and rear panel 01.133.745.9 1 set
for steel double doors 01.139.540.9 1 set
for glass doors or perforated double doors 01.139.541.9 1 set
DRack dInstallation position For rack type Order No. UP
600 1 Miracel 05.040.160.9 4 units
800 1 Miracel 05.040.161.9 4 units
900 1 Miracel 05.040.162.9 4 units
1000 1 Miracel 05.040.163.9 4 units
1100 1 Miracel 05.040.164.9 4 units
1200 1 Miracel 05.040.165.9 4 units
600 2 Miracel/Smaract 05.040.173.9 4 units
800 2 Miracel 05.040.174.9 4 units
3Miracel/Smaract/DPR 05.040.175.9 4 units
600 365 4 Miracel/Smaract 05.040.168.9 4 units
800 565 4 Miracel/Smaract 05.040.169.9 4 units
600 440 4 Miracel/Smaract 05.040.170.9 4 units
800 640 4 Miracel/Smaract 05.040.171.9 4 units
900 740 4 Miracel/Smaract 05.040.172.9 4 units
1000 740 4 Miracel/Smaract 05.040.172.9 4 units
Order No. UP
01.130.529.9 1 set
Dimensions in mm: Conversion:
W = Width h = Installation height U = Standard rack unit kg = Weight 1 mm = 0.03937 inch
H = Height d = Insertion depth (1 U = 44.45 mm) 1 kg = 2.2046 pounds
D = Depth L = Length UP = Packaging unit
Miracel® Network Rack
Mechanics – Racks | 81
Miracel® partition wall
can be retrofitted
Rack connector
Internal mounting Miracel® rack connector
External mounting
Miracel® partition wall
mounted, fixed
– For air containment between two fixed
adjacent racks.
– The partition wall is fitted between two
racks and can be inserted from one side of
the linking racks; guided along the upper
rear-enclosure extrusion of one of the
linked racks.
– After the partition wall has been inserted,
fasteners are bent or welded on one side
of the wall and screwed into the vertical
T-slot to secure the structure. The rack
connectors included in the supply are
used on the opposite side.
Material
– Sheet steel 1.0 mm.
Finish / Color
– Powder-coated texture,
RAL 7035 light-grey.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x partitioning wall for retrofitting.
– 1 x set of rack connectors.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– In sets.
– For mechanical, stable joining of
of rack and enclosure suites.
Material / Finish
– Sheet steel, 2 mm, zinc passivated.
Installation positions
– 1. On the horizontal extrusion
(bottom and top; front and rear).
– 2. Vertically on the vertical extrusion
(front and rear; top and bottom).
Scope of delivery
– 8 x mounting brackets (for connecting
2 racks / frames).
– 1x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– In sets.
Note
Only use on racks without partition walls.
– For secure connection of several racks.
– Front and rear external mounting.
Material
– Sheet steel, 1 mm, electroplated zinc.
Scope of delivery
– 6 x mounting straps.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
– For air containment between two fixed
adjacent racks.
– The partition wall is mounted on only one
rack. It must be mounted before the other
racks are installed.
– The partition wall is slotted in at the top
of the rear extrusion and mounted to the
basic rack with quick connectors. The rack
connectors are then fitted to the top and
bottom of the frame extrusions from the
inside.
– Plastic cover extrusions are provided to
seal the gap between two racks. These
can be clipped into place at the front and
back of the gap.
Material
– Sheet steel 1.0 mm.
Finish / Color
– Powder-coated texture,
RAL 7035 light-grey.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x fixed partition wall.
– 1 x set of rack connectors.
– 2 x cover extrusions.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– In sets.
MIR20452
MIR20453
MIR00100
MIR20442
MIR20450
MIR20465
MIR20463
Order No. UP
01.130.935.7 1 set
Order No. UP
01.127.114.9 1 set
1
2
H D Order No. UP
2000 1000 01.133.835.1 1 unit
2000 1200 01.133.837.1 1 unit
2200 1000 01.133.838.1 1 unit
2200 1200 01.133.840.1 1 unit
H D Order No. UP
2000 1000 01.133.860.1 1 unit
2000 1200 01.133.862.1 1 unit
2200 1000 01.133.863.1 1 unit
2200 1200 01.133.865.1 1 unit
Miracel® Network Rack
82 | Mechanics – Racks
Miracel® cover extrusion
for rack suites, IP 20
Miracel®
Cover screws
Miracel®
Spacer bolt
Miracel®
Crane eyes
Material
– PVC extruder cover, black.
Scope of delivery
– 2 x vertical lengths.
– 2 x depth lengths.
Material
– Plastic.
How supplied
– Sets of 4 units.
– M12 bolts.
Scope of delivery
– Set of 4 units spacer bolt.
– For hanging on crane hooks.
– The crane eyes are screwed into the
threads provided on the basic frame.
Load rating
– Max. 6,800 N.
Material
– Tool steel, forged.
Scope of delivery
– 4 x ring bolts.
– 4 x washers.
How supplied
– In sets.
MIR00320
MIR20443
MIR20447
MIR20464
MEC20194
MEC00074
Order No. UP
01.131.751.9 4 units
Order No. UP
01.131.752.7 4 units
Order No. UP
01.131.745.9 1 set
H D U Order No. UP
1200 600 23 01.131.270.9 1 set
1800 600 37 01.131.273.9 1 set
2000 600 41 01.131.274.9 1 set
2200 600 46 01.131.275.9 1 set
1200 800 23 01.131.276.9 1 set
1800 800 37 01.131.279.9 1 set
2000 800 41 01.131.280.9 1 set
2200 800 46 01.131.281.9 1 set
1200 900 23 01.131.282.9 1 set
1800 900 37 01.131.285.9 1 set
2000 900 41 01.131.286.9 1 set
2200 900 46 01.131.287.9 1 set
2000 1000 41 01.127.760.9 1 set
2200 1000 46 01.127.761.9 1 set
2000 1200 41 01.127.762.9 1 set
2200 1200 46 01.127.763.9 1 set
Dimensions in mm: Conversion:
W = Width h = Installation height U = Standard rack unit kg = Weight 1 mm = 0.03937 inch
H = Height d = Insertion depth (1 U = 44.45 mm) 1 kg = 2.2046 pounds
D = Depth L = Length UP = Packaging unit
Miracel® Network Rack
Mechanics – Racks | 83
Mounting bracket
Fixed
– Sits flush ("airtight").
– Even load distribution on base.
–
Also compatible with DCM racks.
Load rating
– 15,000 N static.
Material
– Sheet steel 3.0 mm.
Finish
– Order no. 1:
Powder-coated texture,
RAL 7035 light-grey.
– Order no. 8:
Powder-coated texture,
RAL 7021 dark-grey.
Scope of delivery
– 2 x mounting brackets for the depth.
– 2 x mounting brackets for the width.
– 1x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– In sets.
DCM20090
MIR20449
W H D Order No. UP
600 27 600 01.147.509.X 1 unit
600 27 700 01.147.510.X 1 unit
600 27 800 01.147.511.X 1 unit
600 27 900 01.147.512.X 1 unit
600 27 1000 01.147.513.X 1 unit
600 27 1100 01.147.514.X 1 unit
600 27 1200 01.147.515.X 1 unit
700 27 600 01.147.517.X 1 unit
700 27 700 01.147.518.X 1 unit
700 27 800 01.147.519.X 1 unit
700 27 900 01.147.520.X 1 unit
700 27 1000 01.147.521.X 1 unit
700 27 1100 01.147.522.X 1 unit
700 27 1200 01.147.523.X 1 unit
800 27 600 01.147.525.X 1 unit
800 27 700 01.147.526.X 1 unit
800 27 800 01.147.527.X 1 unit
800 27 900 01.147.528.X 1 unit
800 27 1000 01.147.529.X 1 unit
800 27 1100 01.147.530.X 1 unit
800 27 1200 01.147.531.X 1 unit
Miracel® Network Rack
Knürr @lock systems
84 | Accessories
Data centers are broken into on a regular basis. In many cases, the
intention is simply to steal high-quality IT equipment. However, breaking
in may only be a pretense for stealing data and/or putting in place a
man-in-the-middle infrastructure.
On 28 February 2011 for example, an important data center belonging to a
global telecommunications service provider was paralyzed by intruders. Only a
few weeks previously, a DC service provider working on behalf of a major health
care company became the victim of an attempted break-in, which resulted in
the entire security concept undergoing a TÜV audit. Generally speaking, attacks
of this kind go undetected. Data centers are security areas and therefore need
to be secured through various measures. An important part of this is controlling
access to and in the data center.
Controlling access to the data center is usually achieved through a combination
of organizational measures, e.g., gates and turnstiles, besides a building access
control system.
Working with various partners, Emerson Network Power has developed system
concepts which not only improve physical security through access controls
within the data center but also simplify operative processes, making them less
susceptible to errors. These concepts are known as "@Lock".
@Lock – solutions for racks
Access control for data centers and technical rooms
@lock solution with MLR handles in a co-location datacenter
Knürr @lock systems
Knürr @lock systems
86 | Accessories
Option 1: Transponder card system
@Lock "transponder card system" concept
This system concept can be applied
throughout – from the DC and cold aisle
doors to the individual cabinets. In addition
to the card readers and handles, the
extensive "Administration Suite" manage-
ment software is a key part of the system.
Thanks to its modular design and open infra-
structure architecture, the new Administration
Suite can be expanded as required and can also
be implemented for third party providers.
MLR 3000 and MLR 5000 handles are suitable
for linking server or network cabinets to
the transporter card system. The E-LINE, by
Dirak mechatronic swing handles and the
Administration Suite software, provide a
convenient, reliable way of monitoring
access to your data or server cabinet. With
the Administration Suite software, security
officers can conveniently monitor and
manage access directly from a PC.
The integrated LEDs display alarm messages
and types of authorization on the handle itself.
As a result, technicians on site are given the same
information that the Administration Suite software
sends to the headquarters. LEDs at the top and
bottom of the handle offer permanently high
luminosity with low power consumption. As a
result, the lock status can be determined quickly,
even from a distance of several meters.
Encrypted data communication between the
hardware, server and client.
Runs on Windows 2000, Windows XP, Windows
Vista, Windows Server 2003, Windows Server
2008, Citrix.
Allows administration of various users with
different types of authorization.
Client/server capability.
Web client-capable, SNMP alarming.
Record changes made to the system by users.
Straightforward user guidance in spite of
extensive tools.
Wide range of alarm messages.
Automatic alarm notification via e-mail.
Centralized locking plans and access
management.
The top LED can indicate various statuses, such as
that the handle is ready to be opened or locked.
The bottom LED displays whether the handle is
within or outside the temperature range for the
cabinet selected by the customer. As a result,
irregularities may be identified quickly, leaving
enough time for appropriate action to be taken.
The information display integrated into the handle
is backlit and allows customer-specific informa-
tion, such as the cabinet row, cabinet number etc.,
to be added for extra clarity.
Handles are also available with integrated
Keypad (MLR5000KP). They can be used with
either keycard, keypad or both (two-factor-
authentification).
Administration Suite 2.0
Order number: 01.180.049.9
Freely selectable four-eyes-principle.
Support for the most common transponder
types.
Central management of various systems.
Records all actions in "Log Events".
Free replacement of the lock system if the
authorizing medium is lost.
Real-time visualization of the swing handle
stations.
Configuration of special days with different
locking regimes.
Allocation of time profiles for access.
Able to export "Log Events".
Multilingual software.
Knürr @lock systems
Accessories | 87
Technical data – @Lock MLR3000/5000
Handle electronics
Two-part hardware design Swing handle and reader unit
Visualization Multicolored status LED
Reader For 125 kHz transponders (HID 26 bit system), alternatively 13.56 MHz (MIFARE)
Reader
Housing Reader unit in plastic housing can be fixed with screws or self-adhesive pad
Power supply 12 V ± 10 % (DC) via low voltage socket
Standby current (system ready) 40 mA (DC)
Max. current consumption (with connector tightening) 440 mA (DC)
RS232 interface for MLR3000 RS232 cable (RXD, TXD, GND, Reader present, PC present), 38,400 baud
Current increase for MLR5000 via Ethernet interface 125 mA (DC)
TCP/IP interface Ethernet, 10100 Autosense, up to 100 Mbaud
Connecting cable (reader - handle electronics) 8-pole, 350 cm, UL stranded wire AWG 26, one side with gated RJ45 plug, one side with crimped JST ZH connector ZHR-8
Relay output (via screw clamps) 2.5 mm2, can be screwed in from plug side, relay contact: 12 V, 3 A, 60 W, 120
Door contact input (via screw clamps) 2.5 mm2, can be screwed in from plug side, terminals 1 and 2
RS485 interface RS485 cable to the E-LINE by DIRAK Gateway, (+/A, -/B), 38,400 baud
Memory capacity for transponder cards 2000 + 1 master transponder
Memory capacity for events 500 (ring memory)
Memory capacity for time profiles 30
Integrated real-time clock With buffering of up to 60 min at 25 °C
Temperature range -20°C – +70°C
Type Model Order No. UP
@LockMLR3000 for Miracel and DCM front door 01.180.226.9 1 unit
@LockMLR3000 for twin door (e.g. DCM rear door) 01.180.227.9 1 unit
@LockMLR5000 for Miracel and DCM front door 01.180.228.9 1 unit
@LockMLR5000 for twin door (e.g. DCM rear door) 01.180.229.9 1 unit
@LockMLR5000KP for Miracel and DCM front door 01.180.240.9 1 unit
@LockMLR5000KP for twin door (e.g. DCM rear door) 01.180.241.9 1 unit
Accessories Order No. UP
Door contact 06.108.115.9 1 unit
HID transponder card 01.180.040.9 1 unit
Desktop reader for the initial reading of transponder cards 01.180.040.9 1 unit
MLR3000 Gateway 01.180.111.9 1 unit
Plug-in power supply (Europe) 01.180.035.9 1 unit
Other plug-in power supplies on request
@LockMLR3000 @LockMLR5000
Knürr @lock systems
88 | Accessories
MLU card readers can be used to connect a
room door with existing electromechanical
locking or motorized cold aisle door
(Coolfex):
Three-part hardware design MLU3000 set
comprising: external MLU reader, network
reader unit and MLU1000 lock.
Visualization on MLU reader: 2 x multicolored
status LEDs and 1 x backlit information display.
Antenna for 125 kHz transponders
(HID 26 bit system).
Optional MLU1000 lock
– Die-cast zinc (GDZn), color: matt chrome.
– 4 m control cable.
– Power supply 24 V DC +/- 10 % 100 mA.
– Proximity sensor status contact.
– Wall/sheeting thickness independent.
– E lectronic opening by interrupting the
power supply.
MLU3000/MLU5000 network reader
– Housing reader unit in plastic housing
can be fixed with screws or a self-
adhesive pad.
– Nominal input voltage 12/24/48
V ± 10 % (DC) depending on the electronic
lock connected.
– Standby current (system ready) 40 mA (DC).
– Max. current consumption RJ12 (LOCK)
1.5 A (DC).
– Max. current consumption via relay clamp
3.0 A (DC), clamps 10-11.
– RS232 interface RS 232 cable
(RXD, TXD, GND, Reader present, PC present),
38,400 baud.
– Connecting cable (reader - external MLU
antenna) 8-pole, 350 cm, UL stranded wire
AWG 26, one side with gated RJ45 plug, one
side with crimped JST ZH connector ZHR-8.
– Relay output (via screw clamps) 2.5 mm, can
be screwed on from plug side, relay contact:
12 V, 3 A, 60 W, 120 VA, terminals 3 - 5.
– Door contact input (via screw clamps)
2.5 mm2 can be screwed from plug side,
terminals 1 and 2.
– RS485 - RS485 interface - cable to the E-LINE
by DIRAK Gateway, (+/A, -/B), 38,400 baud
(MLU3000).
– TCP/IP Ethernet interface, 10/100 Autosense,
up to 100 MBit/s (MLU5000).
– Power off when open/closed: depending
on the electronic lock connected, this is
configured in the Administration Suite
Config Tool.
– Memory capacity for transponder cards 2000:
+ 1 master transponder.
– Memory capacity for events:
500 (ring memory).
– Memory capacity for time profiles: 30.
– Integrated real-time clock with buffering
of up to 60 min at 25 °C.
– Temperature range -20°C – +70°C.
Technical data – MLU3000/5000
Type Order No. UP
MLU 3000 01.180.231.9 1 unit
MLU 5000 01.180.232.9 1 unit
Knürr @lock Schließsysteme
Accessories | 89
Option 2: BlueID
@Lock "Blue ID" system concept
Technical data – BlueID control system
@Lock BlueID is an innovative data center locking system which
is highly flexible and user-friendly. Instead of a set of keys or
transponder cards, "virtual" keys, kept on mobile communication
devices (smartphones, tablets etc.), are used. These virtual keys
are transferred to a mobile device via SMS. No online access is
necessary to use the keys.
The locking system comprises MLR1000 handles, a BlueID control system,
a power supply, vouchers for generating keys (100 daily tickets, 10 yearly
tickets, 10 reload tickets) and installation materials. Additional ticket
packages or two additional MLR1000 handles per BlueID box can be ordered
separately.
Dimensions: 157 x 86 x 58 mm (WxHxD) plus antenna and plug.
Weight: 0.24 kg.
Temperature range – storage: -40°C to +85°C.
Temperature range – operation: -20°C to +70°C.
Supply voltage: 7-32 V DC; max: 400 mA.
Power consumption: 2 W.
Relay switching voltage (max.): 250 V AC.
Relay switching current (max.): 5 A.
Contact clamps (potential-free): 4 x 2.
Optocoupler inputs (potential-free): 4 x 2.
Connection: Bluetooth 2.0 EDR.
Connection: Ethernet (RJ45).
Internal antenna connection: RP-SMA (right hand thread).
Bluetooth range: up to 5 m / up to 50 m / up to 150 m.
Security specification: allocation of access authorization and
command execution.
RSA/AES-encrypted up to 4,096 bit.
Security specification: connection to trust center infrastructure
in ISO/IEC 27001:2005-certified data center.
Security specification: FIPS 140-2-certified cryptography modules;
security specification: certificate-based ticket issuing (SHA).
Security specification: public key infrastructure (PKI).
Protection class: IP20.
Certification: CE.
Type Order No. UP
Knürr bundle. @LockBlueID for Knürr DCM 01.180.320.0 1 unit
Package of 100 daily tickets 01.180.321.0 1 unit
Package of 10 yearly tickets 01.180.322.0 1 unit
Package of 10 reload tickets 01.180.323.0 1 unit
Knürr @lock Schließsysteme
90 | Accessories
Option 3: Potential-free contacts
@Lock "potential-free contacts" system concept
Swing handles from the @Lock MLR1000 range are suitable for
connecting electromechanical swing handles to existing building
management systems or local identification systems, in addition to
complementing @LockBlueID or rack monitoring systems.
The handle can be opened as soon as its potential-free contacts are activated
or a voltage of 12-24 V DC is supplied. Following activation, the MLR1000
switches to ready-to-open status.
During this period, the user can open the MLR1000 by pressing a button.
The LED at the top of the handle offers permanently high luminosity with
a low power consumption. As a result, the lock status can be determined
quickly, even from a distance of several meters.
The information display integrated into the handle is backlit and allows
customer-specific information such as the cabinet row, cabinet number etc.,
to be added for further clarity.
Technical data – @LockMLR1000
Handle electronics
Two-part hardware design MLR1000 and MLR1000 Box
Visualization Status LED
MLR1000 Box
Housing Interface unit, plastic housing can be fixed with screws or self-adhesive pad
Power supply 12 V DC ± 10 % via screw clamps
Standby current (system ready) 40 mA (DC)
Max. current consumption (with connector tightening) 410 mA (DC)
Operating mode 100 % ED
Relay control 12V DC
Operating time Max. 3 seconds
Contact output 250 V AC, 2 A
Installation position Vertical
Connection type Screw clamps, 2.5mm2
Connecting cable (reader - handle electronics) 8-pole, 350 cm, UL stranded wire AWG 26, one side with gated RJ45 plug, one side with crimped JST ZH connector ZHR-8
Temperature range -20°C – +70°C
@Lock MLR5000 @Lock MLR3000 @Lock MLR1000 @Lock BlueID
Software necessary Admin Suite Admin Suite Custom Web browser, Mobile phone app
E-Line Administration
Suite Software Yes Yes No No
External emergency
power supply connector Yes Yes Yes No
Identification Transponder card Transponder card Dependent on customer's
equipment and software BlueID
IP support Yes Gateway No Optional
Log files Yes (in combination
w. Administration Suite)
Yes (in combination
w. Administration Suite)
Dependent on customer's
equipment and software Optional
User profiles Yes (in combination
w. Administration Suite)
Yes (in combination
w. Administration Suite)
Dependent on customer's
equipment and software No
Four-eyes-principle Yes (in combination
w. Administration Suite)
Yes (in combination
w. Administration Suite)
Dependent on customer's
equipment and software Yes
Off-line mode No No No Yes
Technology partner Eline by Dirak Eline by Dirak Eline by Dirak BlueID by Baimos Technologies
Type Model Order No. UP
@LockMLR1000 for Miracel and DCM front door 01.180.224.9 1 unit
@LockMLR1000 for twin doors (e.g. DCM rear door) 01.180.225.9 1 unit
Knürr Cable Management
Accessories | 91
Global networking is continuing to grow, meaning users are
in need of an intelligent cable management solution.
To meet this demand, Knürr offers a range of products and solutions for server
racks, active and passive network racks, as well as special racks.
Our range not only allows you to quickly and easily set up and dismantle racks,
it also makes it much simpler to troubleshoot problems in your systems and
expand your systems. Our cable management components are all based on a
number of key principles: Simple and self-explanatory operation, versatile
application options, a clear structure, and a cost-efficient design.
Thanks to the Knürr cable management system, your rack will be equipped
for the future and will save you time and money for the long term.
Knürr Cable Management
Features
Allows for prescribed cable radii.
Components are easy to secure
and use.
Components feature addition
functions.
Extensive use of reusable Velcro
strips precludes cable strain.
No blockage of airflow
within the rack.
Knürr Cable Management
92 | Accessories
Knürr Cable Management
Terminology
Laying cables involves ensuring that
mechanical stresses are completely avoided.
Bending load
The bending radii may never fall below the
values provided by the cable manufacturer in
the respective data sheets. Where excessive
bending occurs, the cables' electrical properties
are impaired, and transmission bandwidths and
ranges are adversely affected. If manufacturer
specifications are not available, then the follow-
ing rule of thumb applies: loose cabling should
be at least 15 times the external cable diameter
and fixed cabling at least 10 times the external
cable diameter.
Buckling load
Extreme bending loads can cause the cable to
break.
Tensile load
This is determined solely by the copper
cross-section of the conductor, as all other
materials are too soft. The cable may not be
exposed to stress exceeding 50N/mm2
(Cu cross-section) as this causes the conductors
to stretch which reduces the cross-section. If
higher "pulling" forces are required, cables with
additional strain-reduction elements must be
used.
Compressive stress
Compressive stress is caused by loads bearing
down from above, fixed clamping or sharp cable
kinking and must always be avoided, as other-
wise the "loose" cable structure changes and
electrical transmission properties are impaired.
Torque strains (twisting)
Cables must never be subjected to torque
strains, as they cause cable elements to shift
and change their position relative to each other,
thereby impairing transmission properties.
MEC20064
MEC20084
MEC20086 LIG00021
Knürr Cable Management
Accessories | 93
Knürr Cable Management
Proper Usage
Various components for fiberglass and
copper cables – especially fastening options
such as Velcro and cable bundling using
different colored strips – guarantee transparent
cable management, providing an optimal
starting point for both intelligent network
expansion and ideal service convenience. (1)
Special attention has been paid to ensuring that
all cable management components can be
fastened with Velcro strips which eliminate
cable strain and can be reused at any time.
Velcro cable ties also aid the installation
technician as they are easily manageable, using
pinch-free cable bundling. (2)
Excess cable is stored separately from the patch
fields while remaining easily accessible. Copper
cable excess can be stored separately from fiber
glass excess within the Knürr rack systems:
the copper cables are stored on the side while
the more sensitive fiberglass cables are stored in
a drawer at the front. (3)
A closer look at the individual products reveals
their outstanding versatility. The cable-routing
multifunctional brace, for example, not only
provides the option of routing cables both
horizontally and vertically using Velcro or
cable ties, but additionally allows numerous
components to be mounted with screws and
caged nuts. These caged nuts can also be
shifted in a slot with room for play, so that every
mounting dimension is accommodated. (4)
1. MEC20082
2. MEC20070
3. MEC20079
4. MEC20091
3. MEC20099
4. MEC20077
5. MEC20071
Knürr Cable Management
94 | Accessories
The Knürr overhead cable management system is a complete, modular system
which offers a variety of cable-tray installment options. The components are
very flexible and can be installed on site or modified with ease, to accommodate
cable-management requirements that differ from rack to rack. This extremely
sturdy and robust system can withstand high stress levels and is suitable for any
application. Combined with other items from the Knürr cable-management
product range, it provides a comprehensive solution that delivers proper cable
bend radii.
Knürr Cable Management
Overhead Cabling
EmersonNetworkPower's Overhead Cabling Solution
Features
Modular, extremely flexible.
Robust construction.
Includes integrated radius for
cable entry into rack.
New cover panel with lateral
cable entry.
Selection of cable throughs and
mesh cable trays.
Suitable for DCM® and Miracel®.
Includes SmartAisle™ enclosure.
Various combinations possible.
F
B
D
W
A
E
G
C
D
H
I
B
E
C
D
A
G
F
JJ
3 x Knürr DCM® B800 T1200
1 x Liebert® CRV B300 T1200
4 x Knürr DCM® B600 T1200
1 x Liebert® CRV B300 T1200
1800 mm
ASupport bracket
WMounting bracket
CCenter panel insert
DTransitional cover
EEnd panel insert
FConnecting panel insert
GCover plate
HSupport bracket cross-cabling
ICover cross-cabling
Legend
JNew cover panel with lateral cable entry
Example of Overhead Configuration
Knürr Cable Management
Accessories | 95
Configuration Assistant
Sample Order Name Item
– Left rack suite Knürr DCM® B800 T1200 3 01.147.722.8
New cover panel with
lateral cable entry
3 01.147.579.8
Liebert® CRV B300 T1200 1 CR0302XXX-XXXXXX
Support bracket 4 05.045.005.X
Mounting bracket 2
2
05.045.011.X
05.045.015.X
Center panel insert 3
3
05.045.023.X
05.045.024.X
Transitional cover 3
3
05.045.031.X
05.045.032.X
End panel insert 1
1
05.045.041.X
05.045.042.X
Connecting panel insert 1 05.045.045.X
Cover plate 2 05.045.047.X
– Right rack suite Knürr DCM® B800 T1200 4 01.147.714.8
New cover panel with
lateral cable entry
4 01.147.574.8
Liebert® CRV B300 T1200 1 CR0302XXX-XXXXXX
Support bracket 4 05.045.005.X
Mounting bracket 2
8
05.045.011.X
05.045.012.X
Center panel insert 4
4
05.045.021.X
05.045.022.X
Transitional cover 4
4
05.045.031.X
05.045.032.X
End panel insert 1
1
05.045.041.X
05.045.042.X
Connecting panel insert 2 05.045.045.X
Cover plate 2 05.045.047.X
– Cross-cabling Support bracket 1
1
05.045.052.X
05.045.053.X
Mounting bracket 1 05.045.015.X
Transitional cover 2 05.045.032.X
Cover 1 05.045.057.X
D
D
A
A
J
J
E
E
F
F
C
C
B
B
G
G
H
B
D
I
Knürr Cable Management
96 | Accessories
Prerequisites for Overhead Cabling
Required Data for Overhead Cabling Example
– Width of racks in the rack suite (300, 600 or 800mm) Rack width (W) = 800 mm
– Depth of racks in the rack suite (1000 to 1200mm) Rack depth (D) = 1200 mm
– Number of racks in one rack suite
– Aisle width (Standard dimensions 1200, 1500 and 1800mm ± 50mm) – for cross-cabling Aisle width (AW) = 1800 mm
– Color light-grey RAL 7035 or dark-grey RAL 7021) Dark-grey RAL 7021
DCM® cover panel
with lateral cable entry
Miracel® cover panel
with lateral cable entry
– With lateral cable entry on both sides
(sliding plates).
– For orderly cable management with
in the rack.
– Optional brush strips.
Material
– Sheet steel, 1.5 mm.
Finish / Color
– Final digit of order number .1:
powder-coated, RAL 7035.
– Final digit of order number .8:
powder-coated, RAL 7021.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x cover panel with lateral cable entry.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– In sets.
– With lateral cable entry on both sides
(sliding plates).
– For orderly cable management with
in the rack.
– Optional brush strips.
Material
– Sheet steel, 1.5 mm.
Finish / Color
– Final digit of order number .1:
powder-coated, RAL 7035 light-grey.
– Final digit of order number .8:
powder-coated, RAL 7021 dark-grey.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x cover panel with lateral cable entry.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– In sets.
DCM20079 MIR20439
WRack DRack For rack type Order No. UP
600 1000 DCM®01.147.572.X 1 unit
600 1100 DCM®01.147.573.X 1 unit
600 1200 DCM®01.147.574.X 1 unit
800 1000 DCM®01.147.577.X 1 unit
800 1100 DCM®01.147.578.X 1 unit
800 1200 DCM®01.147.579.X 1 unit
WRack DRack For rack type Order No. UP
600 1000 Miracel®01.130.630.X-003 1 unit
600 1100 Miracel®01.130.630.X-004 1 unit
600 1200 Miracel®01.130.630.X-005 1 unit
800 1000 Miracel®01.130.630.X-008 1 unit
800 1100 Miracel®01.130.630.X-009 1 unit
800 1200 Miracel®01.130.630.X-010 1 unit
J J
Dimensions in mm: Conversion:
W = Width L = Length U = Standard rack unit kg = Weight 1 mm = 0.03937 inch
H = Height R = Bending radius (1 U = 44.45 mm) 1 kg = 2.2046 pounds
D = Depth UP = Packaging unit
Knürr Cable Management
Accessories | 97
DCM® cover panel
short Support bracket
Miracel® cover panel
short
Mounting brackets
– For covering the front
overhead area; the rest remains open.
– Facilitates unobstructed cable entry
inside the rack.
Material
– Sheet steel, 1.5 mm.
Finish / Color
– Powder-coated texture, RAL 7021,
dark-grey.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x cover panel, short.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– In sets.
– Secures corner piece at the top
of the rack.
– Quick and easy mounting.
– Suitable for both Miracel and
DCM racks.
– Includes screw for securing the mounting
brackets, transitional cover and end panel
inserts.
Material
– Sheet steel 2.0 mm.
Finish
– Final digit of order number .1:
powder-coated, RAL 7035 light-grey.
– Final digit of order number .8:
powder-coated, RAL 7021 dark-grey.
Scope of delivery
– 2 x support brackets.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– In sets.
– For covering the front
overhead area; the rest remains open.
– Facilitates unobstructed cable entry
inside the rack.
Material
– Sheet steel, 1.5 mm.
Finish / Color
– Final digit of order number .1:
powder-coated, RAL 7035 light-grey.
– Final digit of order number .8:
powder-coated, RAL 7021 dark-grey.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x cover panel, short.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– In sets.
– Secured on support bracket.
– Quick and easy mounting.
– Separate cable trays.
Material
– Sheet steel 1.0 mm.
Finish
– Final digit of order number .1:
powder-coated, RAL 7035 light-grey.
– Final digit of order number .8:
powder-coated, RAL 7021 dark-grey.
Scope of delivery
– 2 x mounting brackets.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– In sets.
DCM20081 MEC20200
MIR20441
MEC20202
DCM20080
MEC20201
MIR20440
MEC20203
WRack L For rack type Order No. UP
600 250 DCM®01.147.268.8 1 unit
800 250 DCM®01.147.269.8 1 unit
H DRack For rack type Order No. UP
44 1000 Miracel®/DCM®05.045.003.X 1 set
44 1100 Miracel®/DCM®05.045.004.X 1 set
44 1200 Miracel®/DCM®05.045.005.X 1 set
WRack L For rack type Order No. UP
600 250 Miracel®01.130.628.X 1 unit
800 250 Miracel®01.130.629.X 1 unit
W / L H For rack type Order No. UP
300 90 Miracel®/DCM®05.045.011.X 1 set
600 90 Miracel®/DCM®05.045.012.X 1 set
800 90 Miracel®/DCM®05.045.013.X 1 set
2400 90 Miracel®/DCM®05.045.015.X 1 set
3000 90 Miracel®/DCM®05.045.016.X 1 set
K A
K
B
Knürr Cable Management
98 | Accessories
Center panel insert
Transitional cover
from rack to rack
End panel insert
Connecting panel insert
– Secured on mounting bracket.
– Quick and easy mounting.
– With 25 mm radius for bending
the cables.
Material
– Sheet steel, 1.5 mm.
Finish
– Final digit of order number .1:
powder-coated, RAL 7035 light-grey.
– Final digit of order number .8:
powder-coated, RAL 7021 dark-grey.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x center panel insert.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– In sets.
– Secured on support bracket.
– Quick and easy mounting.
– With 25 mm radius for bending
the cables.
Material
– Sheet steel, 1.5 mm.
Finish
– Final digit of order number .1:
powder-coated, RAL 7035 light-grey.
– Final digit of order number .8:
powder-coated, RAL 7021 dark-grey.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x transitional cover.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– In sets.
– Secured on support bracket.
– Quick and easy mounting.
– Completes cable trays.
Material
– Sheet steel 1.0 mm.
Finish
– Final digit of order number .1:
powder-coated, RAL 7035 light-grey.
– Final digit of order number .8:
powder-coated, RAL 7021 dark-grey.
Scope of delivery
– 2 x end panel inserts.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– In sets.
– For joining mounting brackets.
– Quick and easy mounting.
Material
– Sheet steel, 1.5 mm.
Finish
– Final digit of order number .1:
powder-coated, RAL 7035 light-grey.
– Final digit of order number .8:
powder-coated, RAL 7021 dark-grey.
Scope of delivery
– 10 x connecting panel inserts.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– In sets.
MEC20205
MEC20204
MEC20206
MEC20212
MEC20207
MEC20214
MEC20208
MEC20213
W / L WRack R For rack type Order No. UP
200 600 25 Miracel®/DCM®05.045.021.X 1 set
600 600 25 Miracel®/DCM®05.045.022.X 1 set
200 800 25 Miracel®/DCM®05.045.023.X 1 set
600 800 25 Miracel®/DCM®05.045.024.X 1 set
W / L R For rack type Order No. UP
200 25 Miracel®/DCM®05.045.031.X 1 set
600 25 Miracel®/DCM®05.045.032.X 1 set
W / L For rack type Order No. UP
200 Miracel®/DCM®05.045.041.X 1 set
600 Miracel®/DCM®05.045.042.X 1 set
W H For rack type Order No. UP
64 86 Miracel®/DCM®05.045.045.X 1 set
C
D
E
F
Knürr Cable Management
Accessories | 99
Cover plate Support bracket
Cross-cabling
Mesh cable tray Cross-cabling
Cover
– For covering the space between
the center panel inserts and transitional
covers.
– Quick and easy mounting.
Material
– Sheet steel 1.0 mm.
Finish
– Final digit of order number .1:
powder-coated, RAL 7035 light-grey.
– Final digit of order number .8:
powder-coated, RAL 7021 dark-grey.
Scope of delivery
– 10 x cover plates.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– In sets.
– For cable management at the top
between rack suites.
– Quick and easy mounting.
– Includes screw for securing the mounting
brackets, transitional covers and cover
plates.
Material
– Sheet steel 2.0 mm.
Finish
– Final digit of order number .1:
powder-coated, RAL 7035 light-grey.
– Final digit of order number .8:
powder-coated, RAL 7021 dark-grey.
Scope of delivery
– 2 x support brackets, cross-cabling.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– In sets.
– Secured on support bracket.
– Quick and easy mounting.
Material
– Round steel, d = 4.5 mm.
Finish
– Zinc-passivated.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x mesh cable tray.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– In sets.
– Provides support for cables and
covers the space between the rack suites.
– Secured on mounting bracket.
– Quick and easy mounting.
Material
– Sheet steel 1.0 mm.
Finish
– Final digit of order number .1:
powder-coated, RAL 7035 light-grey.
– Final digit of order number .8:
powder-coated, RAL 7021 dark-grey.
Scope of delivery
– 5 x cover plates.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– In sets.
MEC20209 MEC20210
MEC20218
MEC20211
MEC20215
MEC20216
MEC20217
L W For rack type Order No. UP
229 183 Miracel®/DCM®05.045.047.X 1 set
H WRack For rack type Order No. UP
166 600 Miracel®/DCM®05.045.052.X 1 set
166 800 Miracel®/DCM®05.045.053.X 1 set
B L H For rack type Order No. UP
200 3000 54 Miracel®/DCM®05.045.061.9 1 set
600 3000 54 Miracel®/DCM®05.045.062.9 1 set
L W For rack type Order No. UP
200 200 Miracel®/DCM®05.045.055.X 1 set
200 600 Miracel®/DCM®05.045.056.X 1 set
600 600 Miracel®/DCM®05.045.057.X 1 set
G H
Option I
Dimensions in mm: Conversion:
W = Width L = Length U = Standard rack unit kg = Weight 1 mm = 0.03937 inch
H = Height R = Bending radius (1 U = 44.45 mm) 1 kg = 2.2046 pounds
D = Depth UP = Packaging unit
Knürr Cable Management
100 | Accessories
Cable manager models
Knürr cable manager
Type 1:
Standard (open cutouts).
Type 2:
Version with brush strips in cutouts for cable routing towards the rear.
Type 3:
Version with sheet-steel cover plates in cutouts as part of the cold/warm partitioning.
Features
– Organized cabling of jumper cables.
– Suitable for 19" Knürr, DCM® and Miracel® racks.
– Also available optionally as cold/warm partitioning.
– Cutouts for cabling from front to back.
– Lightweight plastic construction of the cable fingers ensures durability and simple installation
(clip-on).
– Distance between fingers provides sufficient space for all patch cords.
– Rounded edges on the fingers protect cables against damage.
Type 1 Type 2 Type 3
Recess depth
≥ 145 mm
Recess depth
≥ 145 mm
60 mm
Technical data and required recess depths
Recess depth
≥ 145 mm
Recess depth
≥ 145 mm
81 mm
Knürr DCM®Knürr DCM®Knürr Miracel®
Recess depth
≥ 280 mm
81
mm
93 mm
Recess depth
≥ 280 mm
On
Request
Knürr Cable Management
Accessories | 101
DCM20118
DCM20119
DCM® cable manager, vertical
Description
– Left and right models
(2 cable managers) included in the delivery.
– Ideal for organizing cabling of jumper cables
(copper and fiber optic cables).
– Retrofitting is possible.
– Prepared for full cold/warm partitioning.
– Cable fingers can be easily installed
(clipped on).
– Cabling towards the rear through
rubber bushings or cutouts.
– Can be used for recess depths from
145mm.
Material / Finish
– Cable duct: Sheet steel, 2.0 mm.
Final digit of order number .1:
powder-coated, RAL 7035 light-grey.
Final digit of order number .8:
powder-coated, RAL 7021 dark-grey.
– Cable fingers: Polyamide (UL 94 V-0), black.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x cable duct, left.
– 1 x cable duct, right.
– 4 x rows with cable fingers.
– 4 x rubber bushings.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– In pairs (cable fingers unassembled).
WRack HRack U Recess depth Cutout size Order No. UP
800 2000 42 Starting from 145 mm 66 x 100 mm 05.045.102.X 1 pair
800 2200 47 Starting from 145 mm 66 x 100 mm 05.045.103.X 1 pair
DCM® cover panel for
vertical cable manager
DCM® kit for air partitioning
for vertical cable manager
– For only 1 cable manager, i. e.,
2 kits required for B800 rack.
– Covers the vertical cable manager.
– Tool-less fastening – clips onto cable
finger.
– Can be swiveled on both sides and
removed completely.
Material / Finish
– Cover: sheet steel, 2.0 mm.
Final digit of order number .1:
powder-coated, RAL 7035 light-grey.
Final digit of order number .8:
powder-coated, RAL 7021 dark-grey.
– Clip: polyamide (UL 94 V-0), black.
Scope of delivery
– 2 x covers.
– 8 x clips.
How supplied
– In sets (clips pre-assembled).
– Suitable for DCM racks.
– Separates the cold and hot areas
with in the rack.
– Prevents hot-spots
(air recirculation).
Material / Finish
– Bottom plate, cover plate:
sheet steel, 1.0 mm.
Final digit of order number .1:
powder-coated, RAL 7035 light-grey.
Final digit of order number .8:
powder-coated, RAL 7021 dark-grey.
– High-density foam: PUR foam
(UL94 HF-1).
Scope of delivery
– 1 x bottom plate.
– 6 x covers for cable routing.
– 1 x Foam element, side.
– 1 x Foam element, top.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– In sets.
DCM20120
DCM20117
DCM20121
W H U Order No. UP
55 927 42 05.045.112.X 1 set
55 1038 47 05.045.113.X 1 set
WRack U Order No. UP
800 42 and 47 05.045.132.X 1 set
Knürr Cable Management
102 | Accessories
MIR20456
MIR20457
Miracel® cable manager, vertical
Description
– Compatible with B800 and B700 racks,
asymmetrical.
– 1 item suitable for left and right models
(i.e., 2 items needed for B800 racks).
– Ideal for orderly cabling of jumper cables
(copper and fiber optic cables).
– Retrofitting is not possible.
– Prepared for full
cold/warm partitioning.
– Cable fingers can be easily installed
(clipped on).
– Cabling towards the rear through
rubber bushings or cutouts.
– Can be used for recess depths from
145mm.
Material / Finish
– Cable duct: Sheet steel, 2.0 mm
Final digit of order number .1:
powder-coated, RAL 7035 light-grey.
– Final digit of order number .8:
powder-coated, RAL 7021 dark-grey.
– Cable fingers: Polyamide (UL 94 V-0), black.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x cable duct.
– 2 x rows with cable fingers.
– 2 x rubber bushings.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– Single items (cable fingers unassembled).
WRack HRack U Recess depth Cutout size Order No. UP
800 2000 41 Starting from 145 mm 66 x 100 mm 05.045.107.X 1 unit
800 2200 46 Starting from 145 mm 66 x 100 mm 05.045.108.X 1 unit
Miracel® cover for
vertical cable manager
Miracel
®
kit for air partitioning
for vertical cable manager
– For only 1 cable manager, i. e.,
2 kits required for B800 rack.
– For covering the vertical cable manager.
– Tool-less fastening – clips onto cable
finger.
– Can be swiveled on both sides and
removed completely.
Material / Finish
– Cover: Sheet steel, 2.0 mm
Final digit of order number .1:
powder-coated, RAL 7035 light-grey.
Final digit of order number .8:
powder-coated, RAL 7021 dark-grey.
– Clip: polyamide (UL 94 V-0), black.
Scope of delivery
– 2 x covers.
– 12 x clips.
How supplied
– In sets (clips pre-assembled).
– Suitable for Miracel racks.
– Separates the cold and hot areas in
the rack.
– Prevents hot-spots (air recirculation).
– Can only be used for recess depths
of 200 mm.
Material / Finish
– Bottom plate, covers:
Sheet steel, 1.0 mm.
Final digit of order number .1:
powder-coated, RAL 7035 light-grey.
Final digit of order number .8:
powder-coated, RAL 7021 dark-grey.
– High-density foam: PUR foam
(UL94 HF-1).
Scope of delivery
– 1 x bottom plate.
– 1 x cover, top.
– 6 x covers for cable routing.
– 1 x Foam element, side.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– In sets.
MIR20458
MIR20455
MIR20459
W H U Order No. UP
76 905 41 05.045.117.X 1 set
76 1015 46 05.045.118.X 1 set
WRack U Order No. UP
800 41 05.045.133.X 1 set
800 46 05.045.134.X 1 set
Knürr Cable Management
Accessories | 103
DCM20112
DCM20114
19" cable manager, horizontal
Description
– 1 U and 2 U models.
– For organized cabling of jumper cables
(copper and fiber optic cables).
– Front-mounting on 19" extrusions.
– Cable fingers can be easily installed (clipped on).
– Can be used for recess depths from
145mm.
Material / Finish
– Cable duct: sheet steel, 2.0 mm.
Final digit of order number .1:
powder-coated, RAL 7035 light-grey.
Final digit of order number .8:
powder-coated, RAL 7021 dark-grey.
– Cable fingers: polyamide (UL 94 V-0), black.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x cable duct.
– 2 x rows with cable fingers.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– In sets (cable fingers unassembled).
W U Recess depth Order No. UP
483 1 Starting from 145 mm 05.045.120.X 1 unit
483 2 Starting from 145 mm 05.045.122.X 1 unit
Cover for 19" horizontal
cable manager
– Covers the horizontal cable managers.
– Tool-less fastening – clips onto cable
finger.
– Can be swiveled on both sides and
removed completely.
Material / Finish
– Cover: sheet steel, 2.0 mm.
Final digit of order number .1:
powder-coated, RAL 7035 light-grey.
Final digit of order number .8:
powder-coated, RAL 7021 dark-grey.
– Clip: polyamide (UL 94 V-0), black.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x cover.
– 4 x clips.
How supplied
– In sets (clips pre-assembled).
DCM20113
DCM20115
W H U Order No. UP
483 20 1 05.045.121.X 1 set
483 65 2 05.045.123.X 1 set
Dimensions in mm: Conversion:
W = Width h = Installation height U = Standard rack unit kg = Weight 1 mm = 0.03937 inch
H = Height d = Insertion depth (1 U = 44.45 mm) 1 kg = 2.2046 pounds
D = Depth L = Length UP = Packaging unit
Set of brush strips for
vertical cable manager
– Upgrade kit for vertical cable manager
for routing cables toward the rear.
– Inserted in openings in cable duct
(1 pair of brushes per opening).
Scope of delivery
– 3 x pairs of brushes (length: 99 mm).
How supplied
– In sets.
MIR20093
DCM20122
Lfor cutouts Order No. UP
99 66 x100 mm 05.045.130.9 1 set
Knürr Cable Management
104 | Accessories
Dimensions in mm: Conversion:
W = Width h = Installation height U = Standard rack unit kg = Weight 1 mm = 0.03937 inch
H = Height d = Insertion depth (1 U = 44.45 mm) 1 kg = 2.2046 pounds
D = Depth L = Length UP = Packaging unit
DCM® kit for cascading;
vertical cable manager
Miracel® kit for cascading;
vertical cable manager
– Separates individual cable groups.
– Tool-less fastening – clips onto cable
finger.
– Protects the cables and
can be used for labeling.
Material / Finish
– Cascade: sheet steel, 2.0 mm.
Powder-coated texture, RAL 7021
dark-grey.
– Clip: polyamide (UL 94 V-0), black.
Scope of delivery
– 10 x cascades.
– 20 x clips.
How supplied
– In sets (clips pre-assembled).
– For separating individual cable groups.
– Tool-less fastening – clips onto cable
finger.
– Protects the cables and can be used for
labeling.
Material / Finish
– Cascade: sheet steel, 2.0 mm.
Powder-coated texture, RAL 7021
dark-grey.
– Clip: polyamide (UL 94 V-0), black.
Scope of delivery
– 10 x cascades.
– 20 x clips.
How supplied
– In sets (clips pre-assembled).
DCM20116 MIR20454
W H Order No. UP
55 10 05.045.136.8 1 set
W H Order No. UP
76 10 05.045.137.8 1 set
19" cable routing board
1 U
19" cable routing board,
flexible, 1 U
– For orderly cable routing.
– Enables safe and secure cable routing of
copper and fiberglass cables.
Material / Finish
– Type 1: Front plate, sheet steel, 1.5 mm,
powder coated.
– Type 2: Front plate, sheet steel, 1.0 mm,
powder coated.
Color
– Final digit of order number .1:
RAL 7035, light grey.
– Final digit of order number .8:
RAL 7021 dark-grey.
External dimensions
Cable routing:
– Type 1: 55 x 22 mm, plastic.
– Type 2: 95 x 32 mm, steel.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x 19" front plate.
– 5 x cable routers.
How supplied
– Pre-assembled.
Note
Please also order mounting material
for front plates.
– For orderly cable routing.
– Enables safe and secure cable routing of
copper and fiberglass cables.
Material / Finish
– Front plate, sheet steel, 1.5 mm,
powder coated.
– Cable routing bracket, round steel,
d = 5mm, zinc-passivated.
Color
– Final digit of order number .1:
RAL 7035, light grey.
– Final digit of order number .8:
RAL 7021 dark-grey.
External dimensions
Cable routers (a x b):
– 1 U: 82 x 43 mm.
– 2 U: 102 x 82 mm.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x front plate.
– 5 x cable routing boards.
How supplied
– Pre-assembled.
Note
Please also order mounting material
for front plates.
MEC00110 Type 1 MEC20041
MEC20102
MEC20076
MEC20103 Type 1
MEC20104 Type 2
MEC20014 Type 2
W U Jumpering space Model Order No. UP
483 1 from 100 mm Type 1 05.040.100.X 1 unit
483 2 from 120 mm Type 2 05.040.101.X 1 unit
W U Jumpering space Model Order No. UP
483 1 from 80 mm Type 1 05.040.111.X 1 unit
483 1 from 123 mm Type 2 01.117.144.X 1 unit
Knürr Cable Management
Accessories | 105
Fiber optic cable routing panel
1 U
– For orderly cable routing.
– Enables safe and secure cable routing
of fiber optic cables.
– Optionally with cover plates to protect
the cables and can be used for labeling.
Material / Finish
– Fiber optic cable routing panel: Sheet
steel 1,5mm, powder-coated texture.
– Cover Accessories: Aluminium 2,5mm,
powder-coated texture.
Color
– Final digit of order number .1:
RAL 7035, light grey.
– Final digit of order number .8:
RAL 7021 dark-grey.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x 19" cable routing board.
How supplied
– Single items.
Note
Please also order mounting material for
front plates and cover.
Not suitable for rack widths of 600 mm
and 700 mm (asymmetrical).
MEC20081
MEC20105
MEC20058
W U Model Order No. UP
483 1 Cable routing board 05.040.050.X 1 unit
Accessories: cover 05.040.051.X 1 unit
19" cable through
– For organized cable management at the
19" front plate.
– Mounting possible on front plates.
– Cables can be fastened
with Velcro.
Material / Finish
– Sheet steel, 1.5mm, powder-coated
texture.
Color
– Final digit of order number .1:
RAL 7035, light grey.
– Final digit of order number .8:
RAL 7021 dark-grey.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x cable through.
How supplied
– Single items.
Note
Please also order mounting material
for front plates and Velcro rolls.
MEC20049
MEC20063
W D U Order No. UP
483 100 1 05.040.055.X 1 unit
Cable trough
DCM® PDU bracket
– For orderly cable management in the
Miracel and DCM racks.
– Cables secured with Velcro strips or
cable ties.
– 9mm slit width for securing various
parts to caged nuts.
Material / Finish
– Sheet steel, 1.5 mm, zinc passivated,
powder-coated.
Color
– Final digit of order number .1:
RAL 7035 light grey.
– Final digit of order number .8:
RAL 7021, dark-grey.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x cable trough.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– In sets.
Note
If required, please also order Velcro rolls.
– For organized cable management
in the rack.
– Tool-less mounted trade-standard
PDUs.
– Especially suited to Knürr and Liebert
PDUs.
Material / Finish
– Sheet steel, 1.5 mm, zinc passivated,
powder-coated.
Color
– RAL 7021, dark-grey.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x PDU bracket.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– In sets.
MEC20224
DCM20077
MEC20067
DCM20076
H w Model Order No. UP
2000 100 For Miracel and DCM racks 05.040.251.X 1 set
2200 100 For Miracel and DCM racks 05.040.252.X 1 set
2000 150 For Miracel and DCM racks 05.040.254.X 1 set
2200 150 For Miracel and DCM racks 05.040.255.X 1 set
2000 200 For Miracel and DCM racks 05.040.257.X 1 set
2200 200 For Miracel and DCM racks 05.040.258.X 1 set
W H D U Order No. UP
125 2000 25 42 01.147.816.8 1 set
125 2200 25 47 01.147.817.8 1 set
Knürr Cable Management
106 | Accessories
PDU mounting kit
– For securing various rack PDUs.
– Suitable for Miracel and DCM racks.
– For installing 1 or 2 PDUs.
– Installation options are described in
the "Installation instructions for PDUs"
manual.
Material / Finish
– Sheet steel, 2 mm, zinc passivated.
Scope of delivery
– 2 x L mounting brackets.
– 2 x angular mounting brackets.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– In sets.
MEC20222 Type 1
MEC20223 Type 2
Model For rack type Order No. UP
Type 1: short DCM/Miracel 01.147.813.9 1 set
Type 2: long DCM/Miracel 01.147.814.9 1 set
Multifunctional brace
– For cable management with cable ties.
– Provides universal securing options.
– Holes for mounting caged nuts.
– Distance between two multifunctional
braces can be variably selected using
T-slot.
– Installation on the extrusions of the rack
frame or on the 19" extrusions, diagonal
and lateral.
Installation positions
– 1 toward rear of basic frame.
– 2 across width of basic frame.
– 3 across width of 19" extrusions.
– 4 toward rear of 19" extrusions.
Material
– Sheet steel, 1.5 mm.
Finish
– Zinc-passivated.
Scope of delivery
– 4 x multifunctional braces.
How supplied
– In sets.
MIR00089
MIR88003
Pos. 1
Pos. 2
Pos. 3
Pos.4
D d Installation position For rack type Order No. UP
600 1 Miracel 05.040.160.9 4 units
800 1 Miracel 05.040.161.9 4 units
900 1 Miracel 05.040.162.9 4 units
1000 1 Miracel 05.040.163.9 4 units
1100 1 Miracel 05.040.164.9 4 units
1200 1 Miracel 05.040.165.9 4 units
600 2 Miracel/Smaract 05.040.173.9 4 units
800 2 Miracel 05.040.174.9 4 units
3 Miracel/Smaract/DPR 05.040.175.9 4 units
800 565 4 Miracel/Smaract 05.040.169.9 4 units
900 740 4 Miracel/Smaract 05.040.172.9 4 units
1000 740 4 Miracel/Smaract 05.040.172.9 4 units
Dimensions in mm: Conversion:
W = Width h = Installation height U = Standard rack unit kg = Weight 1 mm = 0.03937 inch
H = Height d = Insertion depth (1 U = 44.45 mm) 1 kg = 2.2046 pounds
D = Depth L = Length UP = Packaging unit
Knürr Cable Management
Accessories | 107
Cable routing brace
– Fitted to the Miracel/Smaract
basic frame and the 19" extrusion.
– Cables fastened using Velcro and
cable ties.
– For organized cable management with
in the rack.
– Two-sided installation.
– Provides universal mounting using
caged nuts (all dimensions can be
accommodated; caged nuts are flexible).
Material
– Sheet steel, 1.5 mm.
Finish
– Zinc-passivated.
Scope of delivery
– 4 x cable routing braces.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– Single items.
Note
If required, please also order Velcro rolls .
MEC20091
MEC20078
MIR88001
D L Model For rack type Order No. UP
600 455 Pos. 1 Miracel 05.040.200.9 4 units
800 655 Pos. 1 Miracel 05.040.201.9 4 units
900 755 Pos. 1 Miracel 05.040.202.9 4 units
1000 855 Pos. 1 Miracel 05.040.203.9 4 units
1200 Pos. 1 Miracel 05.040.205.9 4 units
468 Pos. 3 Miracel/Smaract/DPR 05.040.215.9 4 units
Pos.1
Pos. 2
Pos. 3
C extrusion rail
– Cables secured with U-clamps
or cable clamping bars.
– Space-saving installation between the
extrusions on the basic rack.
– Two-sided installation.
Material
– Sheet steel, 1.5 mm, zinc-passivated.
Finish
– Zinc-passivated.
Scope of delivery
– 4 x extrusion rails.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– In sets.
Note
Please also order U-clamps, cable
clamping bars or threaded plates.
MEC00113
MIR88004
D W Installation position For rack type Order No. UP
800 1 Miracel 05.040.181.9 4 units
900 1 Miracel 05.040.182.9 4 units
1000 1 Miracel 05.040.183.9 4 units
1200 1 Miracel 05.040.185.9 4 units
800 2 Miracel/Smaract 05.040.194.9 4 units
Type 1
Type 2
Pos. 2
Pos.1
Pos. 3
Pos.1
Pos. 2
C extrusion rail
– Cables secured with U-clamps
or cable clamping bars.
– Cable clamping close to entry point
(type 1).
– Suitable for use with cover panel including
cable entry.
Material / Finish
– Sheet steel, 1.5 mm, zinc passivated.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x C extrusion rail.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– In sets.
Note
Please also order U-clamps, cable
clamping bars or threaded plates.
MIR00096
MIR88002
W L Model Order No. UP
600 482.5 Pos. 1 Miracel/Smaract 05.040.080.0 1 unit
800 682.5 Pos. 1 Miracel 05.040.082.0 1 unit
19" 508 Pos. 2 Miracel/Smaract/Doubleprorack 01.110.719.9 1 unit
Knürr Cable Management
108 | Accessories
Cable clamping bar
– Clips onto the C extrusion rail.
Material
– Polyamide, black.
Scope of delivery
– 1 set of 10 cable clamping bars.
How supplied
– In sets.
Order No. UP
01.130.869.9 10 units
MEC00114
U clamp
– Reduces cabling strain and permits
individual routing of cables and lines.
– Clamping range, 8–64 mm.
Material
– Steel / plastic.
Scope of delivery
– 25 x U clamps.
– 25 x clamping saddles.
How supplied
– In sets.
MIR00096
ELM00086
Clamping range Order No. UP
8 - 12 mm 05.040.150.9 1 unit
12 - 16 mm 05.040.151.9 1 unit
16 - 22 mm 05.040.152.9 1 unit
22 - 28 mm 05.040.154.9 1 unit
34 - 40 mm 05.040.155.9 1 unit
46 - 52 mm 05.040.157.9 1 unit
M5 threaded plate
– Used with C extrusion rails.
Material / Finish
– Flat rolled steel, 4.0 mm,
zinc passivated.
Scope of delivery
– 20 x threaded plates.
How supplied
– In sets.
MEC20051
Order No. UP
05.040.077.9 1 set
Assembly crossbar
– Cable management with Velcro strips.
– Universal mounting option for installation
accessories, socket strips, telecommuni-
cation installation units, mounting panels,
etc.
– For side and cross installation.
Material / Finish
– Sheet steel 1.5 mm, powder-coated
texture.
Color
– Final digit of order number .1:
RAL 7035 light-grey.
– Final digit of order number .8:
RAL 7021 dark-grey.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x assembly crossbar.
How supplied
– Single items.
Note
Please also order the appropriate
mounting material.
W/d U w1 w2 X Type Model Order No. UP
19" 1 482 442.6 81.5 1 Pos. 2 Miracel/Smaract 05.040.018.X 1 unit
MEC20136 Type 1
MEC20120 Type 1
MIR00094
Cable through between
the racks
– For orderly cable routing between
linked racks, adjacent racks.
– Velcro strips can be used for fastening.
Material / Finish
– Sheet steel, 1.5 mm.
– Powder-coated texture,
RAL 7035 light-grey.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x cable through.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– In sets.
Note
Please also order Velcro rolls.
MEC20042
MEC20119
W D Order No. UP
265 60 05.040.058.1 1 unit
Knürr Cable Management
Accessories | 109
Dimensions in mm: Conversion:
W = Width h = Installation height U = Standard rack unit kg = Weight 1 mm = 0.03937 inch
H = Height d = Insertion depth (1 U = 44.45 mm) 1 kg = 2.2046 pounds
D = Depth L = Length UP = Packaging unit
FOC 19" excess cable
drawer, 1 U
Excess fiber optic cable
storage
– For storing excess fiber optic cable.
– Pull-out.
– Cables can be fastened with Velcro.
Material / Finish
– Sheet steel, 1.5 mm.
Color
– Final digit of order number .1:
RAL 7035 light-grey.
– Final digit of order number .8:
RAL 7021 dark-grey.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x unit.
– 1 x drawer.
How supplied
– In sets.
Note
Please also order mounting material
for front plates and Velcro rolls.
– For orderly cable routing of
Fiber optic cables in Miracel rack
(from B 800 mm).
– For storing excess cable.
Material / Finish
– Base plate: powder-coated texture.
– Cable routing head: polyamide, black.
Color
– Final digit of order number .1:
RAL 7035 light-grey.
– Final digit of order number .8:
RAL 7021 dark-grey.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x base plate.
– 1 x cable routing head.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– In sets.
MEC20047
MEC20044
MEC20099
MEC20146
W H D Order No. UP
483 44 350 05.040.047.X 1 set
U Order No. UP
205.040.041.X 1 set
Universal cable routing
bracket
Square cable routing
bracket
– Used for extrusion distance (from front)
123 mm and 73 mm.
– For organized cable management.
– Open version, no threading.
– Mounting on the external side of the
19" extrusion.
– Any installation position selectable.
Material
– Round steel, d = 6 mm.
Finish
– Zinc-passivated.
Scope of delivery
– 4 x cable routing brackets.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– In sets.
– For orderly cable management.
– Open version, no threading.
– Mounted on the external side of the
19" extrusion.
– Any installation position selectable.
– For high cable density.
Material
– Round steel, d = 6 mm.
Finish
– Zinc-passivated.
Scope of delivery
– 4 x square cable routing brackets.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– In sets.
MEC20038
MEC20039
MEC20072
MEC20107 Type 1
MEC20106
MEC20116 Type 2
WRack For rack type Order No. UP
from 800 Miracel 05.040.220.9 4 Stk
WRack Type For rack type Order No. UP
from 800 Type 1 Miracel 05.040.221.9 4 units
from 700 Type 2 Miracel 05.040.222.9 4 units
600 Type 2 Smaract 05.040.222.9 4 units
Knürr Cable Management
110 | Accessories
Dimensions in mm: Conversion:
W = Width h = Installation height U = Standard rack unit kg = Weight 1 mm = 0.03937 inch
H = Height d = Insertion depth (1 U = 44.45 mm) 1 kg = 2.2046 pounds
D = Depth L = Length UP = Packaging unit
Cable routing bracket,
flexible
– Enables flexible and organized
cable routing.
– Can be easily installed in various
positions within the rack.
– Open version, no threading.
Material
– Round steel, d = 5 mm.
Finish
– Zinc-passivated.
Scope of delivery
– 10 x cable routing brackets.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– In sets.
MEC20035
MEC20065
MEC20108
A a W w Model Order No. UP
82 72 43 33 Fig. 1 05.040.231.9 10 units
222 212 30 20 Fig. 3 05.040.232.9 10 units
102 92 82 72 Fig. 2 05.040.233.9 10 units
1
3
2
Cable routing bracket
Section support bracket
Square cable routing
bracket
– For organized cable management.
– Open version, no threading.
Material / Finish
– Round steel, d = 5 mm.
Finish
– Zinc-passivated.
Scope of delivery
– 4 x cable routing brackets.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– In sets.
– Ideal for vertical routing and
reducing cabling strain.
– Open version, no threading.
– Mounted on the external lateral T-slot of
the 19" extrusion.
– Any installation position selectable.
– From rack width 600 mm.
Material / Finish
– Round steel, d = 5 mm, zinc-passivated.
Scope of delivery
– 2 x section support brackets.
How supplied
– In sets.
Note
Please also order the appropriate
mounting material.
– For organized cable management.
– Open version, no threading.
– Mounted on the external lateral
T-slot of the 19" extrusion.
– Any installation position selectable.
Material
– Round steel, d = 5 mm.
Finish
– Zinc-passivated.
Scope of delivery
– 4 x cable routing brackets.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– In sets.
MIR00564
ELM00028
ELM00117
MEC00122
ELM00029
ELM00106
Model Order No. UP
95 x 60 05.040.225.9 4 units
Order No. UP
01.117.033.7 2 units
For rack type Order No. UP
DoubleProRack 05.040.226.9 4 units
Knürr Cable Management
Accessories | 111
Cable routing bracket,
square
– For organized cable management.
– Open version, no threading.
– Mounted on the external lateral T-slot of
the 19" extrusion.
– Any installation position selectable.
– From rack width 800 mm.
Finish
– Zinc-passivated, Zn 10c, white.
Scope of delivery
– 4 x vertical cable routing brackets.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– In sets.
MIR00183
ELM00057
WRack Model Order No. UP
from 800 86 x 86 05.040.224.9 4 units
Cable routing ring
– For organized cable management.
– Open version, no threading.
– Secured on the T-slots of the vertical
extrusions.
– Any installation position selectable.
Material / Finish
PA 6, GF 15, black, UL 94-HB.
Scope of delivery
– 5 x cable routing rings.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– In sets.
ELM20008
ELM20007
Model Order No. UP
54 x 118 mm 01.312.207.9 5 units
Quick-Strip ties for T-slot
Tool-less mounting
Quick-Clamp plastic cable routing
bracket for T-slot mounting without tools
– Quick tool-less securing.
– For bundling cables.
– Can be unfastened and reused.
– For organized cable management.
– Can be fitted into T-slots in any position.
Material
– Polyethylene and nylon.
– F.R.T., UL-94 HB.
Color
– Black.
Scope of delivery
– 10 x Quick-Strip Velcro ties.
How supplied
– In sets.
– Quick tool-less securing.
– For organized cable management.
– Open version, no threading.
– Secures T-slots in any position.
Material
– Nylon.
– F.R.T., UL-94 HB.
Color
– Black.
Scope of delivery
– 10 x plastic cable routing brackets.
How supplied
– In sets.
MEC20185
MEC20186
MEC20187
MEC20188
For rack type Order No. UP
DCM, Miracel 00.218.506.0 1 set
For rack type Order No. UP
DCM, Miracel 00.218.505.0 1 set
Knürr Cable Management
112 | Accessories
Dimensions in mm: Conversion:
W = Width h = Installation height U = Standard rack unit kg = Weight 1 mm = 0.03937 inch
H = Height d = Insertion depth 1 U = 44.45 mm 1 kg = 2.2046 pounds
D = Depth L = Length UP = Packaging unit
Cable duct
– Ideal for organized and covered
cable management of jumper cables.
Material
– Hard PVC.
Finish
– Stone-grey RAL 7030.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x cable duct with cover.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
ELM00004
ELM00052
L Order No. UP
2000 01.117.098.3 1 unit
Cable routing ring
– For organized cable management.
– Dimensions:
Exterior 61 mm x 42.5 mm.
Interior 52 mm x 23 mm.
Material / Finish
– Cable support: PPO,
similar to RAL 7035 light-grey.
– Soft rubber extrusion: EPDM,
similar to RAL 7021 dark-grey.
Scope of delivery
– 10 x cable routers.
How supplied
– In sets.
Note
Please also order the appropriate
mounting material.
MEC20158
Model Order No. UP
Screw-on 05.040.113.9 10 units
Velcro rolls (by the meter)
– For strain-free fastening and
bundling of Cu and fiber optic cables.
– Velcro rolls can be cut to any required
length.
Material / Color
– Black, One-Wrap fastener.
– F.R.T., UL 94-V2.
– Blue: One-Wrap fastener.
Scope of delivery
– 1 meter or 25 meter Velcro rolls.
How supplied
Sold by the meter.
MEC20048
MEC20147
W L Model Order No. UP
16 1000 Black 05.040.060.9 1 meter
16 1000 Blue 05.040.061.9 1 meter
16 25000 Black 05.040.065.9 25 meters
16 25000 Blue 05.040.066.9 25 meters
Cable band clip
– For organized cable management.
– For securing harnesses and cables
with large cross sections.
– Quick and easy mounting.
– Clips into T-slots in any position.
– Includes releasable clip.
Material
– PA 6.6, black, UL 94-V0.
Scope of delivery
– 20 units.
How supplied
– In sets.
ELM00049
ELM00050
Order No. UP
01.240.548.9 20 units
Knürr Cable Management
Accessories | 113
Cable clamping frame
Cable cantilever
– For organized cable management.
– Open version, no threading.
– Cross-section for cable routing, variable
with removable routing ribs.
– Can be expanded by adding on further
cable clamping frames.
– Mounting options: lengthwise or across
the width.
Material
– Polypropylene, black.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x cable clamping frame.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– In sets.
– Easy mounting in rack /on the shelf;
easy connection/disconnection from
shelf or rack with a spring clip.
– Guarantees defined and kink-free
cable management.
– Minimum space requirement
at the back of shelves: 40 mm.
Material / Finish
– Sheet steel, 1.5 mm, zinc passivated.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x cable cantilever.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– In sets.
MEC20048
MEC20154
MEC20147
MEC88005
Order No. UP
01.113.153.9 1 unit
Type Order No. UP
2-piece 05.040.096.0 1 unit
Cable support bar
– For 19" racks and enclosures.
– Reduces the cable load on slot-in.
– Orders cabling.
– Prevents cable-slack.
Material
– Sheet steel, 1.5 mm.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x cable support bar.
TEL00034
TEL00051
Order No. UP
05.043.327.9 1 unit
Knürr System Accessories
114 | Accessories
Mechanical accessories are fundamental to effective and economical
use of server- and network racks.
Blanking panels are an essential feature in operating an energy-efficient data
center, as they ensure that cold and warm air in the rack are separated.
When there are no mounting adapters for IT components, chassis rails and
shelves are required.
Drawers are used to store manuals, spare parts and tools needed on site.
Knürr System Accessories
Features
BLANKING PANELS
Design identical to racks
Tool-less, threaded version
available.
Varying sizes for quick mounting
and efficient cooling.
CHASSIS RAILS
Various designs catering to
different requirements.
Height positioning for different
corpus heights of the subracks
possible (not defined according to
19" standard).
DRAWERS AND SHELVES
Various designs catering to
different loads.
Shelves with tool-less mounting
available.
Knürr System Accessories
Accessories | 115
Knürr System Accessories
116 | Accessories
– For covering free 19" spaces
(cold-hot separation).
– Quick and easy tool-less assembly (one
click) and disassembly (quarter turn).
– Suitable for 9.5 x 9.5 square holes.
Material
– Sheet steel, 1.0 mm.
Finish
– Final digit of order number .1: powder-
coated texture, RAL 7035, light-grey.
– Final digit of order number .8: powder-
coated texture, RAL 7021 dark-grey.
Scope of delivery
– X (see Order Number for quantity)
QuickFix 19" blanking panel.
– Mounting kit.
How supplied
– In sets (see Order Number for quantity);
fixing clips pre-assembled.
MEC20179
MEC20180
MEC20178
19" QuickFix blanking panel,
tool-less assembly
– For orderly cable management inside
the rack.
– Quick and easy tool-less assembly (one
click) and disassembly (quarter turn).
– Suitable for 9.5 x 9.5 square holes.
Material
– Sheet steel, 1.0 mm.
Finish
– Final digit of order number .1: powder-
coated texture, RAL 7035, light-grey.
– Final digit of order number .8: powder-
coated texture, RAL 7021 dark-grey.
Scope of delivery
– 6 x QuickFix 19" blanking panel cable
ports.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– In sets
(clips pre-assembled).
MEC20181
MEC20178
MEC20229
CUD00005
CUD00004
19" blanking plate
Screw-on
– For covering free 19" spaces
(cold-hot separation).
Material
– Sheet steel, 1.0 mm.
Finish
– Final digit of order number .1: powder-
coated texture, RAL 7035, light-grey.
– Final digit of order number .8: powder-
coated texture, RAL 7021 dark-grey.
Scope of delivery
– X (see Order Number for quantity)
QuickFix 19" blanking panel.
How supplied
– In sets (see ON for quantity).
Note
Please also order front panel mounting
material.
19" blanking panel, cable
port, threaded connection
– For organized cable management
inside the rack.
– With edge protector.
Material
– Sheet steel, 1.0 mm.
Finish
– Final digit of order number .1: powder-
coated texture, RAL 7035, light grey.
– Final digit of order number .8: powder-
coated texture, RAL 7021 dark-grey.
Scope of delivery
– 6 x QuickFix 19" blanking panel cable
ports.
How supplied
– In sets.
Note
Please also order mounting kit
for front panel.
CUD00021
CUD00023
CUD00022
W H U Order No. UP
483 44 1 01.103.231.X 6 units
483 88 2 01.103.232.X 3 units
W H U Order No. UP
482.6 43.6 1 01.103.301.X 6 units
482.6 88.1 2 01.103.302.X 3 units
482.6 132.5 3 01.103.303.X 2 units
482.6 265.9 6 01.103.306.X 1 unit
482.6 399.2 9 01.103.309.X 2 units
482.6 932.6 21 01.103.321.X 1 unit
W H U Order No. UP
482.6 43.6 1 01.103.201.X 6 units
482.6 88.1 2 01.103.202.X 3 units
482.6 132.5 3 01.103.203.X 2 units
482.6 265.9 6 01.103.206.X 1 unit
482.6 399.2 9 01.103.209.X 2 units
W H U Order No. UP
482.6 43.6 1 01.103.331.X 6 units
QuickFix 19" blanking panel
Tool-less assembly
Knürr System Accessories
Accessories | 117
H X Y U Model Order No. UP
43.6 31.7 1 Polished 02.008.021.0 1 unit
88.1 76.2 2 Polished 02.008.022.0 1 unit
132.5 57.1 3 Polished 02.008.023.0 1 unit
177.0 101.6 4 Polished 02.008.024.0 1 unit
265.9 76.2 190.4 6 Polished 02.008.026.0 1 unit
43.6 31.7 1 Powder-coated, RAL 7035 02.008.021.1 1 unit
88.1 76.2 2 Powder-coated, RAL 7035 02.008.022.1 1 unit
132.5 57.1 3 Powder-coated, RAL 7035 02.008.023.1 1 unit
177.0 101.6 4 Powder-coated, RAL 7035 02.008.024.1 1 unit
265.9 76.2 190.4 6 Powder-coated, RAL 7035 02.008.026.1 1 unit
43.6 31.7 1 Powder-coated, RAL 7021 02.008.021.8 1 unit
43.6 31.7 1 Anodized 02.008.071.6 1 unit
88.1 76.2 2 Anodized 02.008.072.6 1 unit
132.5 57.1 3 Anodized 02.008.073.6 1 unit
177.0 101.6 4 Anodized 02.008.074.6 1 unit
265.9 76.2 190.4 6 Anodized 02.008.076.6 1 unit
19" front plate
Aluminum 3 mm
MEC20109
FR000005
Material / Finish
– Final digit of order number .0:
AlMg3 - F23 polished with lamination
sheet.
– Final digit of order number .1:
AlMg3 - F23, powder-coated, RAL 7035,
light-grey.
– Final digit of order number .6:
AlMg3 - F23 EB (anodize-enabled),
anodized E6/EV1.
– Final digit of order number .8:
AlMg3 - F23, powder-coated,
RAL 7021, dark-grey.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x 19" front plate.
How supplied
– Single items.
Note
Please also order the appropriate
mounting kit for the front plates.
Dimensions in mm: Conversion:
W = Width h = Installation height U = Standard rack unit kg = Weight 1 mm = 0.03937 inch
H = Height d = Insertion depth (1 U = 44.45 mm) 1 kg = 2.2046 pounds
D = Depth L = Length UP = Packaging unit
19" vented front cover
plate
– Provides additional ventilation for
19" racks and 19" plinths
compliant with IEC 297.
Material / Color
– Final digit of order number .1:
ABS (UL 94 V0), light-grey RAL 7035.
– Final digit of order number .9:
ABS (UL 94 V0), black RAL 9011.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x vented front cover plate.
– 2 x connectors.
How supplied
– In sets.
Note
Please also order the appropriate
mounting kit for the front plates.
LUF00093
LUF88006
Cover-plate filter
for 19" vented front cover plate
– Used with 19" vented front cover plate.
Material / Color
– Non-woven and screen cloth.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x cover-plate filter.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– In sets.
MEC20144
MEC20149
W H U Order No. UP
483 43.6 1 02.008.111.1 1 unit
483 43.6 1 02.008.111.9 1 unit
U Order No. UP
102.008.131.9 1 unit
Knürr System Accessories
118 | Accessories
19" ventilation front
panel
– Provides additional ventilation for
19" racks and 19" plinths compliant with
IEC 297.
Material
– Aluminum.
Finish
– Final digit of order number .1: powder-
coated, RAL 7035 light-grey.
– Final digit of order number .6:
colorless anodized E 6 / EV 1.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x ventilation front plate.
How supplied
– Single items.
Note
Please also order the appropriate
mounting kit for the front plates.
MEC20110
LUF00217
H Y U Model Order No. UP
43.6 31.7 1 Powder-coated, RAL 7035 02.008.101.1 1 unit
43.6 31.7 1 Anodized 02.008.101.6 1 unit
132.5 57.1 3 Powder-coated, RAL 7035 02.008.103.1 1 unit
132.5 57.1 3 Anodized 02.008.103.6 1 unit
UModel Order No. UP
3 Anodized 01.110.780.6 1 unit
6 Anodized 01.110.781.6 1 unit
FR000006
19" front plate
hinged
– With 19" adapter and hinge.
Material
– Aluminum, 3 mm.
Finish
– Anodized.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x front plate, hinged.
– 1 x 19" adapter.
– 1 x hinge.
How supplied
– In sets.
Note
Please also order the appropriate
mounting kit for the front plates.
FRO00007
Chassis runner
Can be hooked on and screwed on
– For installation in 19" rack and
19" enclosure.
– Can be hooked on for quick and easy
mounting.
– Can also be attached with screws to
accommodate heavier loads.
– Can be screwed from inside (used in rack
suites).
– Adjustable height to suit various
main-section heights.
Material / Finish
– Sheet steel, 2.0 mm.
– Zinc-passivated, blue chrome-plated.
Load rating
– 1000 N max. with even load distribution.
Scope of delivery
– 2 x chassis runners.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– In pairs.
Note
When selecting the chassis runner, please
take into account the depth "d" of the
rack or enclosure. Four 19" extrusions are
required for mounting.
MEC20162
MEC20167
MEC20167
DRack d L For rack type Order No. UP
600 365 336 Miracel/Smaract 01.103.051.0 1 pair
600 440 411 Miracel/Smaract 01.103.052.0 1 pair
800 565 536 Miracel/Smaract 01.103.053.0 1 pair
800 640 611 Miracel/Smaract 01.103.054.0 1 pair
900 665 636 Miracel/Smaract 01.103.055.0 1 pair
from 900 740 711 Miracel/Smaract/CoolTherm 01.103.056.0 1 pair
Dimensions in mm: Conversion:
W = Width h = Installation height U = Standard rack unit kg = Weight 1 mm = 0.03937 inch
H = Height d = Insertion depth (1 U = 44.45 mm) 1 kg = 2.2046 pounds
D = Depth L = Length UP = Packaging unit
Knürr System Accessories
Accessories | 119
DRack d L For rack type Order No. UP
600 365 336 Miracel/Smaract 01.103.101.0 1 pair
600 440 411 Miracel/Smaract 01.103.102.0 1 pair
800 565 536 Miracel/Smaract 01.103.103.0 1 pair
800 640 611 Miracel/Smaract 01.103.104.0 1 pair
800 900 636 Miracel/Smaract 01.103.105.0 1 pair
from 900 740 711 Miracel/Smaract/CoolTherm 01.103.106.0 1 pair
600 385 354 ConAct 01.103.112.0 1 pair
600 435 403 DoubleProRack with door 01.103.118.0 1 pair
800 635 603 DoubleProRack with door 01.103.119.0 1 pair
500 460 428 DoubleProRack, no door 01.103.122.0 1 pair
600 560 528 DoubleProRack, no door 01.103.123.0 1 pair
700 660 628 DoubleProRack, no door 01.103.124.0 1 pair
Aluminum chassis runner
– Can be screwed on.
– For installation in 19" rack and
19" enclosure.
– Can be screwed from inside (used in rack
suites).
– Height can be adjusted to suit various
main-section heights.
Material / Finish
– Extruded aluminum, polished.
Load rating
– 700 N max. with even load distribution.
Scope of delivery
– 2 x chassis runners.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– In pairs.
Note
When selecting the chassis runner, please
take into account the depth "d" of the
rack or enclosure. Four 19" extrusions are
required for mounting.
MEC20189
MEC20163
Chassis runner, adjustable depth
– For installation in 19" rack and
19" enclosure.
– Adjustable depth.
– Can be screwed from inside (used in rack
suites).
– Height can be adjusted to suit various
main-section heights.
Material / Finish
– Sheet steel, 1.25 mm.
– Zinc-passivated, blue chrome-plated.
Load rating
– 200 N max. with even load distribution.
Scope of delivery
– 2 x basic rails.
– 2 x extension rails.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– In pairs.
Note
When selecting the chassis runner, please
take into account the depth "d" of the
rack or enclosure. Four 19" extrusions are
required for mounting.
MEC20166
D d For rack type Order No. UP
600 365-440 Miracel/Smaract 01.103.091.0 1 pair
800-1200 565-740 Miracel/Smaract 01.103.092.0 1 pair
900-1200 740 CoolTherm 01.103.092.0 1 pair
600 385 ConAct 01.103.091.0 1 pair
500-600 435-460 DoubleProRack 01.103.091.0 1 pair
600-800 560-660 DoubleProRack 01.103.092.0 1 pair
Knürr System Accessories
120 | Accessories
d WxL For rack type Order No. UP
365 430 x 300 DCM / Miracel /Smaract 01.102.001.1 1 unit
440 430 x 300 DCM / Miracel /Smaract 01.102.002.1 1 unit
565 430 x 500 DCM / Miracel /Smaract 01.102.003.X 1 unit
640 430 x 600 DCM / Miracel /Smaract 01.102.004.X 1 unit
740 430 x 600 DCM / Miracel /Smaract 01.102.005.X 1 unit
435, 460 430 x 300 DoubleProRack 01.102.002.1 1 unit
560 430 x 500 DoubleProRack 01.102.003.1 1 unit
635, 660 430 x 600 DoubleProRack 01.102.004.1 1 unit
385 430 x 300 ConAct 01.102.001.1 1 unit
d WxL Order No. UP
365-500 430 x 300 01.102.071.X 1 unit
565-740 430 x 500 01.102.072.X 1 unit
MEC20018
19" shelf
Fixed
– Integrated mounting holes; front and
rear for handle or hinged cable routing.
– Perforated to optimize air supply.
Material / Finish
– Sheet steel 1.0 mm, electroplated zinc,
powder-coated texture.
Color
– Final digit of order number .1:
RAL 7035, light grey.
– Final digit of order number .8:
RAL 7021 dark-grey.
Load rating
– 500 N static per item.
Scope of delivery
– 2 x mounting rails, incl. mounting
bracket.
– 1 x shelf board.
– 1 x extension board (from L = 600).
– 1 x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– In sets.
Note
Please order requisite mounting adapter
when used for DCM or Miracel/Smaract
server extrusion.
DCM 1 Set 01.147.640.9
Miracel 1 Set 01.127.119.9
MEC00451
19" QuickFix shelf
tool-less assembly
– Quick and easy tool-less mounting.
Mounted on 19" cutouts.
– Quick and easy tool-less fitting (one click)
and removal (quarter turn).
– Suitable for all racks and enclosures
with 19" mounting hole extrusions
(9.0 x 9.0 square holes).
– Adjustable depth to accommodate
variable recess depths and special
dimensions.
– Perforated to optimize air supply.
Material
– Sheet steel, 1.0 mm.
Finish
– Final digit of order number .1: powder-
coated texture, RAL 7035, light-grey.
– Final digit of order number .8: powder-
coated texture, RAL 7021 dark-grey.
Load rating
– 700 N static with even load distribution.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x 19" QuickFix shelf.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– In sets.
Note
Cannot be used for 19" t-slot extrusions.
MEC20221
Dimensions in mm: Conversion:
W = Width h = Installation height U = Standard rack unit kg = Weight 1 mm = 0.03937 inch
H = Height d = Insertion depth (1 U = 44.45 mm) 1 kg = 2.2046 pounds
D = Depth L = Length UP = Packaging unit
Knürr System Accessories
Accessories | 121
19" shelf
partially retractable
– Integrated mounting holes, front and
rear for handle or hinged cable routing.
– Perforated to optimize air supply.
– Locks in retracted position (friction lock).
– Quick separator for tool-less removal and
decoupling of shelf board.
Material / Finish
– Sheet steel, electroplated zinc,
powder-coated texture.
Color
– Final digit of order number .1:
RAL 7035, light grey.
– Final digit of order number .8:
RAL 7021 dark-grey.
Load rating
– 500 N static per item.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x pair of telescopic slides.
– 1 x shelf board.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– In sets.
Note
Order requisite mounting adapter when
used for DCM or Miracel/Smaract server
extrusion.
MEC00452
MEC20019
d WxL Order No. UP
365-565 430 x 360 01.102.042.X-001 1 unit
565-750 430 x 560 01.102.043.X-001 1 unit
19" shelf
fully retractable
– Integrated mounting holes, front and rear
for handle or hinged cable routing.
– Perforated to optimize air supply.
– Locks in retracted position (friction lock).
– Quick separator for tool-less removal and
decoupling of shelf.
Material / Finish
– Sheet steel, electroplated zinc,
powder-coated texture.
Color
– Final digit of order number .1:
RAL 7035, light grey.
– Final digit of order number .8:
RAL 7021 dark-grey.
Load rating
– 500 N static per item.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x pair of telescopic slides.
– 1 x shelf board.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– In sets.
Note
Please order requisite mounting adapter
when used for DCM or Miracel/Smaract
server extrusion.
MEC00462
MEC20020
d WxL Order No. UP
365-565 430 x 360 01.102.040.X-001 1 unit
565-750 430 x 560 01.102.041.X-001 1 unit
Knürr System Accessories
122 | Accessories
19" heavy-duty shelf
fixed
– Perforated utility space.
– Installed as base plate for server or
battery.
Material / Finish
– Sheet steel 1.5 mm, electroplated zinc,
powder-coated texture.
Color
– Final digit of order number .1:
RAL 7035, light grey.
– Final digit of order number .8:
RAL 7021 dark-grey.
Load rating
– 1000 N static for CW installation.
– 1500 N static for 19" installation.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x shelf, fixed, threaded connection.
– 2 x mounting braces.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– In sets.
Note
Please order requisite mounting adapter
when used for DCM or Miracel/Smaract
server extrusion.
MEC00120
MEC20117
MEC20113
MEC20022
19" heavy-duty shelf
fully retractable
– Perforated to optimize air supply.
– Locks in pushed-in and fully retracted
position.
– Easy mounting with patented quick-
mounting system.
– Installed as base plate for server or
battery.
Material / Finish
Sheet steel, powder-coated texture.
Color
– Final digit of order number .1:
RAL 7035, light grey.
– Final digit of order number .8:
RAL 7021 dark-grey.
Load rating
– 1200 N static.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x pair of telescopic slides.
– 1 x shelf board.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– In sets.
Note
Please order requisite mounting adapter
when used for DCM (2x 01.147.640.9) or
Miracel/Smaract (2x 01.127.119.9) server
extrusion.
Handle
– Suitable for traditional and
heavy-duty shelves.
– With M5 internal thread.
Material
– Die-cast aluminum consoles.
– Extruded aluminum handles.
– Cap made of ABS UL 94 HB.
Finish
– Handle, powder-coated,
grey-blue, RAL 5008/
Cap, light-grey, RAL 7035.
Scope of delivery
– 2 x handles.
MEC20138
MEC20111
Cable cantilever
– Can be tilted outward from the rear,
facilitating easy access to the rear
(only 3 piece).
– For easy mounting in side the rack/on
the shelf; shelf or rack easily attached or
decoupled with spring clip.
– Guarantees defined and kink-free
cable management.
– Minimum space requirement
at the back of shelves: 40 mm.
Material / Finish
– Sheet steel, 1.5 mm, zinc passivated.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x cable cantilever.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– In sets.
MEC88005
MEC20154
d WxL For rack type Order No. UP
565 467 x 460 DCM / Miracel /Smaract 01.131.473.X 1 unit
640 467 x 460 DCM / Miracel /Smaract 01.131.475.X 1 unit
665 467 x 460 DCM / Miracel /Smaract 01.131.476.X 1 unit
740 467 x 560 DCM / Miracel /Smaract 01.131.474.X 1 unit
d WxL For rack type Order No. UP
565-750 412 x 560 DCM / Miracel /Smaract 01.102.650.X-001 1 unit
Order No. UP
00.050.503.1 1 set
Type Order No. UP
2-piece 05.040.096.0 1 unit
Knürr System Accessories
Accessories | 123
Dimensions in mm: Conversion:
W = Width h = Installation height U = Standard rack unit kg = Weight 1 mm = 0.03937 inch
H = Height d = Insertion depth (1 U = 44.45 mm) 1 kg = 2.2046 pounds
D = Depth L = Length UP = Packaging unit
19" shelf, 2 U
Fixed
– Installed in racks with fixed 19"
components, front.
– Quick and easy mounting
on 19" extrusions.
– Also for swing frame in the 19" rack
and 19" enclosure.
Color
– Final digit of order number .1:
RAL 7035 light-grey.
– Final digit of order number .8:
RAL 7021 dark-grey.
Material
– Sheet steel, 1.5 mm.
Load rating
– 200 N static.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x shelf, fixed.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– In sets.
MIR00373
MIR00375
19" shelf, 2 U
Adjustable
– Installed in racks with
adjustable 19" components, front.
– Quick and easy mounting on
19" extrusions.
– Also for swing frame in the 19" rack
and 19" enclosure.
– Depth can be adjusted in increments
of 25 mm.
Material / Finish
– Sheet steel, 1.5 mm,
powder-coated texture.
Color
– Final digit of order number .1:
RAL 7035 light-grey.
– Final digit of order number .8:
RAL 7021 dark-grey.
Load rating
– 200 N static.
How supplied
– In sets.
MIR00102
MIR00103
W H WxL Order No. UP
482.6 88.1 442 x 280 01.113.736.X 1 unit
482.6 88.1 442 x 380 01.113.737.X 1 unit
W H WxL Order No. UP
482.6 88.1 442 x 480 01.113.411.X 1 unit
19" drawer
Installed on the front
– Installed on front 19" extrusions.
– For storing service documents.
– Quick and easy mounting.
Material / Finish
– Drawer, sheet steel,
powder-coated texture; telescopic
slides, Sendzimir zinc-coated.
Color
– Final digit of order number .1:
RAL 7035, light grey.
– Final digit of order number .8:
RAL 7021 dark-grey.
Load rating
– 150 N static.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x 19" drawer with lock,
including key.
– 1 x pair of telescopic slides.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– Pre-assembled.
SCH00058
SCH00054
W H U Order No. UP
482.6 43.6 1 01.102.048.X-001 1 unit
482.6 88.1 2 01.102.048.X-002 1 unit
482.6 132.5 3 01.102.048.X-003 1 unit
Knürr System Accessories
124 | Accessories
19" drawer with lock
– Installed in racks with fixed
19" components on the front and rear.
– Fully retractable.
– With lock.
– Locks in retracted position (friction lock).
– Quick separator for tool-less removal and
decoupling of shelf board.
Material / Finish
– Drawer, sheet steel 1.0 mm,
powder-coated texture;
telescopic slides, cold rolled steel,
Sendzimir zinc-coated.
Color
– Final digit of order number .1:
RAL 7035 light-grey.
– Final digit of order number .8:
RAL 7021 dark-grey.
Load rating
– 500 N static.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x 19" drawer with lock,
including key.
– 1 x pair of telescopic slides.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– Pre-assembled.
SCH00053
SCH00057
19" writing board 1 U
fully retractable
– With handle.
– Can also be used as writing board.
– Locks in retracted position (friction lock).
Material / Finish
– Shelf, sheet steel, 1.0 mm.
– Telescopic slide, cold-rolled steel.
Color
– Final digit of order number .1:
RAL 7035 light-grey.
– Final digit of order number .8:
RAL 7021 dark-grey.
Load rating
– 500 N static.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x shelf.
– 1 x pair of telescopic slides.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– Pre-assembled.
MEC00118
MEC20118
d WxL Order No. UP
365-565 430 x 360 01.102.045.X-001 1 unit
565-750 430 x 560 01.102.046.X-001 1 unit
Dimensions in mm: Conversion:
W = Width h = Installation height U = Standard rack unit kg = Weight 1 mm = 0.03937 inch
H = Height d = Insertion depth (1 U = 44.45 mm) 1 kg = 2.2046 pounds
D = Depth L = Length UP = Packaging unit
19" keyboard drawer, 1 U
for 19" keyboard
– With hand support.
– With cable strain relief.
– Locks in retracted position (friction lock).
– Quick separator for tool-less removal and
decoupling of drawer.
Material
– Main unit, sheet steel, 1.0 mm.
– Front panel, sheet steel, 1.0 mm.
Color
– Final digit of order number .1:
RAL 7035 light-grey.
– Final digit of order number .8:
RAL 7021 dark-grey.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x 19" keyboard drawer, 1 U.
– 1 x pair of telescopic slides.
– 1 x Velcro for securing the keyboard.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– Pre-assembled.
SCH00059
SCH00055
D U WxL For rack type Order No. UP
565-750 2 412 x 562 DCM/Miracel/Smaract 01.102.049.X-001 1 unit
565-750 4 412 x 562 DCM/Miracel/Smaract 01.102.049.X-002 1 unit
d Order No. UP
565-750 01.102.047.X-001 1 unit
19" keyboard drawer 1 U
with extract for pc mouse
MEC00116
– Heel of hand support.
– Mouse area can be extracted right/left.
– Storage compartment for pc mouse.
– Locks in retracted position (friction lock).
– Quick separator for tool-less removal and
decoupling of drawer.
Dimensions
– Useful shelf space: measurements
without heel of hand support
372 x 209 x 32 mm.
Color
– Final digit of order number .1:
RAL 7035 light-grey.
– Final digit of order number .8:
RAL 7021 dark-grey.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x 19" keyboard drawer, 1 U.
– 1 x pair of telescopic slides.
– 1 x heel of hand support.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– Pre-assembled.
Note
Keyboard is not included.
Not compatible with racks, depth 600.
d Order No. UP
565-750 01.136.379.X 1 unit
Knürr System Accessories
Accessories | 125
MEC20027
Document holder
– Self-adhesive; for higher loads use
6mm holes.
– For DIN A4 documents.
Material
– High-impact Polystyrol.
Color
– Grey.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x document holder.
W L D Order No. UP
264 236 30 05.016.045.0 1 unit
Knürr System Accessories
126 | Accessories
The right mounting set for every rack type
The right mounting set for front panel mounting
Model: Z-form screw
The right mounting set for front panel mounting
Model: countersunk screw + rosette
DCM
Miracel
T-slot
Miracel
Mount.
holes
Miracel
Server
Miracel
Swing
frame
Smaract
T-slot
Smaract
Mount.
holes
Smaract
Server
Double
ProRack
T-slot
Double
ProRack
Mount. holes
ConAct
Name
Order No.
UP
T-Slot mounting
set, M5, wide 05.041.320.9 1 set
Mounting set
Mount. holes
M5/BI 1.5
05.041.321.9 1 set
Mounting set
Mount. holes
M5/BI 2.5
05.041.325.9 1 set
Mounting set
dpr T-slot, M5
narrow
05.041.323.9 1 set
Mounting set
dpr mount.
holes M5
05.041.322.9 1 set
Mounting Set,
ConAct M5 05.041.324.9 1 set
DCM
Miracel
T-slot
Miracel
Mount.
holes
Miracel
Server
Miracel
Swing
frame
Smaract
T-slot
Smaract
Mount.
holes
Smaract
Server
Double
ProRack
T-slot
Double
ProRack
Mount. holes
ConAct
Name
Order No.
UP
FP mounting set,
T-slot M5, wide 05.041.335.9 1 set
FP mounting set
Mount. holes
M5/BI 1.5
05.041.336.9 1 set
FP mounting set
Mount. holes
M5/BI 2.5
05.041.337.9 1 set
FP mounting set,
T-slot M5,
narrow
05.041.338.9 1 set
DCM
Miracel
T-slot
Miracel
Mount.
holes
Miracel
Server
Miracel
Swing
frame
Smaract
T-slot
Smaract
Mount.
holes
Smaract
Server
Double
ProRack
T-slot
Double
ProRack
Mount. holes
ConAct
Name
Order No.
UP
FP mounting set,
T-slot M5, wide 05.041.340.9 1 set
FP mounting set
Mount. holes
M5/BI 1.5
05.041.341.9 1 set
FP mounting set
Mount. holes
M5/BI 2.5
05.041.342.9 1 set
FP mounting set,
T-slot M5,
narrow
05.041.343.9 1 set
Knürr System Accessories
Accessories | 127
The right accessories for every rack type
DCM
Miracel
T-slot
Miracel
Mount.
holes
Miracel
Server
Miracel
Swing
frame
Smaract
T-slot
Smaract
Mount.
holes
Smaract
Server
Double
ProRack
T-slot
Double
ProRack
Mount. holes
ConAct
Name
Order No.
UP
Spring nut,
M5 wide 01.350.431.9 1 set
Spring nut,
M5 narrow 05.041.503.9 1 set
Spring nut
M6 01.350.405.9 1 set
Cage nut
M5/BI 1.5 05.041.513.7 1 set
Cage nut
M5/BI 2.5 05.041.518.7 1 set
Oval-head
screws, Z-form,
M5 x 10
05.041.330.9 1 set
Oval-head
screws, Z-form,
M5 x 16
05.041.331.9 1 set
Countersunk
screw M5 x 12
+ rosette
05.041.203.9 1 set
Countersunk
screw M5 x 16
+ rosette
05.041.290.9 1 set
Knürr System Accessories
128 | Accessories
Mounting tool
for cage nuts
MIR00114
– Allows easy clipping
of cage nuts on extrusions.
Material
– Spring steel.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x mounting tool.
Order No. UP
01.130.985.9 1 unit
T-Slot mounting set, M5, wide
for Miracel® / Smaract®
– For securing 19" front panels
and 19" components.
Scope of delivery
– 100 x spring nuts, M5 wide.
– 100 x oval-head screws, Z-form, M5 x 10.
– 20 x cage nuts M5 /plate, 1.5 mm.
– 20 x cylinder screws, M5 x 8.
How supplied
– In sets.
MEC20125
MEC20126
MEC20126
Mounting set, M5 / plate, 1.5 mm
for Miracel® / Smaract®
– For securing 19" front panels
and 19" components.
Scope of delivery
– 100 x cage nuts M5 /plate, 1.5 mm.
– 100 x oval-head screws, Z-form, M5 x 16.
– 20 x spring nuts, M5 wide.
– 20 x cylinder screws, M5 x 8.
How supplied
– In sets.
Mounting set; mounting holes
server extrusion M5 / plate, 2.5 mm
for Miracel®/DCM®/Smaract®
– For securing 19" front panels
and 19" components.
Scope of delivery
– 100 x cage nuts M5 /plate, 2.5 mm.
– 100 x oval-head screws, Z-form, M5 x 16.
– 20 x spring nuts, M5 wide.
– 20 x cylinder screws, M5 x 8.
How supplied
– In sets.
T-slot mounting set, M5,
narrow for DoubleProRack®
– For securing 19" front panels
and 19" components.
Scope of delivery
– 100 x spring nuts, M5 narrow.
– 20 x oval-head screws, Z-form, M5 x 10.
– 50 x cylinder screws, M5 x 10.
– 30 x oval-head screws, Z-form, M5 x 8.
How supplied
– In sets.
MEC20127
Mounting set; mounting holes M5
for DoubleProRack®
– For securing 19" front panels
and 19" components.
Scope of delivery
– 100 x cage nuts M5 /plate, 2.5 mm.
– 50 x oval-head screws, Z-form, M5 x 16.
– 40 x spring nuts, M5 narrow.
– 40 x cylinder screws, M5 x 10.
How supplied
– In sets.
MEC20126
Order No. UP
05.041.320.9 1 set
Order No. UP
05.041.321.9 1 set
Order No. UP
05.041.325.9 1 set
Order No. UP
05.041.323.9 1 set
Order No. UP
05.041.322.9 1 set
Dimensions in mm: Conversion:
W = Width h = Installation height U = Standard rack unit kg = Weight 1 mm = 0.03937 inch
H = Height d = Insertion depth (1 U = 44.45 mm) 1 kg = 2.2046 pounds
D = Depth L = Length UP = Packaging unit
Knürr System Accessories
Accessories | 129
MEC20097
Type 2
Front panel mounting set;
mounting holes, M5/plate, 2.5 mm
for Miracel
®
/DCM
®
/Smaract
®
/
DoubleProRack
®
– For securing 19" front panels
and 19" components.
Scope of delivery
– Type 1:
50 x cage nuts M5 /plate, 2.5 mm.
50 x oval-head screws, Z-form, M5 x 16.
– Type 2:
50 x cage nuts M5 /plate, 2.5 mm.
50 x countersunk screws, M5 x 16.
50 x rosettes.
How supplied
– In sets.
MEC20098
Type 1
MEC20097
Type 2
Front panel mounting set, T-slot
for DoubleProRack®
– For securing 19" front panels
and 19" components.
Scope of delivery
– Type 1:
50 x spring nuts, M5 narrow.
50 x oval-head screws, Z-form, M5 x 10.
– Type 2:
50 x spring nuts, M5 narrow.
50 x countersunk screws, M5 x 12.
50 x rosettes.
How supplied
– In sets.
MEC20129
Type 1
MEC20130
Type 2
Front panel mounting set
for Miracel
®
/Smaract
®
/ConAct
®
– For securing 19" front panels
and 19" components.
– Mounting holes.
Scope of delivery
– Type 1:
50 x cage nuts M5 /plate, 1.5 mm.
50 x oval-head screws, Z-form, M5 x 16.
– Type 2:
50 x cage nuts M5 /plate, 1.5 mm.
50 x countersunk screws, M5 x 16.
50 x rosettes.
How supplied
– In sets.
MEC20098
Type 1
Front panel mounting set, T-slot,
M5 wide
for Miracel® / Smaract®
– For securing 19" front panels
and 19" components.
Scope of delivery
– Type 1:
50 x spring nuts, M5 wide.
50 x oval-head screws, Z-form, M5 x 10.
– Type 2:
50 x spring nuts, M5 wide.
50 x countersunk screws, M5 x 12.
50 x rosettes.
How supplied
– In sets.
MEC20129
Type 1
MEC20130
Type 2
Model Order No. UP
Type 1: Z-form screw 05.041.335.9 1 set
Type 2: screw + rosette 05.041.340.9 1 set
Model Order No. UP
Type 1: Z-form screw 05.041.336.9 1 set
Type 2: screw + rosette 05.041.341.9 1 set
Model Order No. UP
Type 1: Z-form screw 05.041.337.9 1 set
Type 2: Screw + rosette 05.041.342.9 1 set
Model Order No. UP
Type 1: Z-form screw 05.041.338.9 1 set
Type 2: screw + rosette 05.041.343.9 1 set
Mounting holes, mounting set, M5
for ConAct®
– For securing 19" front panels
and 19" components.
Scope of delivery
– 50 x cage nuts M5 /plate, 1.5 mm.
– 50 x oval-head screws, Z-form, M5 x 16.
– 50 x cylinder screws, M5 x 8.
– 25 x locking nuts, M5.
How supplied
– In sets.
MEC20096
Order No. UP
05.041.324.9 1 set
Knürr System Accessories
130 | Accessories
Spring nut
– To clip on T-slot
where required.
– Type 1: M5 wide
for Miracel / Smaract.
T-slot size: 10 x 13 mm.
– Type 2: M5 narrow
for DoubleProRack.
T-slot size: 8 x 13 mm.
– Type 3: M6
for Miracel / Smaract.
T-slot size: 10 x 13 mm.
Scope of delivery
– 50 x spring nuts.
How supplied
– In sets.
MEC00060
Cage nut
– For clipping into extrusions with
mounting holes.
– Type 1: Plate, 1.5 mm
for Miracel / Smaract /ConAct /SoHo.
– Type 2: Plate, 2.5 mm
for Miracel Server /Smaract Server/
DoubleProRack mounting holes.
Scope of delivery
– 50 x cage nuts.
How supplied
– In sets.
MEC20139
Oval-head screw
– IEC DIN 967.
Scope of delivery
– 50 x oval-head screws, Z-form.
How supplied
– In sets.
MEC20140
Countersunk screw +
rosette
– IEC DIN EN ISO 7047
Scope of delivery
– 50 x countersunk screws.
– 50 x rosettes.
How supplied
– In sets.
MEC20141
MEC80020
Oval-head screw
self-guiding
– DIN 7500.
– Suitable for system accessories fixed on
the inside of the 19" extrusions.
– Suitable for 19" steel and
19" aluminum extrusions.
– Easy screwing.
Scope of delivery
– 50 x oval-head screws, M6x10.
How supplied
– In sets.
Model Order No. UP
Type 1: M5 wide 01.350.431.9 1 set
Type 2: M5 narrow 05.041.503.9 1 set
Type 3: M6 01.350.405.9 1 set
Model Order No. UP
M5: Type 1: Plate, 1.5 mm 05.041.513.7 1 set
M5: Type 2: Plate, 2.5 mm 05.041.518.7 1 set
M6: Type 1: Plate, 1.5 mm 05.041.514.7 1 set
M6: Type 2: Plate, 2.5 mm 05.041.519.7 1 set
Model Order No. UP
M6 x 10 05.041.334.9 1 set
Model Order No. UP
M5 x 10 05.041.330.9 1 set
M5 x 16 05.041.331.9 1 set
M6 x 10 05.041.332.9 1 set
M6 x 16 05.041.333.9 1 set
Model Order No. UP
M5 x 12 05.041.203.9 1 set
M5 x 16 05.041.290.9 1 set
Dimensions in mm: Conversion:
W = Width h = Installation height U = Standard rack unit kg = Weight 1 mm = 0.03937 inch
H = Height d = Insertion depth (1 U = 44.45 mm) 1 kg = 2.2046 pounds
D = Depth L = Length UP = Packaging unit
Knürr System Accessories
Accessories | 131
MEC20226
Cylinder screw
With hexagon head
– IEC ISO 4762 (modified).
Scope of delivery
– 1 x set of 50 units.
MEC20225
Tensiloc nut
Material
– Steel nickel-plated.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x set of 50 units.
LModel Order No. UP
8 M 5 05.041.574.8 1 set
8 M 5 microencapsulated 05.041.575.9 1 set
Model Order No. UP
M 5 05.041.533.8 1 set
MEC20227
MEC20228
Oval-head screw
With Phillips head
– IEC DIN EN ISO 7045.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x set of 50 units.
LModel Order No. UP
8 M 5 no washer 05.041.611.8 1 set
12 M 4 no washer 05.041.609.8 1 set
12 M 5 with washer 05.041.613.8 1 set
16 M 5 with washer 05.041.614.8 1 set
16 M 6 with washer 05.041.616.8 1 set
Luminestra
Rack lighting
ELM00058
– Only for rack type Miracel W 700, W 800.
– Mounted on the basic frame above the
vertical extrusions.
– With 13 watt fluorescent tube.
– With on/off rocker switch.
– With 2 m power supply cable and EURO
plug.
– Complete with mounting material.
– Only with 123 mm front clearance space.
Color
– White.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x Luminestra rack lamp.
– 2 x mounting brackets.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
Compact rack lamp
ELM00135
Features
– Magnetic mounting.
– Energy-saving lamp.
– Protective contact socket.
– ON/OFF switch.
– Power supply lead 3 m.
– Cover panel.
Compliance
– VDE ICE.
Protection rating
– IP20.
Technical data
– Operating voltage 230 V / 50-60 Hz.
– Lighting: compact fluorescent tube
with integrated starter.
– Power consumption: 11 W ^= 75 W
bulb.
– Light intensity: 900 Lm.
– Interference suppression compliant
with VDE 0712, IEC 82.
– Socket: 230 VAC / 16A.
– Connections: 3-pole screw clamp,
2.5 mm
2
with strain relief.
W H D Order No. UP
70 20 555 01.131.227.9 1 unit
W H D Order No. UP
65 65 365 01.131.465.9 1 unit
Knürr System Accessories
132 | Accessories
Distribution box
– For mounting trade-standard installation
technology DIN rail components, such as
fuses, clamps, relays, etc.
– When installed, the mounting level can
be pulled out at the front and locked in
position, significantly simplifying the
wiring of the individual components.
Not available for “fixed installation”
model. Up on request: Delivered
assembled and wired. Further versions
and models up on request.
– Installation space for up to 22 pieces of
equipment with 18 mm width each.
– Mounting of the TS35 DIN rail on several
levels with simple plug-in connection.
Not available for “fixed installation”
model.
– "Snap-in" mounting of DIN rail compo-
nents.
– Easy access to the protective grounding
and neutral conductor rails from the
front.
– Various positioning options available
for N and PE rails. Not available for “fixed
installation” model.
– Cable entry at the rear via double brush
strip (optionally via bushing sockets).
– Cable strain relief on the inside and
therefore accessible from the front.
– Labeling strips on the front, above and
below the installation space.
– Installation options available for power
distribution with 230 V AC, but also in
the low-voltage range (e.g. 48 V DC).
– 19" slot-in, 3 U, depth 150 mm.
Material / Finish
– Panels powder-coated texture,
RAL 7035 light-grey.
– Main unit, sheet steel, zinc-passivated.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x distribution box.
– Including N and PE rails, cable entry,
cable strain relief, empty panel covers
and grounding set.
How supplied
– Fully assembled.
HEI00379
W H D U 19" Model Order No. UP
482.6 134 150 3 • Pull-out 03.013.385.1 1 unit
482.6 134 150 3 • Fixed 03.013.470.1 1 unit
HEI20282
Cable junction box
ELM00033
– For 230 V electrical installation on-site.
– As fixed-location exchange point.
– Quick and easy mounting.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x cable junction box.
ELM00034
Door contact switch
ELM00137
– On/off switch, 4 A, 230 V ~.
– Activated by opening and closing door.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x door contact switch (not wired).
– 1 x mounting bracket.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
Modular terminal box
ELM00128
– For 230V electrical installation on-site.
– With series terminal, 8 x 42.
– Pg 11/16 entry.
– IP 54.
Material
– High-impact, fire-resistant polystyrene.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x modular terminal box.
– 4 pg compression glands, pg11.
Order No. UP
01.110.722.9 1 unit
Order No. UP
00.078.720.9 1 unit
Order No. UP
01.117.521.9 1 unit
Knürr System Accessories
Accessories | 133
Dimensions in mm: Conversion:
W = Width h = Installation height U = Standard rack unit kg = Weight 1 mm = 0.03937 inch
H = Height d = Insertion depth (1 U = 44.45 mm) 1 kg = 2.2046 pounds
D = Depth L = Length UP = Packaging unit
1 equipotential bonding bar
– For central grounding of all protective
conductors.
– With sealable cover.
– Connection options:
1 x round conductor 8 – 10 mm Ø
1 x flat conductor up to 30 mm wide or
round conductor 8 – 10 mm Ø.
– 7 x single or multi-wire conductors
up to 16 mm
2
or fine-wire conductors
up to 10 mm
2
.
Material
– Base plate and cover plate,
high-impact plastic.
– Brass nickel-plated contact strip.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x equipotential bonding bar.
ELM00114
Grounding bar
– For safe grounding or potential
equalization of equipments and
components.
Material
– Electrolyte copper 9 x 9.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x grounding bar.
– 2 x brackets.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
ELM00068
Contact clamp
– Enables safe connection of equipment
and components to grounding bar.
– For cables up to 25 mm
2
.
Scope of delivery
– 20 x contact clamps.
DOP20016
Order No. UP
01.117.524.3 1 unit
UModel Order No. UP
24 For DoubleProRack 01.240.546.9 1 unit
21 For DoubleProRack 01.240.545.9 1 unit
18 For DoubleProRack 01.240.544.9 1 unit
15 For DoubleProRack 01.240.543.9 1 unit
45 For Miracel 01.110.709.9 1 unit
41 For Miracel 01.110.708.9 1 unit
12 For Miracel 01.110.703.9 1 unit
Order No. UP
01.110.715.9 20 units
Knürr Fan Units
134 | Accessories
The ever-increasing power losses of electronic modules make for high
demands on effective cooling. Large air-flow volumes ensure secured heat
dissipation. The packing density of the electronic equipment in racks and
enclosures is also increasing.
The sharp rise in the price of electricity has resulted in energy efficiency gaining
importance and environmental concerns increasingly become a prominent
decision-making factor. Consequently, the use of speed-controlled fan units is
rising. The additional costs generally prove to be a worthwhile investment.
Knürr Fan Units
Features
CoolBlast®
Modular construction for varying
heat loads; different designs
available.
Top-mounting fan and 19-fan
unit available.
Special protection grid keeps
pressure losses to a minimum
and reduces noise levels.
Energy-efficient speed-controlled
design also available.
Silent top-mounting fan
Minimal noise level for use
in office environment.
Provides forced rack cooling.
Filter fan
Protection class IP54.
Filter can be replaced
quickly and easily.
Can be used to draw or push air.
Knürr Fan Units
Knürr Fan Units
136 | Accessories
Knürr CoolBlast® Fan Unit for Cover Panel Installation
Unregulated and thermostat-controlled
– Provides powerful rack cooling.
– Suitable for retrofitting in cover panel
of Miracel® rack.
– DC versions and 115 VAC versions upon request
(see Knürr CoolBlast® fan inserts).
– Thermostat-controlled model: Fan function
(ON/OFF) thermostat-controlled; setting range
from 0° to + 60° C.
Material
– Enclosure: sheet steel, high-grade steel grid.
Finish
– Zinc-passivated.
Compliance
– CE marking compliant with Low Voltage
Directive 73/23/EEC; EMC directive 89/366/
EEC.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x CoolBlast fan unit.
– 1 x mains cable, 3 m with safety plug
(230 VAC).
– 1 x Mounting kit.
– 1 x Operating instructions.
How supplied
– Assembled, wired and tested.
Note
Please also order corresponding mains cable.
LUF20203
LUF20205
LUF20124
LUF20175
Name Model Electrical connection P(W) V· (m3/h) ∆P(Pa) p(dB(A)) Order No. UP
CoolBlastT 230V 3-piece 207...253 VAC; 50/60 Hz 45 495 74 45.2 03.027.301.1 1 unit
CoolBlastT 230V 6-piece 207...253 VAC; 50/60 Hz 90 990 74 48.8 03.027.302.1 1 unit
CoolBlastT 230V 2-piece Thermostat 207...253 VAC; 50/60 Hz 30 330 74 43.4 03.027.310.1 1 unit
CoolBlastT 230V 3-piece Thermostat 207...253 VAC; 50/60 Hz 45 495 74 45.2 03.027.311.1 1 unit
CoolBlastT 230V 6-piece Thermostat 207...253 VAC; 50/60 Hz 90 990 74 48.8 03.027.312.1 1 unit
Knürr Fan Units
Accessories | 137
Dimensions in mm: Conversion:
W = Width h = Installation height U = Standard rack unit kg = Weight 1 mm = 0.03937 inch
H = Height d = Usable depth (1 U = 44.45 mm) 1 kg = 2.2046 pounds
D = Depth L = Length UP = Packaging unit
SP = Standard Performance V.= Air-flow volume (m3/h)
HP = High Performance ∆V.= Air-flow volume loss (%)
UP = Ultra High Performance ∆P = Pressure increase (Pa)
n = Number of fans I nom = Nominal current (A)
W = Power consumption I max = Residual current (A)
V = Voltage
(400V = 3-phase)
p = Sound pressure (dB(A)
distance from the rack 1 m (600 mm x 600 mm; raised cover)
Knürr CoolBlast® Fan Unit for Cover Panel Installation
speed-controlled
– Provides powerful rack cooling.
– Suitable for retrofitting in top cover of
Miracel rack.
– DC version upon request (see CoolBlast fan
inserts).
– Settable reference temperature (20° to 55° C).
– Speed control, 30 to 100 %, if sensor fails,
100 % rotation.
– Individual fan monitoring.
– Potential-free common alarm output
for excess temperature and fan failure.
– Visual status display for O.K.,
excess temperature and fan failure.
– Acoustic warning inclusive reset button.
Material
– Enclosure: sheet steel, high-grade steel grid.
Finish
– Zinc-passivated front cover plate, powder-
coated, smooth in RAL 7035 light-grey.
LUF20160
LUF20161
LUF20124
LUF20175
Compliance
– CE marking compliant with
Low Voltage Directive 73/23/EEC;
EMC directive 89/366/EEC.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x CoolBlast fan unit.
– 1 x sensor cable, 2 m (plug-in).
– 1 x signal cable, 2 m (plug-in).
– 1 x mains cable, 3 m with safety plug
(230 VAC).
– 1 x Mounting kit.
– 1 x Operating instructions.
How supplied
– Assembled, wired and tested.
Note
Please also order specific mains cable.
Name Model Electrical connection P(W) V· (m3/h) ∆P(Pa) p(dB(A)) Order No. UP
CoolBlastT 230V 3-piece Regulated SP 100...253 VAC; 50/60 Hz 25 553 68 49.6 03.027.321.1 1 unit
CoolBlastT 230V 6-piece Regulated SP 100...253 VAC; 50/60 Hz 48 1106 68 53.3 03.027.322.1 1 unit
CoolBlastT 230V 3-piece Regulated HP 100...253 VAC; 50/60 Hz 32 711 173 55.8 03.027.324.1 1 unit
CoolBlastT 230V 6-piece Regulated HP 100...253 VAC; 50/60 Hz 62 1422 173 59.1 03.027.325.1 1 unit
Knürr Fan Units
138 | Accessories
LUF20163
LUF20169
LUF20176
LUF20121
LUF20168
CoolBlast® Dust/Particle Protection
Solution 1: Filter Mat
– Used with CoolBlast® fan top cover.
– Simple filter cover preventing the ingress of
dust when the fan stops (regulated or thermo-
stat-controlled version available).
– For all top-cover sizes; filter and adhesive tape
can be cut to the required length.
Material
– Filedon (filter class G2).
Scope of delivery
– 1 x filter.
– 1 x Adhesive tape.
How supplied
– In sets.
(without fan)
Fan Top Cover for Knürr CoolBlast®
– Used with CoolBlast fan unit.
– Suitable for installation in Miracel.
– With cable routing (sliding plate).
– Two-part cover to facilitate
retrofitting and servicing.
Material
– Sheet steel.
Finish / Color
– Final digit of order number .1:
Powder-coated texture, RAL 7035,
light-grey (e. g. X=1; 01.149.031.X=
01.149.031.1=light-grey).
– Final digit of order number .8:
Powder-coated texture,
RAL 7021 dark-grey (e. g. X=8;
01.149.031.X=01.149.031.8=dark-grey).
Scope of delivery
– 1 x cover panel with cover strip
and cable entry.
– 2 x covers.
How supplied
– Pre-assembled.
W D Model Order No. UP
600 600 For 2 or 3-piece 01.149.031.X 1 unit
700 600 For 2 or 3-piece 01.149.041.X 1 unit
800 600 For 2 or 3-piece 01.149.051.X 1 unit
600 800 For 2, 3 or 6-piece 01.149.033.X 1 unit
700 800 For 2, 3 or 6-piece 01.149.043.X 1 unit
800 800 For 2, 3 or 6-piece 01.149.053.X 1 unit
600 900 For 2, 3 or 6-piece 01.149.034.X 1 unit
700 900 For 2, 3 or 6-piece 01.149.044.X 1 unit
800 900 For 2, 3 or 6-piece 01.149.054.X 1 unit
600 1000 For 2, 3 or 6-piece 01.149.035.X 1 unit
700 1000 For 2, 3 or 6-piece 01.149.045.X 1 unit
800 1000 For 2, 3 or 6-piece 01.149.055.X 1 unit
600 1200 For 2, 3 or 6-piece 01.149.037.X 1 unit
800 1200 For 2, 3 or 6-piece 01.149.057.X 1 unit
Model Order No. UP
For 2, 3 and 6-piece fan unit 01.149.101.9 1 set
Knürr Fan Units
Accessories | 139
Knürr CoolBlast® Dust/Particle Protection
Solution 2: Vent Cover
– Used with CoolBlast fan top cover.
– Closed cover panel with cable entry for
protection against foreign particles and dust.
– Mounting on the spacer bolts
on the standard cover.
Material
– Sheet steel.
Finish / Color
– Final digit of order number 1:
powder-coated, RAL 7035 light-grey.
– Final digit of order number .8:
powder-coated, RAL 7021 dark-grey.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x cover panel with cable entry.
How supplied
– In sets.
LUF20174
LUF20172
LUF20178LUF20177
W D Model Order No. UP
600 600 with cable entry 01.149.031.X 1 unit
700 600 with cable entry 01.149.041.X 1 unit
800 600 with cable entry 01.149.051.X 1 unit
600 800 with cable entry 01.149.033.X 1 unit
700 800 with cable entry 01.149.043.X 1 unit
800 800 with cable entry 01.149.053.X 1 unit
600 900 with cable entry 01.149.034.X 1 unit
700 900 with cable entry 01.149.044.X 1 unit
800 900 with cable entry 01.149.054.X 1 unit
600 1000 with cable entry 01.149.035.X 1 unit
700 1000 with cable entry 01.149.045.X 1 unit
800 1000 with cable entry 01.149.055.X 1 unit
600 1200 with cable entry 01.149.037.X 1 unit
800 1200 with cable entry 01.149.057.X 1 unit
600 600 closed 01.130.690.X 1 unit
700 600 closed 01.130.694.X 1 unit
800 600 closed 01.130.691.X 1 unit
600 800 closed 01.130.691.X 1 unit
700 800 closed 01.130.695.X 1 unit
800 800 closed 01.130.699.X 1 unit
600 900 closed 01.130.692.X 1 unit
700 900 closed 01.130.696.X 1 unit
800 900 closed 01.130.700.X 1 unit
600 1000 closed 01.127.700.X 1 unit
700 1000 closed 01.127.701.X 1 unit
800 1000 closed 01.127.702.X 1 unit
Knürr Fan Units
140 | Accessories
19" Knürr CoolBlast® Fan Unit
Unregulated and thermostat-controlled
– Fan unit for vertical ventilation
of modules in 19" racks.
– Chassis rails are recommended for mounting.
Chassis rails are required with 6-piece CoolBlast
(use chassis runner, adjustable depth).
– Thermostat-controlled model:
Fan function (ON/OFF) thermostat-controlled;
setting range from 0° to + 60° C.
Material
– Sheet steel, high-grade steel grid.
Finish / Color
– Enclosure zinc-passivated.
– Front cover plate, powder-coated,
smooth in RAL 7035 light-grey.
LUF20125
LUF20139
How supplied
– Assembled, wired and tested.
Compliance
– CE marking compliant with
Low Voltage Directive 73/23/EEC;
EMC directive 89/366/EEC.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x CoolBlast fan unit,
packed with operating instructions.
– 1 x connection cable, 2 m; Euro power plugs
and sockets.
Note
Please also order specific mains cable.
Technical data for Axial Single Fan
Name W H D kg n Electrical connection P(W) V· (m3/h) ∆P(Pa) p(dB(A)) Order No.
CoolBlast 230V 3-piece, thermostat 440 43.6 230 3 3 207 ... 253VAC; 50/60Hz 45 495 74 45.2 03.027.011.1
CoolBlast 230V 6-piece, thermostat 440 43.6 390 6 6 207 ... 253VAC; 50/60Hz 90 990 74 48.8 03.027.012.1
CoolBlast 115V 3-piece, thermostat 440 43.6 230 3 3 103.5 ... 126.5VAC; 50/60Hz 44 576 88 47.3 03.027.014.1
CoolBlast 115V 6-piece, thermostat 440 43.6 390 6 6 103.5 ... 126.5VAC; 50/60Hz 88 1152 88 50.8 03.027.015.1
CoolBlast 24V 3-piece SP 440 43.6 230 2.5 3 12...27 VDC 23 553 68 49.6 03.027.031.1
CoolBlast 24V 6-piece SP 440 43.6 390 5 6 12...27 VDC 46 1106 68 53.3 03.027.032.1
Knürr CoolBlast®Knürr CoolBlast®Knürr CoolBlast®Knürr CoolBlast®Knürr CoolBlast®
Item number 01.914.070.9 01.914.075.9 01.914.050.9 01.914.051.9 01.914.051.9-2
Dim: L x W x H 119 x 119 x 38 119 x 119 x 38 119 x 119 x 38 119 x 119 x 38 119 x 119 x 38
Max. volume flow, free blowing: 184.2 m3/h 237 m33/h 192 m3/h 165 m3/h 120 m3/h
Voltage 24 VDC 24 VDC 115 VAC 230 VAC 230 VAC
Frequency 50 Hz 50 Hz 50 Hz
Power consumption 7.4 W 11 W 14.5 W 15 W 7.5 W
Noise, free blowing 43 dB(A) 59 dB(A) 41 dB(A) 38 dB(A) 32 dB(A)
Bearing system Ball bearing Ball bearing Ball bearing Ball bearing Ball bearing
Nominal speed 2950 min-1 4400 min-1 2900 min-1 2600 min-1 2100 min-1
Permitted ambient temp. -10 °C to + 70 °C -30 °C to + 55 °C -40 °C to + 60 °C -40 °C to + 60 °C -40 °C to + 70 °C
Service life, L10 at 40°C 75,000 h 70,000 h 43,500 h 43,500 h 43,500 h
Compliance CE, VDE CE, VDE CE, VDE CE, VDE CE, VDE
Use in fan unit: 03.027.021.1
03.027.022.1
03.027.051.1
03.027.052.1
03.027.321.1
03.027.322.1
03.027.024.1
03.027.025.1
03.027.054.1
03.027.055.1
03.027.324.1
03.027.325.1
03.027.014.1
03.027.015.1
03.027.011.1
03.027.012.1
03.027.301.1
03.027.302.1
03.027.310.1
03.027.311.1
03.027.312.1
02.111.180.9
05.010.306.1
01.243.428.1
03.028.110.8
02.111.181.9
05.010.307.1
Knürr Fan Units
Accessories | 141
LUF20128
LUF20140
19" Knürr CoolBlast® Fan Unit
Speed-controlled
– Fan unit for vertical ventilation
of modules in 19" racks.
– Reference temperature can be set
(20°C to 55°C).
– Speed control, 30 to 100 %; if sensor fails,
100 % rotation.
– Individual fan monitoring.
– Potential-free alarm output for
excess temperature alarm and fan failure.
– Visual status display for O.K.,
excess temperature and fan failure.
– Acoustic alarm can be switched off with switch.
– Chassis rails are recommended for mounting.
Chassis rails are required with 6-piece CoolBlast
(use chassis runner, adjustable depth).
Material
– Sheet steel, high-grade steel grid.
Finish / Color
– Enclosure zinc-passivated.
– Front cover plate, powder-coated,
smooth in RAL 7035 light-grey.
Compliance
– CE marking compliant with
Low Voltage Directive 73/23/EEC;
EMC directive 89/366/EEC.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x CoolBlast fan unit, packed with operating
instructions.
– 1 x sensor cable, 2 m (plug-in).
– 1 x signal cable, 2 m (plug-in).
Only with DC devices:
– 1 x connection cable, 2 m with connector
plug and free ends.
Only with AC devices:
– 1 x connection cable, 2 m; Euro power
plugs and sockets.
How supplied
– Assembled, wired and tested.
Note
Further project-specific characteristics
can be realized in line with standards.
LUF20179
LUF20054
Name W H D kg n Electrical connection P(W) V· (m3/h) ∆P(Pa) p(dB(A)) Order No.
CoolBlast 115/230V, 3-piece, controlled SP 440 43.6 230 3.2 3 100 to 253VAC; 50/60Hz 25 553 68 49.6 03.027.021.1
CoolBlast 115/230V, 6-piece, controlled SP 440 43.6 390 6.2 6 100 to 253VAC; 50/60Hz 48 1106 68 53.3 03.027.022.1
CoolBlast 115/230V, 3-piece, controlled HP 440 43.6 230 3.2 3 100 to 253VAC; 50/60Hz 32 711 173 55.8 03.027.024.1
CoolBlast 115/230V, 6-piece, controlled HP 440 43.6 390 6.2 6 100 to 253VAC; 50/60Hz 62 1422 173 59.1 03.027.025.1
CoolBlast 24/48V, 3-piece, controlled SP 440 43.6 230 3.1 3 20 to 60VDC 25 553 68 49.6 03.027.051.1
CoolBlast 24/48V, 6-piece, controlled SP 440 43.6 390 6.1 6 20 to 60VDC 48 1106 68 53.3 03.027.052.1
CoolBlast 24/48V, 3-piece, controlled HP 440 43.6 230 3.1 3 20 to 60VDC 32 711 173 55.8 03.027.054.1
CoolBlast 24/48V, 6-piece, controlled HP 440 43.6 390 6.1 6 20 to 60VDC 62 1422 173 59.1 03.027.055.1
Knürr Fan Units
142 | Accessories
LUF20156
Knürr CoolBlast® – Air-flow
Routing via Front Intake, 1 U
– The "front-intake unit" for the Knürr
CoolBlast fan delivers targeted cooling for
module supports arranged on top of each
other (heat sources).
– For Knürr CoolBlast slot-in unit
3- and 6 piece for front intake.
– Used as cooling baffle.
– Can be supplemented with front plate
and filter mat.
Material
– Sheet steel.
Finish / Color
– Powder-coated texture, RAL 7035.
– Light-grey.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x air-flow guide.
How supplied
– Single items.
LUF20131
LUF20142
19" Filter Unit, 1 U
– Suitable for use with CoolBlast slot-in unit.
– Adjusted to the respective recess depth.
Material
– Enclosure: sheet steel.
– Front cover plate: ABS (UL94 V-0).
– Handle: extruded aluminum.
– Filter: Viledon P 15/150.
Filter class
– G2.
Finish / Color
– Enclosure: powder-coated texture,
RAL 9011 dark-grey.
– Front cover plate: RAL 7035, light-grey.
– Handle: powder-coated texture,
RAL 5008 grey-blue.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x filter insert.
– 1 x filter.
How supplied
– Single items.
LUF00205
Knürr CoolBlast® Front Plate
– For use with air-flow guide for front
intake.
– Can be retrofitted.
Material
– Sheet steel.
Finish / Color
– Powder-coated, RAL 7035.
– Light-grey, smooth.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x front plate.
How supplied
– Single items.
LUF20136
H D Model Order No. UP
43.6 230 For 3-piece 03.027.094.1 1 unit
43.6 390 For 6-piece 03.027.095.1 1 unit
H Order No. UP
43.6 03.027.097.1 1 unit
H D kg Order No. UP
43.6 282 2.0 03.025.250.1 1 unit
43.6 660 4.0 03.025.253.1 1 unit
Dimensions in mm: Conversion:
W = Width h = Installation height U = Standard rack unit kg = Weight 1 mm = 0.03937 inch
H = Height d = Usable depth (1 U = 44.45 mm) 1 kg = 2.2046 pounds
D = Depth L = Length UP = Packaging unit
SP = Standard Performance V.= Air-flow volume (m3/h)
HP = High Performance ∆V.= Air-flow volume loss (%)
UP = Ultra High Performance ∆P = Pressure increase (Pa)
n = Number of fans I nom = Nominal current (A)
W = Power consumption I max = Residual current (A)
V = Voltage
(400V = 3-phase)
p = Sound pressure (dB(A)
distance from the rack 1 m (600 mm x 600 mm; raised cover)
Knürr Fan Units
Accessories | 143
Knürr CoolBlast®
Filter for Front Intake
– For use with air-flow routing via front
intake.
– Can be retrofitted; filter can also be
replaced during operation.
Filter class
– G2.
Material
Viledon K15/150.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x filter.
How supplied
– Single items.
LUF20135
Replacement Filter
– For 19" filter insert.
Material
– Filter: Viledon P 15/150.
Filter class
– G2.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x filter.
How supplied
– Single items.
LUF00280
W D Model Order No. UP
400 160 For 3-piece 03.027.098.1 1 unit
400 320 For 6-piece 03.027.099.1 1 unit
D Order No. UP
282 03.025.246.9 1 unit
660 03.025.249.9 1 unit
LUF20194
Silent Top-mounting Fan
– Used for applications with silent environment
(e. g. offices).
– Suitable for installation in Miracel.
– High volume flow with low noise generation
(e.g. for office applications).
Material / Finish
– Sheet steel.
Technical data for single fan
– Max. volume flow (free blowing): –1500 m3/h.
– Voltage / frequency: 230 V / 50 Hz.
– Power consumption: 117 W.
– Noise level: 40 dB(A).
– Temperature range: -25 to 40°C.
Finish / Color
– Final digit of order number 1:
powder-coated, RAL 7035 light-grey.
– Final digit of order number .8:
powder-coated, RAL 7021 dark-grey.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x top-mounting fan.
– 1 x mains cable, 3 m with safety plug
(230 VAC).
– 1 x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– In sets.
Note
Please also order suitable cover panel.
LUF20195
W H D For rack type Order No. UP
449 237 490 Miracel 03.028.111.X 1 unit
Knürr Fan Units
144 | Accessories
LUF20163
Fan Top Cover for Silent, Top-mounting Fan
– Used with silent-fan top cover.
– Suitable for installation in Miracel.
– With cable routing (sliding plate).
– Two-part cover to facilitate
retrofitting and servicing.
Material / Finish
– Sheet steel.
Finish / Color
– Final digit of order number 1:
powder-coated, RAL 7035 light-grey.
– Final digit of order number .8:
powder-coated, RAL 7021 dark-grey.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x cover panel with cover strip and cable
entry.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– In sets.
LUF20195
W D For rack type Order No. UP
600 600 Miracel 01.149.201.x 1 unit
700 600 Miracel 01.149.202.x 1 unit
800 600 Miracel 01.149.203.x 1 unit
600 800 Miracel 01.149.206.x 1 unit
700 800 Miracel 01.149.207.x 1 unit
800 800 Miracel 01.149.208.x 1 unit
600 900 Miracel 01.149.211.x 1 unit
700 900 Miracel 01.149.212.x 1 unit
800 900 Miracel 01.149.213.x 1 unit
600 1000 Miracel 01.149.216.x 1 unit
700 1000 Miracel 01.149.217.x 1 unit
800 1000 Miracel 01.149.218.x 1 unit
600 1200 Miracel 01.149.221.x 1 unit
700 1200 Miracel 01.149.222.x 1 unit
800 1200 Miracel 01.149.223.x 1 unit
Knürr Fan Units
Accessories | 145
Filter Fan
– For specific use where hot spots occur.
– Also suitable for retrofitting, quick and easy.
– The filter mats provide high-level filtration,
are easily exchanged and can be cleaned.
– These maintenance-free fans feature a long
service life and low noise levels.
– Air-flow routing: blows into the rack (pre-set).
– Can be used to draw in or move air out.
Material
– Heat-resistant ABS plastic,UL 94 V-0.
Color
– RAL 7035 light-grey.
Compliance
– CE marking.
Protection rating
– IP 54.
LUF80011 LUF80012LUF800040
LUF20057
LUF20058
LxW D/l/x y/z kg Max. AF El. conn. L G N Service life/40º Model Order No. UP
150 x 150 71/120/5 125/131 0.812 57 m3/h 230V / 50/60Hz 20 W 43 dB(A) 2650/min 40,000 h Filter fan 03.026.501.1 1 unit
204 x 204 90/120/5.7 177/185 1 90 m3/h 230V / 50/60Hz 20 W 43 dB(A) 2650/min 40,000 h Filter fan 03.026.502.1 1 unit
250 x 250 113/172/6 223/230 1.690 240m3/h 230V / 50/60Hz 29 W 50 dB(A) 2800/min 40,000 h Filter fan 03.026.503.1 1 unit
325 x 325 125/208/7 291/302 3.620 520m3/h 230V / 50/60Hz 67 W 63 dB(A) 2770/min 50,000 h Filter fan 03.026.504.1 1 unit
150 x 150 24/5 125/131 0.140 Exit filter 03.026.511.1 1 unit
204 x 204 20.5/5.7 177/185 0.275 Exit filter 03.026.512.1 1 unit
250 x 250 25/6 223/230 0.440 Exit filter 03.026.513.1 1 unit
325 x 325 26/7 291/302 0.780 Exit filter 03.026.514.1 1 unit
150 x 150 Replacement filter mat 03.026.521.9 6 unit
204 x 204 Replacement filter mat 03.026.522.9 6 unit
250 x 250 Replacement filter mat 03.026.523.9 6 unit
325 x 325 Replacement filter mat 03.026.524.9 6 unit
Dimensions in mm: Conversion:
W = Width h = Installation height U = Standard rack unit kg = Weight 1 mm = 0.03937 inch
H = Height d = Usable depth (1 U = 44.45 mm) 1 kg = 2.2046 pounds
D = Depth L = Length UP = Packaging unit
SP = Standard Performance V.= Air-flow volume (m3/h)
HP = High Performance ∆V.= Air-flow volume loss (%)
UP = Ultra High Performance ∆P = Pressure increase (Pa)
n = Number of fans I nom = Nominal current (A)
W = Power consumption I max = Residual current (A)
V = Voltage
(400V = 3-phase)
p = Sound pressure (dB(A)
distance from the rack 1 m (600 mm x 600 mm; raised cover)
Knürr Fan Units
146 | Accessories
LUF20000
Thermostat
– For monitoring the inside temperature
of the rack with respect to slot-in units
and heating fans.
– Setting range: + 10°C to + 60°C.
– Switching temperature difference
(hysteresis) 2 K.
– Contact type: 1 changeover contact.
– Sensor: thermo-bimetal.
– Contact rating: 230 VAC/10 A (heating),
5 A (cooling).
– Interference suppression: compliant
with DIN 55014.
Material
– Plastic.
Protection rating
– IP 30.
Compliance
– CE marking compliant with Low
Voltage Directive 73/23/EEC;
EMC directive 89/336/EEC.
Dimensions
– 74 x 74 x 23 mm.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x thermostat.
– 1 x mounting bracket.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
LUF00237a
LUF00256
Temperature Module
– For monitoring the inside temperature
of the rack.
– Temperature display (+ 10°C to + 70°C).
– Alarm temperature set via potentiometer
at the front.
– Visual alarm display (LED red).
– Alarm signaling via potential-free
switching contact (1 changeover contact
250 VAC / 8 A).
– Power supply 230 V / 50 Hz.
Material
– Plastic.
Compliance
– CE marking compliant with Low Voltage
Directive 73/23/EEC; EMC directive
89/336/EEC.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x Temperature module.
– 1 x Temperature sensor (3 m).
How supplied
– Assembled, wired and tested.
19" Front Plate
1 U for Temperature Module
– For temperature module installation.
Material / Finish
– Sheet steel, 1.5 mm, powder-coated
texture.
Color
– RAL 7035 light-grey.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x 19" front plate.
Bracket for
Temperature Module
– For non-standard temperature module
installation, e.g., on the side of the
19" extrusion.
Material / Finish
– Aluminum, 2 mm, polished.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x bracket.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– In sets.
LUF00255
Order No. UP
01.117.525.1 1 unit
Order No. UP
01.117.527.0 1 unit
Order No. UP
01.113.384.3 1 unit
Order No. UP
01.117.526.1 1 unit
Knürr Fan Units
Accessories | 147
Euro Mains Cable
for Swiss Standard
– Mains plug: Type 12 - Euro socket IEC 320.
– Cable: H05VV-F 3G 1 mm
2.
Mains voltage
– 250 VAC.
Nominal current
– 10 A.
DOS00077
Euro Mains Cable
for British Standard
– Mains plug: Type BS 1363 -
IEC320 Euro socket.
– Cable: H05VV-F 3G 1 mm
2.
Mains voltage
– 250 VAC.
Nominal current
– 10 A.
DOS00078
DOS00519
Euro Plug
Connection Cable
– Mains plug: IEC 320 - Euro socket IEC 320.
– Cable: H05VV-F 3G 1 mm
2.
Mains voltage
– 250 VAC.
Nominal current
– 10 A.
L Order No. UP
2000 04.000.055.9 1 unit
L Order No. UP
900 04.000.051.9 1 unit
L Order No. UP
2000 04.000.056.9 1 unit
Dimensions in mm: Conversion:
W = Width h = Installation height U = Standard rack unit kg = Weight 1 mm = 0.03937 inch
H = Height d = Usable depth (1 U = 44.45 mm) 1 kg = 2.2046 pounds
D = Depth L = Length UP = Packaging unit
SP = Standard Performance V.= Air-flow volume (m3/h)
HP = High Performance ∆V.= Air-flow volume loss (%)
UP = Ultra High Performance ∆P = Pressure increase (Pa)
n = Number of fans I nom = Nominal current (A)
W = Power consumption I max = Residual current (A)
V = Voltage
(400V = 3-phase)
p = Sound pressure (dB(A)
distance from the rack 1 m (600 mm x 600 mm; raised cover)
Knürr Smaract®
148 | Mechanics – Enclosure
The Smaract® Compact Rack is an innovative and practical 19" enclosure
with extremely low space requirements that is highly flexible and efficient.
At the same time, it facilitates integration and modular expansion,
delivering a wide range of impressive detailed solutions.
Knürr Smaract is an ideal, compact 19" platform available in various models that
meet IP and EMC requirements.
Knürr Smaract®
Compact Rack
Features
Ample space for components and
cabling provided in an efficient,
compact design.
The innovative frame concept with
triangular extrusions ensures low
weight while maintaining high
stability.
Modular, stackable construction.
Easy access from all sides for
installation and maintenance –
hinged doors and side panels
can be quickly removed.
Secured access: The side panels
can only be removed once the front
or rear door has been opened.
The patented mounting hole rails
in the 19" extrusion ensure that all
components can be positioned
quickly and easily.
Doors and side panels have an
180° opening angle.
Available as server compact rack:
Perforation of front and
rear doors > 80 %.
Available as EMC and IP version
(also IP-EMC combination).
Knürr Smaract®
Knürr Smaract®
150 | Mechanics – Enclosure
Knürr Smaract®
Main features
Access
Access from all sides is a time-saving
factor, e. g. for integration of
components and for maintenance. (1)
Intelligent construction
Innovative frame concept delivers low
weight while providing high stability
with new triangular extrusions. (2)
Modular concept: simple expansion
with stackability
Provides adequate space on the side
for cabling; cable entry on rear door.
(3)
Cable management
Well prepared to have and easy and
self-explanatory cabling. (4)
EMC and IP version
The compact rack can be upgraded
to IP or EMC standard at all times.
(Also in combined IP/EMC version).
(5)
Forward-thinking solutions
Flexibility due to integration of 19"
technology.
6 heights to choose from; 9 U to 24 U.
(6)
1. SMA20006
2. SMA20005
3. SMA20004
4. SMA20126
6. SMA20017
5. SMA20046
Knürr Smaract®
Mechanics – Enclosure | 151
19" components compliant with
IEC 297-3
– Height: 9 U to 24 U
1 U = 44.45mm.
– Width: 482.6 mm (19").
– Depths: 600, 800, 900 and 1000
mm.
Versions
– IP 20.
– IP 54.
– EMC.
Available space
– 82 % of the basic surface can be
used as space for installation and
cable routing.
Configuration
– Fixed, on leveling feet.
– Mobile, on casters with snib.
Tests dependent on design
– Safety compliant with EN 50298
and EN 60950.
– Protective conductor/grounding
compliant with DIN VDE 0701-1.
– Vibration test compliant with
MIL-STD 810 E.
– Vibration and shock test compliant
with DIN EN 300019-2-2.
– IP test compliant with DIN EN 60529.
– EMC shielding attenuation com-
pliant with IEEE-STD-299 and VG 95
373 part 15 (30 MHz - 1 GHz).
– Plastic components as per UL94
V-0.
SMA20067
SMA20166
SMA20181
SMA20109
SMA20009
SMA20122
Knürr Smaract® 19" Rack Compliant with IEC 297
Technical data
Applications
Knürr Smaract®
152 | Mechanics – Enclosure
Knürr Smaract® 19" Compact Rack
with Glass Door
– For components compliant with IEC 297-3.
– Access from all sides with removable covers.
– Flexible assembly of the components using
mounting holes.
– Cable entry via rear panel (optional via
top cover/bottom cover).
– Heat loss discharge via own convection or
with fan unit on the rear panel (accessory).
– Door opening angle, 180°.
– Front door with safety glass, lockable.
Jumpering space
– Front 110 mm.
Load rating
– 2000 N static.
Protection rating
– IP 20.
Material / Finish
– Basic rack, extruded aluminum, polished.
– Corner connector, die-cast, polished.
– Covers, sheet steel, powder-coated texture.
– Glass infill front door, single safety glass panel.
Color
– RAL 7035, light-grey.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x basic rack.
– 2 x side panels, closed; hinged on both sides.
– 1 x top cover, closed.
– 1 x glass front door, lockable.
– 1 x rear door with cable entry, lockable,
prepared for ventilation unit.
– 4 x 19" sheet steel vertical extrusions.
– 1 x grounding set.
– 4 x leveling feet.
How supplied
– Assembled.
SMA20024
SMA20026
W H D U d (max.) kg Model Order No. UP
600 478 600 9 450 16 With 19" mount. hole extru. 02.110.057.1 1 unit
600 612 600 12 450 20 With 19" mount. hole extru. 02.110.062.1 1 unit
600 745 600 15 450 24 With 19" mount. hole extru. 02.110.067.1 1 unit
600 879 600 18 450 28 With 19" mount. hole extru. 02.110.072.1 1 unit
600 1012 600 21 450 32 With 19" mount. hole extru. 02.110.077.1 1 unit
600 1145 600 24 450 36 With 19" mount. hole extru. 02.110.082.1 1 unit
600 478 800 9 650 19 With 19" mount. hole extru. 02.110.059.1 1 unit
600 612 800 12 650 23 With 19" mount. hole extru. 02.110.064.1 1 unit
600 745 800 15 650 27 With 19" mount. hole extru. 02.110.069.1 1 unit
600 879 800 18 650 31 With 19" mount. hole extru. 02.110.074.1 1 unit
600 1012 800 21 650 35 With 19" mount. hole extru. 02.110.079.1 1 unit
600 1145 800 24 650 39 With 19" mount. hole extru. 02.110.084.1 1 unit
D
d
Knürr Smaract®
Mechanics – Enclosure | 153
Knürr Smaract® 19" Server Compact Rack
with Perforated Door
– For components compliant with IEC 297-3.
– Access from all sides, removable covers.
– With special 19" server extrusions for mounting
trade-standard servers.
– With perforated doors on the front and rear
(hexagonal holes with large flow cross-section)
for optimal airflow.
– Door opening angle, 180°.
Jumpering space
– Front 75 mm.
Flow cross-section
– 1150 cm2 with 9 U.
– 1950 cm2 with 15 U.
– 2700 cm2 with 21 U.
– 3100 cm2 with 24 U.
Material / Finish
– Basic rack, extruded aluminum, polished.
– Corner connector, die-cast, polished.
– Covers, sheet steel, powder-coated texture.
Color
– Final digit of order number .1:
RAL 7035, light-grey.
– Final digit of order number .8:
RAL 7021 dark-grey.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x basic rack.
– 2 x side panels, closed, hinged on both sides.
– 1 x top cover, closed.
– 1 x front door with perforation, lockable.
– 1 x rear door with perforation, lockable.
– 4 x 19" server sheet-steel extrusions with
mounting holes.
– 1 x grounding set.
– 4 x leveling feet.
Note
Order mounting adapters for 19" server
extrusion for mounting Knürr accessories.
Set with 4 adapters order number
01.127.119.9.
SMA20067
W H D U d kg Model Order No. UP
600 478 900 9 740 21 Door without frame 02.110.010.1 1 unit
600 478 900 9 740 21 Door without frame 02.110.010.8 1 unit
600 745 900 15 740 29 Door with frame 02.110.020.1 1 unit
600 745 900 15 740 29 Door with frame 02.110.020.8 1 unit
600 1012 900 21 740 37 Door with frame 02.110.030.1 1 unit
600 1012 900 21 740 37 Door with frame 02.110.030.8 1 unit
600 1145 900 24 740 41 Door with frame 02.110.035.1 1 unit
600 1145 900 24 740 41 Door with frame 02.110.035.8 1 unit
600 1145 1000 24 740 43 Door with frame 02.110.040.1 1 unit
600 1145 1000 24 740 43 Door with frame 02.110.040.8 1 unit
Dimensions in mm: Conversion:
W =Width h =Installation height U =Standard rack unit kg =Weight 1 mm =0.03937 inch
H =Height d =Usable depth (1 U = 44.45 mm) 1 kg =2.2046 pounds
D =Depth L =Length UP =Packaging unit
SMA20060
Knürr Smaract®
154 | Mechanics – Enclosure
Dimensions in mm: Conversion:
W = Width h = Installation height U = Standard rack unit kg = Weight 1 mm = 0.03937 inch
H = Height d = Usable depth 1 U = 44.45 mm 1 kg = 2.2046 pounds
D = Depth L = Length UP = Packaging unit
Knürr Smaract® 19" Compact Rack
Enclosure without door
– For components in acc. with IEC 297-3.
– Removable covers.
Load rating
– 2000 N static.
Material/Finish
– Basic rack, extruded aluminum, polished.
– Corner connector, die-cast, polished.
– Covers, sheet steel, powder-coated texture.
Color
– RAL 7035 light-grey.
Supply schedule
– 1 x basic rack.
– 2 x side panels, closed, hinged on both sides.
– 1 x top cover, closed.
– 1 x trim frame, front.
– 1 x rear door with cable entry, lockable,
prepared for ventilation unit.
– 2 x 19" aluminum vertical extrusions, front,
with T-slot.
– 1 x earthing set.
– 4 x leveling feet.
How supplied
– Assembled.
Note
If required, please also order 19" extrusions
for rear 19" level.
SMA20025
W H D U kg Order no. UP
600 478 600 9 16 02.110.107.1 1 unit
600 745 600 15 24 02.110.117.1 1 unit
600 1012 600 21 28 02.110.127.1 1 unit
600 478 800 9 19 02.110.109.1 1 unit
600 745 800 15 25 02.110.119.1 1 unit
600 1012 800 21 31 02.110.129.1 1 unit
SMA20027
SMA20042
Knürr Smaract®
Mechanics – Enclosure | 155
Knürr Smaract® Glass Door
with Swing Handle
Knürr Smaract® Door, perforated
with Swing Handle
– Can be used as front and rear door.
– With swing handle for mounting a profile
half-cylinder lock.
Material
– Covers, sheet steel, powder-coated texture.
– Glass infill, single safety glass panel.
– Can be used as front and rear door.
– With swing handle for mounting a profile
half-cylinder lock.
– Hexagonal holes with large flow cross-section.
Material
– Covers, sheet steel, powder-coated texture.
Finish
– Powder-coated texture, RAL 7035 light-grey.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x glass door with swing handle.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– In sets.
Finish
– Final digit of order number .1:
powder-coated texture, RAL 7035,
light-grey.
– Final digit of order number .8:
powder-coated texture, RAL 7021
dark-grey.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x perforated door with swing handle.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– In sets.
W H U Model Order No. UP
600 478 9 Glass door 02.111.086.1 1 unit
600 612 12 Glass door 02.111.087.1 1 unit
600 745 15 Glass door 02.111.088.1 1 unit
600 879 18 Glass door 02.111.089.1 1 unit
600 1012 21 Glass door 02.111.090.1 1 unit
600 1143 24 Glass door 02.111.091.1 1 unit
W H U Model Order No. UP
600 478 9 Perforated door 02.111.096.1 1 unit
600 612 12 Perforated door 02.111.097.1 1 unit
600 745 15 Perforated door 02.111.098.1 1 unit
600 879 18 Perforated door 02.111.099.1 1 unit
600 1012 21 Perforated door 02.111.100.1 1 unit
600 1143 24 Perforated door 02.111.101.1 1 unit
SMA20194
SMA20193
Knürr Smaract®
156 | Mechanics – Enclosure
Knürr Smaract®
Ventilation Unit
Knürr Smaract®
19" Steel Extrusion with
Mounting Holes
Knürr Smaract®
19" Aluminum Extrusion with T-slot
– Easily added onto a rear panel.
– With two axial fans.
– With thermostat.
– Available in two different performance
classes.
Technical data for single fan
– Type 1:
max. volume flow (free blowing):
162 m
3
/h.
Noise emission (free blowing): 37 dB(A).
– Type 2 (quiet):
max. volume flow (free blowing):
120 m
3
/h.
Noise emission (free blowing): 32 dB(A).
Technical data for thermostat
– Setting range: 0 to 60 °C.
– Mains supply: 240 V / 50 Hz.
– Nominal current: 16 A.
Material / Finish
– Zinc-passivated sheet steel.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x fan unit wired ready for connection,
with thermostat.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– Pre-assembled.
– For front and rear installation.
Material / Finish
– 19" extrusions: sheet steel,
zinc-passivated.
– Mounting bracket: sheet steel,
1.5 mm, zinc-passivated.
Scope of delivery
– 2 x 19" extrusions with mounting holes.
– 4 x mounting brackets.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– In sets.
– For front and rear installation.
Material / Finish
– 19" extrusions: extruded aluminum
polished.
– Mounting bracket: Sheet steel,
zinc-passivated.
Scope of delivery
– 2 x 19" extrusions with T-slot incl.
increment slides.
– 4 x mounting brackets.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– In sets.
Model Order No. UP
Type 1 02.111.180.9 1 unit
Type 2 (quiet) 02.111.181.9 1 unit
U Order No. UP
902.111.156.9 1 unit
12 02.111.157.9 1 unit
15 02.111.158.9 1 unit
18 02.111.159.9 1 unit
21 02.111.160.9 1 unit
24 02.111.161.9 1 unit
U Order No. UP
902.111.146.9 1 unit
12 02.111.147.9 1 unit
15 02.111.148.9 1 unit
18 02.111.149.9 1 unit
21 02.111.150.9 1 unit
24 02.111.151.9 1 unit
SMA20195
SMA20104
SMA20106
SMA20103
SMA20105
SMA20180
Mounting Adapters
for 19" Server Extrusion
– For mounting standard Knürr
components (storage shelves, drawers,
chassis rails, keyboard tray, etc.)
in 19" installation space.
Material
– Zinc-passivated sheet steel.
Scope of delivery
– 4 x adapters.
U Order No. UP
101.127.119.9 1 unit
MIR20044
MIR20082
Knürr Smaract®
Mechanics – Enclosure | 157
Knürr Smaract®
Depth Brace
Knürr Smaract®
Top Cover/Bottom Cover closed
– For additional strengthening of the
enclosure.
– For routing cables with cable ties and
as universal mounting option.
– With holes for mounting cage nuts.
– Variable positioning with T-slot.
– Installation on the frame extrusions.
Material / Finish
– Sheet steel, zinc-passivated 1.5 mm.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x depth brace.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– In sets.
Note
Not compatible with 19" server
extrusions.
Material / Finish
– Sheet steel, powder-coated texture.
Color
– Final digit of order number .1:
RAL 7035, light-grey.
– Final digit of order number .8:
RAL 7021 dark-grey.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x bottom cover, closed.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– In sets.
Note
Use of the bottom cover in combination
with the stationary plinth is not possible.
W D Order No. UP
600 600 02.111.052.1 1 unit
600 800 02.111.054.1 1 unit
600 900 02.111.055.1 1 unit
600 900 02.111.055.8 1 unit
600 1000 02.111.056.1 1 unit
600 1000 02.111.056.8 1 unit
D Order No. UP
600 02.111.002.0 1 unit
800 02.111.004.0 1 unit
900 02.111.005.0 1 unit
SMA20028
SMA20172
SMA20173
Dimensions in mm: Conversion:
W = Width h = Installation height U = Standard rack unit kg = Weight 1 mm = 0.03937 inch
H = Height d = Usable depth 1 U = 44.45 mm 1 kg = 2.2046 pounds
D = Depth L = Length UP = Packaging unit
Knürr Smaract®
Top/Bottom Cover with Cable Entry
Knürr Smaract®
Bottom Cover, perforated with Filter Mat
– With integrated cable clamping.
– With brush strip for cable entry.
Material / Finish
– Sheet steel, powder-coated texture.
Color
– Final digit of order number .1:
RAL 7035, light-grey.
– Final digit of order number .8:
RAL 7021 dark-grey.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x bottom cover with cable routing.
– 1 x brush strip.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– In sets.
– For cooling with air convection.
Material / Finish
– Bottom cover: sheet steel, powder-
coated texture.
– Filter mat: Filedon
Color
– RAL 7035, light-grey.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x perforated bottom cover with filter
mat.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– In sets.
SMA20168
SMA20029
W D Order No. UP
600 600 02.111.042.1 1 unit
600 800 02.111.044.1 1 unit
600 900 02.111.045.1 1 unit
600 900 02.111.045.8 1 unit
600 1000 02.111.046.1 1 unit
600 1000 02.111.046.8 1 unit
W D Order No. UP
600 600 02.111.062.1 1 unit
600 800 02.111.064.1 1 unit
Knürr Smaract®
158 | Mechanics – Enclosure
Knürr Smaract®
Replacement Filter Mat for
perforated Bottom Cover
Knürr Smaract®
Plinth
– Used with perforated bottom cover.
Material / Finish
– Filedon.
Scope of delivery
– 5 x replacement filter mats.
How supplied
– In sets.
– Stationary.
– Cable entry possible from all sides.
– Panels front and rear with vent slots and
installation option for filter mat.
Material / Finish
– Sheet steel, powder-coated texture.
Color
– Final digit of order number .1:
RAL 7035, light-grey.
– Final digit of order number .8:
RAL 7021 dark-grey.
Scope of delivery
– 4 x plinth corners.
– 2 x cover plates, closed.
– 2 x cover plates with vent slots.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– In sets.
SMA20058
SMA20177
Model Order No. UP
for D600 02.111.068.9 5 units
For D800 02.111.069.9 5 units
W H D Order No. UP
600 100 600 02.111.201.1 1 set
600 100 800 02.111.203.1 1 set
600 100 900 02.111.204.1 1 set
600 100 900 02.111.204.8 1 set
Dimensions in mm: Conversion:
W = Width h = Installation height U = Standard rack unit kg = Weight 1 mm = 0.03937 inch
H = Height d = Usable depth 1 U = 44.45 mm 1 kg = 2.2046 pounds
D = Depth L = Length UP = Packaging unit
Knürr Smaract
®
Plinth Cover Plate
with Cable Entry
Knürr Smaract®
Twin Caster
– Used with plinth.
Material / Finish
– Sheet steel, powder-coated texture.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x cover panel with cable entry.
– 1 x brush strip.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
Color
– Final digit of order number .1:
RAL 7035, light-grey.
– Final digit of order number .8:
RAL 7021 dark-grey.
How supplied
– In sets.
– Height 50 mm.
Color
– RAL 9011, graphite black.
Load rating
– 400 N per caster.
– 1200 N max. static total load per rack.
Scope of delivery
– 2 x twin casters.
– 2 x fixed casters.
Standards
– Casters compliant with DIN 12530.
– Load compliant with DIN 12527.
How supplied
– In sets.
W H Order No. UP
600 100 02.111.206.1 1 unit
600 100 02.111.206.8 1 unit
Order No. UP
02.111.175.9 4 units
SMA20098
SMA20034
DOP00233
Knürr Smaract®
Mechanics – Enclosure | 159
Knürr Smaract®
Stacking Set
Knürr Smaract®
Eyebolt Set
Floor Fixing Kit
– Fixed connection for stacking
compact racks.
Material / Finish
– Steel, cold rolled, zinc-passivated.
Scope of delivery
– 4 x stacking elements.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– In sets.
– Mounted/fixed on crane hooks.
– Load rating, 1900 N static per ring screw.
Material / Finish
– Tool steel, forged.
Scope of delivery
– 4 x crane eyebolts.
How supplied
– In sets.
Material / Finish
– Sheet steel, 3.0 mm.
Finish
– Galvanized.
Scope of delivery
– 4 x fixing brackets.
SMA20035
MEC00074
MIR00319
Order No. UP
02.111.171.9 4 unit
Order No. UP
01.243.440.9 4 units
Order No. UP
01.130.934.7 1 unit
Knürr Smaract®
Wall Mounting Bracket
Grounding Bar
Material / Finish
– Sheet steel, powder-coated texture.
Color
– RAL 7035, light-grey.
Scope of delivery
– 2 x wall mounting brackets.
– 1 x Drill hole template.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
Load rating
– 500 N.
How supplied
– In sets.
– For safe grounding or potential
equalization of equipments and
components.
Material
– Electrolyte copper 9 x 9.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x grounding bar.
– 2 x brackets.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
W Order No. UP
600 02.111.220.9 1 set
U Order No. UP
12 01.110.703.9 1 unit
15 01.240.543.9 1 unit
18 01.240.544.9 1 unit
21 01.240.545.9 1 unit
24 01.240.546.9 1 unit
SMA20094
SMA20085
ELM00068
Contact Clamp
– Enables safe connection of equipment
and components to grounding bar.
– For cables up to 25 mm
2
.
Scope of delivery
– 20 x contact clamps.
Order No. UP
01.110.715.9 20 units
DOP20016
Knürr Smaract®
160 | Mechanics – Enclosure
Knürr Smaract® 19" Compact Rack EMC
with sheet steel door
– For components compliant with IEC 297-3.
– Removable covers.
Load rating
– 2000 N static.
Material
– Basic frame: extruded aluminum.
– Panels: sheet steel.
– EMC spring: high-grade steel.
Finish
– Basic frame: polished.
– Panels: powder-coated texture.
Color
– RAL 7035, light-grey.
EMC measurements performed by pkm Electronic GmbH, Frontenhausen.
Tests were carried out in compliance with the following standard: VG 95373 Part 15.
Tested rack: width 600, depth 600, height 1150, closed version.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x basic rack.
– 2 x side panels, EMC, closed, hinged on both
sides.
– 1 x top cover, EMC, closed.
– 1 x bottom cover, EMC, closed.
– 1 x front door, EMC, closed, lockable.
– 1 x rear panel, EMC, closed, screwed.
– 2 x 19" front aluminum vertical extrusions
with T-slot incl. increment slide.
– 1 x grounding set.
– 4 x leveling feet.
How supplied
– Assembled.
W H D U kg Order No. UP
600 612 600 12 28 02.110.312.1 1 unit
600 879 600 18 36 02.110.322.1 1 unit
600 1146 600 24 44 02.110.332.1 1 unit
600 612 800 12 32 02.110.314.1 1 unit
600 879 800 18 40 02.110.324.1 1 unit
600 1146 800 24 48 02.110.334.1 1 unit
SMA20035
SMA20059
Knürr Smaract®
Mechanics – Enclosure | 161
Knürr Smaract®
Connection Plate, EMC, closed
Knürr Smaract®
Connection Plate, EMC, for Fan Unit
Knürr Smaract®
Rear Plate, EMC, closed
Knürr Smaract®
Connection Plate, EMC, with Cable Entry
– EMC shielding.
– Screwed.
Material
– Panel: sheet steel.
– EMC spring: high-grade steel.
Finish
– Powder-coated texture.
Color
– RAL 7035, light-grey.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x connection plate closed.
– 2 x brackets.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– In sets.
– EMC shielding.
– Screwed.
Material
– Panel: sheet steel.
– EMC spring: high-grade steel.
Finish
– Powder-coated texture.
Color
– RAL 7035, light-grey.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x connection plate for fan unit.
– 2 x brackets.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– In sets.
Note
Suitable fan unit: 02.111.180.9.
– EMC shielding.
– Screwed.
Material
– Panel: sheet steel.
– EMC spring: high-grade steel.
Finish
– Powder-coated texture.
Color
– RAL 7035, light-grey.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x rear plate closed.
– 2 x brackets.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– In sets.
– EMC shielding.
– Screwed.
Material
– Panel: sheet steel.
– EMC spring: high-grade steel.
– EMC seal extrusion: with high-grade
steel grid; rubber.
Finish
– Powder-coated texture.
Color
– RAL 7035, light-grey.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x connection plate with cable entry.
– 2 x brackets.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– In sets.
W H U Order No. UP
600 131.3 3 02.111.351.1 1 set
W H U Order No. UP
600 264.6 6 02.111.372.1 1 set
W H U Order No. UP
600 422.9 9 02.111.353.1 1 set
600 556.3 12 02.111.354.1 1 set
600 689.6 15 02.111.355.1 1 set
W H U Order No. UP
600 131.3 3 02.111.361.1 1 set
SMA20148 SMA20150
SMA20135
SMA20152
SMA20137
SMA20145
SMA20137
SMA20137
Dimensions in mm: Conversion:
W = Width h = Installation height U = Standard rack unit kg = Weight 1 mm = 0.03937 inch
H = Height d = Usable depth (1 U = 44.45 mm) 1 kg = 2.2046 pounds
D = Depth L = Length UP = Packaging unit
Knürr Smaract®
162 | Mechanics – Enclosure
Knürr Smaract® 19" Compact Rack IP 54
with glass door
– For components compliant with IEC 297-3.
– Removable covers.
Load rating
– 2000 N static.
Protection rating
– IP 54.
Material
– Basic frame: extruded aluminum.
– Panels: sheet steel.
– Foam seal: polyurethane.
Finish
– Basic frame: polished.
– Panels: powder-coated texture.
Color
– RAL 7035, light-grey.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x basic frame.
– 2 x side panels, IP 54, closed, hinged on both
sides.
– 1 x top cover, IP 54, closed.
– 1 x bottom cover, IP 54, closed.
– 1 x glass front door IP 54, lockable.
– 1 x rear panel, IP 54, closed, screwed.
– 2 x 19" aluminum vertical extrusions, front,
with T-slot incl. increment slide.
– 1 x grounding set.
– 4 x leveling feet.
How supplied
– Assembled.
W H D U kg Order No. UP
600 612 600 12 28 02.110.212.1 1 unit
600 879 600 18 36 02.110.222.1 1 unit
600 1146 600 24 44 02.110.232.1 1 unit
600 612 800 12 32 02.110.214.1 1 unit
600 879 800 18 40 02.110.224.1 1 unit
600 1146 800 24 48 02.110.234.1 1 unit
SMA20062
SMA20108
Knürr Smaract®
Mechanics – Enclosure | 163
Knürr Smaract®
Connection Plate, IP54, Closed
Knürr Smaract®
Connection Plate, IP54, for Fan Unit
Knürr Smaract®
Rear Panel, IP54, closed
Knürr Smaract®
Connection Plate, IP54, with Cable Entry
– Protection rating, IP 54
– Screwed.
Material
– Panel: sheet steel.
– Foam seal: polyurethane.
Finish
– Powder-coated texture.
Color
– RAL 7035, light-grey.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x connection plate closed.
– 2 x brackets.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– In sets.
– Protection rating, IP 54.
– Screwed.
Material
– Panels: sheet steel.
– Foam seal: polyurethane.
– Exit filter: ABS plastic, UL94 V-0.
Finish
– Powder-coated texture.
Color
– RAL 7035, light-grey.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x connection plate for fan unit.
– 2 x brackets.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– In sets.
Note
Suitable fan unit: 02.111.180.9.
– Protection rating, IP 54.
– Screwed.
Material
– Panels: sheet steel.
– Foam seal: polyurethane.
Finish
– Powder-coated texture.
Color
– RAL 7035, light-grey.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x rear panel closed.
– 2 x brackets.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– In sets.
– Possible sealing: IP 54.
– Screwed.
Material
– Panel: sheet steel.
– Foam seal: polyurethane.
– Seal extrusion:
Type 1: sponge-rubber seal.
Type 2: polymeric reinforced with metal.
Finish
– Powder-coated texture.
Color
– RAL 7035, light-grey.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x connection plate with cable entry.
– 2 x brackets.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– In sets.
W H U Order No. UP
600 131.3 3 02.111.301.1 1 set
W H U Order No. UP
600 264.6 6 02.111.322.1 1 set
W H U Order No. UP
600 156.3 3 02.111.308.1 1 set
600 289.6 6 02.111.302.1 1 set
600 422.9 9 02.111.303.1 1 set
600 556.3 12 02.111.304.1 1 set
600 689.6 15 02.111.305.1 1 set
600 823 18 02.111.306.1 1 set
600 956.3 21 02.111.307.1 1 set
W H U Model Order No. UP
600 131.3 3 Type 1 02.111.311.1 1 set
600 131.3 3 Type 2 02.111.312.1 1 set
SMA20148 SMA20143
SMA20136
SMA20141
SMA20138
SMA20139
SMA20169
SMA20138
SMA20138
Type 1
Type 2
Dimensions in mm: Conversion:
W = Width h = Installation height U = Standard rack unit kg = Weight 1 mm = 0.03937 inch
H = Height d = Usable depth (1 U = 44.45 mm) 1 kg = 2.2046 pounds
D = Depth L = Length UP = Packaging unit
Knürr DoubleProRack®
164 | Mechanics – Enclosure
DoubleProRack is the choice of rack if an innovative design is requested
for electronic and networking applications.
The DoubleProRack® is commonly used for electronic and networking
applications.
Knürr DoubleProRack®
Stand-Alone Enclosure
Features
Comprehensive 19" enclosure
range from the 6 U enclosure
to the 24 U compact rack.
Innovative design.
Optional with glass door or without
front door.
Integrated carrying handle
permits easy handling.
Version without front door is used
for applications, where direct
contact to controls is needed.
Knürr DoubleProRack®
Mechanics – Enclosure | 165
DOP20019
DOP20028
DOP00225 DOP20037
Knürr DoubleProRack® 19" Enclosure Compliant with IEC 297-3
Technical data
Die-cast aluminum frame
construction connected with depth
and vertical extrusions made of
aluminum.
Installation space compliant with
IEC 297-3.
– Height 6 – 24 U
(1 U = 44.45 mm).
– Width 19".
Tests
– Vibration test compliant with
MIL-STD 810 D.
– NEMA 12 test.
Applications
External dimensions
– Width: 554.4 mm.
– Depths: 500, 600, 700 or 800 mm.
– Heights: 6 U to 24 U.
Knürr DoubleProRack®
166 | Mechanics – Enclosure
DOP00256
DOP00230
Knürr DoubleProRack® 19" Stand-alone Enclosure
Description
– For components compliant with IEC 297-3.
– Side covers and rear panel may be removed.
– Flexible assembly of components using T-slot
(also available with mounting holes).
– Cable entry via rear panel.
– Heat loss discharge via convection on the rear
panel (optional with fan unit).
Jumpering space
– Front 125 mm.
Load rating
– 1500 N static.
Protection rating
– IP 20.
Material / Finish
– Covers, sheet steel, powder-coated texture.
– Die-cast aluminum frame.
– Extruded aluminum extrusions.
– Front door glass infill, single safety glass panel.
Color
– Panels RAL 7035 light-grey.
– Frame and extrusions, RAL 5008, grey-blue.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x frame rack incl. side covers.
– 1 x full glass door.
– 1 x rear panel with cable entry, 3 parts.
– 1 x panel, above, with vent slots.
– 1 x panel, below, with vent slots.
– 1 x 19" component set (4 vertical extrusions
with T-slot).
– 1 x grounding set with M8 grounding bolt.
How supplied
– Assembled.
W H D U h d (max.) Model Order No. UP
554.4 577 600 12 532 435 With full glass door 01.246.643.1 1 unit
554.4 711 600 15 666 435 With full glass door 01.246.644.1 1 unit
554.4 844 600 18 799 435 With full glass door 01.246.645.1 1 unit
554.4 978 600 21 932 435 With full glass door 01.246.646.1 1 unit
554.4 1111 600 24 1066 435 With full glass door 01.246.647.1 1 unit
554.4 577 800 12 532 635 With full glass door 01.246.843.1 1 unit
554.4 711 800 15 666 635 With full glass door 01.246.844.1 1 unit
554.4 844 800 18 799 635 With full glass door 01.246.845.1 1 unit
554.4 978 800 21 932 635 With full glass door 01.246.846.1 1 unit
554.4 1111 800 24 1066 635 With full glass door 01.246.847.1 1 unit
Dimensions in mm: Conversion:
W = Width h = Installation height U = Standard rack unit kg = Weight 1 mm = 0.03937 inch
H = Height d = Usable depth 1 U = 44.45 mm 1 kg = 2.2046 pounds
D = Depth L = Length UP = Packaging unit
Knürr DoubleProRack®
Mechanics – Enclosure | 167
W H D U h d (max.) kg Model Order No. UP
554.4 311 500 6 265 460 12.5 Without door 01.243.506.1 1 unit
554.4 444 500 9 399 460 15.0 Without door 01.243.509.1 1 unit
554.4 577 500 12 532 460 17.0 Without door 01.243.512.1 1 unit
554.4 711 500 15 666 460 19.5 Without door 01.243.515.1 1 unit
554,4 311 600 6 265 560 14,0 Without door 01.243.606.1 1 unit
554.4 444 600 9 399 560 16.5 Without door 01.243.609.1 1 unit
554.4 577 600 12 532 560 19.0 Without door 01.243.612.1 1 unit
554.4 711 600 15 666 560 22.0 Without door 01.243.615.1 1 unit
554.4 844 600 18 799 560 24.5 Without door 01.243.618.1 1 unit
554.4 577 700 12 532 660 21.5 Without door 01.243.712.1 1 unit
554.4 711 700 15 666 660 24.0 Without door 01.243.715.1 1 unit
554.4 844 700 18 799 660 27.0 Without door 01.243.718.1 1 unit
554.4 978 700 21 932 660 29.5 Without door 01.243.721.1 1 unit
554.4 1111 700 24 1066 660 32.5 Without door 01.243.724.1 1 unit
Dimensions in mm: Conversion:
W = Width h = Installation height U = Standard rack unit kg = Weight 1 mm = 0.03937 inch
H = Height d = Usable depth (1 U = 44.45 mm) 1 kg = 2.2046 pounds
D = Depth L = Length UP = Packaging unit
DOP00253
Knürr DoubleProRack® 19" Enclosure without Front Door
Description
– For components compliant with IEC 297-3.
– Side covers and rear panel may be removed.
– Heat loss discharge via convection on the rear
panel (optional with fan unit).
Load rating
– 1500 N static.
Protection rating
– IP 20.
Material / Finish
– Covers, sheet steel, powder-coated texture.
– Die-cast aluminum frame.
– Extruded aluminum extrusions.
Color
– Panels RAL 7035 light-grey.
– Frame and extrusions, RAL 5008, grey-blue.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x frame rack incl. side covers.
– 1 x panel, above, with vent slots.
– 1 x panel, below, with vent slots.
– 1 x rear panel (from 12 U enclosure height
incl. 3 U vented cover plate).
– 2 x 19" extrusions, front, with mounting holes.
– 2 x 19" extrusions at the rear, T-slot.
How supplied
– Assembled.
DOP00052
Knürr DoubleProRack®
168 | Mechanics – Enclosure
Knürr DoubleProRack®
19" Installation, Front with T-slot
Knürr DoubleProRack®
19" Installation, Front with Mounting Holes
Knürr DoubleProRack®
Fan Rear Panel 3 U
Knürr DoubleProRack®
Rear Panel, closed
– Can also be used as second
mounting level.
Material
– Aluminum extrusions.
Finish
– Polished.
Scope of delivery
– 2 x 19" extrusions at the front, T-slot.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– In sets.
– Can also be used as second
mounting level.
Material
– Extruded aluminum extrusions.
Finish
– Polished.
Scope of delivery
– 2 x 19" extrusions at the front,
mounting holes.
How supplied
– In sets.
– With axial fans.
– With thermostat.
Technical data for single fan
– Max. volume flow (free blowing):
162 m
3
/h.
– Noise emission (free blowing): 37 dB(A).
Technical data for thermostat
– Setting range: 0 to 60°C.
– Mains supply: 240 V / 50 Hz.
– Nominal current: 16 A.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x fan rear panel, wired.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
Finish / Color
– Powder-coated texture,
RAL 7035 light-grey.
How supplied
– Assembled.
Note
Cannot be used in the enclosure's
lowest U.
– For DoubleProRack width 554.4 mm.
Material / Finish
– Sheet steel, 0.8 mm, powder-coated
texture.
Color
– RAL 7035, light-grey.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x rear panel, closed.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– In sets.
DOP20004
DOP20005
DOP00055
DOP20035
DOP20036
DOP00275
DOP00313
U Order No. UP
601.240.440.9 1 set
901.240.443.9 1 set
12 01.240.445.9 1 set
15 01.240.446.9 1 set
18 01.240.447.9 1 set
21 01.240.448.9 1 set
24 01.240.449.9 1 set
U Order No. UP
601.240.490.9 1 set
901.240.493.9 1 set
12 01.240.495.9 1 set
15 01.240.496.9 1 set
18 01.240.497.9 1 set
21 01.240.498.9 1 set
24 01.240.499.9 1 set
W U Order No. UP
554.4 6 01.240.454.1 1 unit
554.4 9 01.240.457.1 1 unit
554.4 12 01.240.459.1 1 unit
554.4 15 01.240.460.1 1 unit
554.4 18 01.240.461.1 1 unit
554.4 21 01.240.462.1 1 unit
W H U Model Order No. UP
554.4 132.5 3 With thermostat 01.243.428.1 1 unit
Knürr DoubleProRack®
Mechanics – Enclosure | 169
Knürr DoubleProRack®
Connection Panel with Brush Strip
Knürr DoubleProRack®
Grounding Set for Enclosures
– To cover rear panel along with the
corresponding rear panel shortened
by 3 U.
– For DoubleProRack width 554.4 mm.
– With brush strip for cable routing and
strain relief.
Finish / Color
– Powder-coated texture, RAL 7035
light-grey.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x connection plate.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– In sets.
– For grounding top/bottom cover.
– With central grounding bolt.
Scope of delivery
– 2 x grounding connections, length
250 mm.
– 4 x spring nuts, M5.
– 2 x washers.
– 4 x cylinder screws, M5 x 10.
– 1 x grounding bolt.
How supplied
– In sets.
DOP00274
DOP00288
MEC20122
DOP20025
W H U Order No. UP
554.4 132.5 3 01.243.438.1 1 unit
Order No. UP
01.243.400.9 1 set
Dimensions in mm: Conversion:
W = Width h = Installation height U = Standard rack unit kg = Weight 1 mm = 0.03937 inch
H = Height d = Usable depth 1 U = 44.45 mm 1 kg = 2.2046 pounds
D = Depth L = Length UP = Packaging unit
Knürr DoubleProRack®
Grounding Set for Doors and Trims
– For grounding doors and/or cover plates.
Scope of delivery
– 5 x grounding connections, length
250 mm.
– 1 x grounding connection, 250 mm,
two-sided AMP plug.
– 5 x spring nuts, M5.
– 5 x cylinder screws, M5 x 10
with tooth-lock washer.
– 5 x washers.
How supplied
– In sets.
MEC20123
Order No. UP
01.245.400.9 1 set
Grounding Bar
Contact Clamp
– For safe grounding or potential
equalization of equipment and
components.
Material
– Electrolyte copper 9 x 9.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x grounding bar.
– 2 x brackets.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
– Enables safe connection of equipment
and components to grounding bar.
– For cables up to 25 mm.
Scope of delivery
– 120 x contact clamps.
ELM00068
DOP20016
U Order No. UP
12 01.110.703.9 1 unit
21 01.240.545.9 1 unit
Order No. UP
01.110.715.9 20 units
DOP00286
Knürr DoubleProRack®
170 | Mechanics – Enclosure
Knürr DoubleProRack®
Mounting Bracket
– For mounting socket strips and
cable duct.
Material / Finish
– Zinc-passivated sheet steel.
Scope of delivery
– 2 x mounting brackets.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– In sets.
DOP00282
Order No. UP
01.240.533.9 1 set
Knürr DoubleProRack®
Twin Caster 50 mm
– For mobile installation of the
DoubleProRack stand-alone enclosure
with fixed casters.
Material / Finish
– Polyamide, RAL 9011 black.
Load rating
– 400 N per caster.
– 1200 N max. static total load per rack.
Scope of delivery
– 2 x twin casters.
– 2 x fixed casters.
– 4 x lock washers.
How supplied
– In sets.
DOP00267
DOP00233
H Order No. UP
50 01.240.527.9 1 set
75 01.240.528.9 1 set
Dimensions in mm: Conversion:
W = Width h = Installation height U = Standard rack unit kg = Weight 1 mm = 0.03937 inch
H = Height d = Usable depth 1 U = 44.45 mm 1 kg = 2.2046 pounds
D = Depth L = Length UP = Packaging unit
Knürr ConAct®
Mechanics – Enclosure | 171
The ConAct® network wall-mounted housing is notable due to its simple
and quick "one-person" installation.
The ConAct® wall-mounted housing offers ideal conditions for network
distribution. It is delivered in flat-pack sets.
Installing the ConAct network housing involves: Unpacking – and then
network installation can begin within minutes.
Knürr ConAct®
Network wall-mounted housing
Features
Economical: savings of up to 50%
on transport volume and storage
space.
Practical: "one-person" installation
as housing is delivered in parts.
Convenient for laying cables as
it can be accessed from all sides;
generous lateral clearance space.
Individual configuration: various
modification options available
(color, design etc.).
Knürr ConAct®
172 | Mechanics – Enclosure
3. Mount supports and vertical extrusions
A. ACT00024
ACT00024 ACT00004 ACT00005
B. ACT00031
Economical
– Savings of up to 50 % of transport
volume with flat-pack packaging
(see figure A).
– Easily transported and installed
thanks to space-saving packaging.
– Small packaging allows for
maximized storage space.
"One-person" installation
– No unnecessary dismantling of
housing as it is delivered in parts.
– Rear panel mounted using
drill-hole template.
– Easy assembly:
– Keyhole punching on the rear
panel (see figure B).
– Push-in technology for mounting
rails and covers.
– Symmetrical housing
configuration.
Cabling made easy
– Access from all sides guarantees
convenient mounting of the
components.
– Open construction design permits
easy cable management.
– Organized cable management
with spacious lateral clearance
area and cable clamping rails
(see figures C+D).
ACT00017
C. ACT00030 D. ACT00033
E. ACT00034 F. ACT00033
Accessories
– Easy integration of accessories; e.g.
socket strips with screw-on points
on the vertical extrusion or on the
rear panel (see figure E).
– Accessories available for orderly
cable management; e.g. cable
routing board or cable-routing
bracket (see figure F).
– Comprehensive standard range
of accessories available; e.g. shelves,
drawers, socket strips, etc.
Maintenance-friendly
– Easy access for servicing is
guaranteed when removing the
side panels.
– Housing can be locked with security
lock.
– Door opening angle: 180°.
2. Mount rear panel1. Unpack
Knürr ConAct®
Mechanics – Enclosure | 173
4. Install cables and components 5. Fit covers into place 6. Installation is now complete.
ACT00006 ACT00007 ACT00008
ACT00038
Grey surfaces = system components
(optional, not included in standard delivery)
Bottom cover
19" vertical extrusion
Side panel
Support
Rear panel Top cover
prepared for
ventilation unit
Ventilation unit
Sheet-steel door
Glass door
Design door,
closed
(sheet steel)
Design door,
perforated
(sheet steel)
Cable clamping rail
Knürr ConAct®
Technical data
19" installation dimensions as per IEC 297-3
– Heights: 6 U / 9 HE / 12 U / 15 U /
18 U / 21 U / 24 U (1 U = 44.45 mm).
– Widths: 482.6 mm (19").
External dimensions
– Heights: 352 mm / 486 mm / 619 mm /
752 mm / 886 mm / 1019 mm / 1152 mm.
– Width: 600 mm.
– Depths: 400 mm / 500 mm / 600 mm.
Standards
– Grounding VDE 0100 T 540, EN 60950,
EN 60529.
Configurations
– Stationary, wall mounting.
Knürr ConAct®
174 | Mechanics – Enclosure
ACT20053
ACT20041
Knürr ConAct® Standard 19" Wall-mounted Housing
Description
– For components compliant with IEC 297-3.
– Accessible from all sides; covers can be
removed quickly.
– Cable routing via brush strip on top and
bottom covers.
– Ventilation unit, optional (can easily be
retrofitted).
– Front door with safety glass, lockable.
Jumpering space
– 80 mm (minimum 32, > 80 in 25 mm
increments).
Load rating
– 500 N static.
Protection rating
– IP 20.
Material / Finish
– Rear panel and basic frame, sheet steel,
zinc-passivated.
– Removable covers, powder-coated sheet steel.
– Front door, single safety glass panel, textured.
– 19" vertical extrusions, zinc-passivated sheet
steel.
Color
– RAL 7035, light-grey.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x rear panel.
– 4 x mounting rails.
– 2 x 19" sheet-steel vertical extrusions.
– 1 x top cover, prepared for ventilation unit.
– 1 x bottom cover, closed.
– 2 x side panels.
– 1 x glass door.
– 1 x cable clamping rail.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– In parts.
W H D U h d (max.) kg Model Order No. UP
600 352 400 6 270 235 16 With glass door 05.010.000.1 1 unit
600 486 400 9 404 235 19 With glass door 05.010.001.1 1 unit
600 619 400 12 537 235 22 With glass door 05.010.002.1 1 unit
600 352 500 6 270 335 18 With glass door 05.010.007.1 1 unit
600 486 500 9 404 335 21 With glass door 05.010.008.1 1 unit
600 619 500 12 537 335 24 With glass door 05.010.009.1 1 unit
600 752 500 15 670 335 28 With glass door 05.010.010.1 1 unit
600 886 500 18 804 335 31 With glass door 05.010.011.1 1 unit
600 352 600 6 270 435 20 With glass door 05.010.014.1 1 unit
600 486 600 9 404 435 23 With glass door 05.010.015.1 1 unit
600 619 600 12 537 435 27 With glass door 05.010.016.1 1 unit
600 752 600 15 670 435 30 With glass door 05.010.017.1 1 unit
600 886 600 18 804 435 34 With glass door 05.010.018.1 1 unit
600 1019 600 21 937 435 37 With glass door 05.010.019.1 1 unit
600 1152 600 24 1070 435 41 With glass door 05.010.020.1 1 unit
Dimensions in mm: Conversion:
W = Width h = Installation height U = Standard rack unit kg = Weight 1 mm = 0.03937 inch
H = Height d = Usable depth 1 U = 44.45 mm 1 kg = 2.2046 pounds
D = Depth L = Length UP = Packaging unit
Knürr ConAct®
Mechanics – Enclosure | 175
Knürr ConAct®
19" Vertical Extrusion
Knürr ConAct®
Grounding Set
Knürr ConAct®
Cable Clamping Rail
Knürr ConAct®
Ventilation Unit with Thermostat
– Install in front and/or rear of housing.
Material / Finish
– Sheet steel, 1.5 mm, zinc passivated.
Scope of delivery
– 2 x vertical extrusions.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
– For grounding all covers
on housing frame.
Scope of delivery
– 5 x grounding conductors, 6 mm
2
.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
– Cables secured with U-clamps, clamping
bars or hammer-head threaded plate.
– For mounting on rear panel.
Material / Finish
– Zinc-passivated sheet steel.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x cable clamping rail.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– In sets.
– Easy retrofitting of ventilation unit in top
cover.
– With two axial fans.
– With thermostat.
– Available in two performance classes.
Material / Finish
– Zinc-passivated sheet steel.
Technical data for single fan
Type 1:
– Volume flow (free blowing):
162 m
3
/h per fan.
– Noise emission (free blowing):
37 dB(A).
Type 2 (quiet):
– Volume flow (free blowing):
120 m
3
/h per fan.
– Noise emission (free blowing): 32 dB(A).
Technical data for thermostat
– Setting range: 0 to 60°C.
– Mains supply: 240 V / 50 Hz.
– Nominal current: 16 A.
Color
– RAL 7035, light-grey.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x ventilation unit ready for
connection.
– 1 x Wired with thermostat.
How supplied
– Assembled, wired and tested.
ACT00029
ACT20058
ACT00035
ACT20056
ACT20059
U Order No. UP
605.010.321.9 1 set
905.010.322.9 1 set
12 05.010.323.9 1 set
15 05.010.324.9 1 set
18 05.010.325.9 1 set
21 05.010.326.9 1 set
24 05.010.327.9 1 set
Order No. UP
05.010.330.9 1 set
Order No. UP
05.010.340.9 1 set
Model Order No. UP
Type 1 05.010.306.1 1 set
Type 2 (quiet) 05.010.307.1 1 set
ACT00026
MIR00641
ACT00006_A
SmartAisle™
176 | SmartAisle™ – Containment
The most important trend in IT is the increasing independence of
applications from the IT infrastructure. Virtualization and cloud computing
are the current buzzwords. Hardware is based on energy-efficient IT
components and the dynamic control of these components to meet the
applications' current requirements.
Emerson Network Power's SmartAisle™ is the SmartAisle™ solution encom-
passes the space, power supply and cooling for servers, storage and the network
in the data center. Data centers are highly individual and are constantly subject
to change. The physical infrastructure can be adapted to meet any conceivable
need by selecting comprehensive portfolio components that harmonize with
one another.
The SmartAisle™ solution is future-proof and delivers outstanding availability
and efficiency.
SmartAisle™
The Comprehensive Solution for Data Centers
Features
Outstanding fail-safe design.
Ideal temperature for IT
equipment; no hot spots.
Minimal energy consumption.
Easy to plan a new data center.
Comprehensive Solution
Racks.
Rack PDUs.
Power distribution.
UPS.
iCOM-controlled cooling.
Containment.
Cable management.
Rack and aisle monitoring.
Data center infrastructure.
DCIM Management.
Commissioning and maintenance.
Other services.
All have interfaces at a top-level
infrastructure management system
(Trellis™), which facilitates holistic
monitoring, management and
automation of the physical
infrastructure.
COLD AISLE
CONTAINMENT
RACK
PLATFORM
Knürr DCM®,
Knürr Miracel®
COOLING
Liebert® HPM,
HPC, CRV
POWER SUPPLY
Liebert APM,
Rack PDUs,
Knürr PowerTrans®
MONITORING
DCIM, Liebert iCom,
Avocent DS View3
SmartAisle™
SmartAisle™ – Containment | 177
SmartAisle™ containment – consistent separation of warm and cold air
is the cornerstone of an energy-efficient data center.
SmartAisle™
178 | SmartAisle™ – Containment
Due to rising power costs and in-
creased environmental awareness,
the main objective for most opera-
tors is to maximize the energy
efficiency of their data centers.
SmartAisle™
The Comprehensive Solution Concept for Data Centers
EmersonNetworkPower Control System
The SmartAisle™ Control-System Principle
Many have already implemented basic
separation of cold air from warm air
with blanking panels, bushings for
cable entry, cold aisle containment,
etc. Air-cooling units are key to
energy-efficient data centers and
further optimization is achieved by
adjusting the fans' speed. The
operator reduces electricity costs
significantly by choosing the right
type of control system, which in turn
increases availability. In the event of
one recirculated air cooling device
malfunctioning, temperature control
is maintained by increasing the speed
of the remaining devices. The two
most common control principles are
pressure control and control via the
cold aisle temperature.
With the SmartAisle™ control
principle, the cold aisle temperature,
i.e. the temperature of the air supply
to the servers is used to control the
fans in the room's climate control
equipment (see diagram). This control
principle is patented.
SmartAisle™
SmartAisle™ – Containment | 179
SmartAisle™
180 | SmartAisle™ – Containment
SmartAisle™
The Comprehensive Solution Concept for Data Centers
Overview of SmartAisle™ Containment
STANDARD
Standard program:
Aisle width 1200 / 1500 and 1800mm.
Rack height 2000 and 2200mm.
Features:
Ideal for new data centers and for retrofitting homogeneous rack aisles.
Industrial prefabrication makes for a highly economic solution.
Quick and easy on-site installation.
CUSTOMIZED
Features:
Precision fit to racks and rows.
Suitable for retrofitting heterogeneous data centers.
Compatible with standard SmartAisle™.
FREE-STANDING
Features:
Flexible adjustment to racks with non-standard dimensions.
For racks and applications that are exchanged at intervals.
Compatible with standard SmartAisle™.
SWITCH TUBES
Features:
No hot spots.
Suitable airflow routing.
Utilized in energy-efficient data centers.
SmartAisle™
SmartAisle™ – Containment | 181
Standard SmartAisle™ Containment
EmersonNetworkPower Containment Solution
The standard SmartAisle™ product range consists of flexible, adaptable
and user-friendly components.
The individual components equalize the tolerances of the racks, which are not
usually installed with millimeter precision. The system is compatible with most
commercially available racks.
The standard top covers have been prepared for the patented SmartAisle™
control system.
Different door systems are available, including hinged and sliding doors. Hinged
or swing doors offer advantages in terms of safety and emergency exits, while
sliding doors take up less space.
Standard program
Aisle width: 1200 / 1500 and
1800mm.
Rack height: 2000 and 2200mm.
Features
Ideal for new data centers and
for retrofitting homogeneous rack
aisles.
Industrial prefabrication makes
for a highly economic solution.
Quick and easy on-site
installation.
The containment can be used for
Emerson racks as well as for the
most common racks in the market.
The racks do not need to be
installed in pairs.
The top panels are transparent so
that the available room lighting
can be used.
SmartAisle™
182 | SmartAisle™ – Containment
Standard SmartAisle™
Containment
Configuration assistant
Top cover plate Protective brackets End separator strip
Rack
SensorBOX
(in air-control opening)
Double door,
sliding door or
front panel element
Separator strip for aisle fire extinguishers
CAC20000
Required data per cold aisle Example
– Aisle width (standard dimensions 1200, 1500 and 1800mm ± 50mm) Aisle width (AW) = 1200 mm
– Rack height (standard dimensions 2000 and 2200 mm) Rack height (H) = 2000 mm
– Aisle length Aisle length (L) = 4800 mm
– Rack type Knürr DCM® B800
– Color (light-grey RAL 7035 or dark-grey RAL 7021) Dark-grey RAL 7021
Options Example Item
– Front door component (sliding door, double door, front panel) Sliding door 03.029.026.8 1 unit
– Front door c closer (mechanical, electric) Electric door closer 03.029.046.8 1 unit
– Rear door component (sliding door, double door, front panel) Double door 03.029.021.8 1 unit
– Rear door closer (mechanical, electric) Mechanical door closer (integrated in double door)
– Top cover plate Top cover plate L2400 03.029.129.8 2 sets
– End separator strip End separator strip GB 1200 03.029.010.8 1 pair
– SensorBOX Yes 03.029.132.8 2 units
– Protective brackets Yes 03.029.041.8 6 sets
– DCM® adjustment shim Yes 03.029.137.8 3 sets
– Filler panel No
– Height trims No
– Sealing set Yes 03.029.040.9 2 sets
– Raised-floor air barrier for cable entry Yes (per rack) 03.029.211.9 22 units
– Open mesh flooring plate Yes 03.029.090.8 28 units
SmartAisle™
SmartAisle™ – Containment | 183
CAC20001
CAC20004
CAC20005
SmartAisle™ Sliding-door
Prepared for Automatic Door Closers
Electric Sliding-door Closer
Description
– Used in cold aisle containment for aisle widths:
1200 / 1500 / 1800 mm (± 50 mm).
– Quick and easy mounting.
– Suitable for Miracel® and DCM® racks and
most other brands.
Clear door opening
– Width: at least 950 mm.
– Height: 2080 mm.
Material
– Door components: sheet steel.
– Observation window: single safety-glass
panel.
– Brush strips: polyamide (UL94 HF-1).
Description
– Compatible with SmartAisle™ sliding door.
– Increases energy efficiency
as doors closes automatically.
– Opens with "push & go".
– Closes with "push & go" or
automatically (0 to 30 seconds).
– Opener/closer contact for control
(e.g. fire alarm system).
Material
– Sheet steel.
Finish
– Final digit of order number .1:
powder-coated, RAL 7035 light-grey.
– Final digit of order number .8:
powder-coated, RAL 7021 dark-grey.
Finish
– Final digit of order number .1:
powder-coated, RAL 7035 light-grey (e. g.
X=1; 03.029.026.X=03.29026.1=light-grey).
– Final digit of order number .8:
powder-coated, RAL 7021 dark-grey (e. g.
X=8; 03.029.026.X=03.29026.8=dark-grey).
Scope of delivery
– 1 x frame.
– 2 x doors.
– 2 x floor guides.
– 1 x Covers.
– 1 x Sealing material.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– In sets.
Note
Please order the requisite closers
(electric or mechanical).
Scope of delivery
– 1 x electric drive.
– 1 x cover.
– 1 x Mounting brackets.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
Technical data
– Power supply: 230 V / 50 - 60 Hz.
– Opening speed: 0.4 m/s.
– Closing speed: 0.2 m/s.
– Automatic closing time, adjustable: 0 to 30 s.
– Force: 30 N.
How supplied
– Single items.
HAW Order No. UP
2000 1200 03.029.026.X 1 set
2200 1200 03.029.027.X 1 set
2000 1500 03.029.061.X 1 set
2200 1500 03.029.062.X 1 set
2000 1800 03.029.066.X 1 set
2200 1800 03.029.067.X 1 set
Order No. UP
03.029.046.X 1 set
Dimensions in mm: Conversion:
W = Width L = Length U = Standard rack unit kg = Weight 1 mm = 0.03937 inch
H = Height AW = Aisle width (1 U = 44.45 mm) 1 kg = 2.2046 pounds
D = Depth UP = Packaging unit
SmartAisle™
184 | SmartAisle™ – Containment
Mechanical Sliding-door Closer
SmartAisle™ Sliding-door
with Access Check
Description
– Suitable for SmartAisle™ sliding door.
– Increases energy efficiency as doors open
and close automatically.
– Stop function when open.
Material
– Sheet steel.
Finish
– Final digit of order number .1:
powder-coated, RAL 7035 light-grey (e. g.
X=1; 03.029.026.X=03.29026.1=light-grey).
– Final digit of order number .8:
powder-coated, RAL 7021 dark-grey (e. g.
X=8; 03.029.026.X=03.29026.8=dark-grey).
Description
– Used in cold aisle containment for aisle widths:
1200 / 1500 / 1800 mm (± 50 mm).
– Quick and easy mounting.
– Suitable for Miracel® and DCM® racks and
most other brands.
– Magnets ensure safe closing; in the event
of a power failure, the door can easily be
opened manually.
– Standard access check with keypad
(other systems also available).
– Inside switch for routine exit.
– VdS-compliant emergency switch inside;
height of switch < 1 meter.
– VdS-compliant emergency switch outside
for rescue purposes.
– Door contact switch for monitoring
"door open" – "door closed".
Clear door opening
– Width: at least 950 mm.
– Height: 2080 mm.
Scope of delivery
– 2 x sets of gas pressure springs.
– 1 x cover.
– 1 x Mounting brackets.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
Technical data
– Force: 20 N.
How supplied
– Single items.
Material
– Door components: sheet steel.
– Observation window:
single safety-glass panel.
– Brush strips: polyamide (UL94 HF-1).
Finish
– Final digit of order number .1:
powder-coated, RAL 7035 light-grey.
– Final digit of order number .8:
powder-coated, RAL 7021 dark-grey.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x frame.
– 2 x doors.
– 2 x floor guides.
– 1 x rack monitoring system.
– 1 x Electrical closing system.
– 1 x Covers.
– 1 x Sealing material.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– In sets.
CAC20006
CAC20002
CAC20003
CAC20007
Order No. UP
03.029.047.X 1 set
HAW Order No. UP
2000 1200 03.029.029.X 1 set
2200 1200 03.029.029.X 1 set
Dimensions in mm: Conversion:
W = Width L = Length U = Standard rack unit kg = Weight 1 mm = 0.03937 inch
H = Height AW = Aisle width (1 U = 44.45 mm) 1 kg = 2.2046 pounds
D = Depth UP = Packaging unit
SmartAisle™
SmartAisle™ – Containment | 185
SmartAisle™ Double Door
with Automatic Door Closer
SmartAisle™ Front Panel
Description
– Used in cold aisle containment for aisle widths:
1200 / 1500 / 1800 mm (± 50 mm).
– Quick and easy mounting.
– Suitable for Miracel® and DCM® racks and
most other brands.
– Integrated automatic/mechanical door closer
(opening angle 180°, stop angle approx. 120°;
door closes automatically from approx. 100°).
Clear door opening
– Width: 1200 mm.
– Height: 2100 mm (for rack height 2000 mm);
2300 (for rack height 2200).
Material
– Door frame: aluminum.
– Door components: sheet steel.
– Observation window: single safety-glass
panel.
– Brush strips: polyamide (UL94 HF-1).
Description
– Used in cold aisle containment for aisle widths:
1200 / 1500 / 1800 mm (± 50 mm).
– Alternative to cold aisle door.
– Quick and easy mounting.
– Suitable for Miracel® and DCM® racks and
most other makes.
Material
– Sheet steel.
Finish
– Final digit of order number .1:
powder-coated, RAL 7035 light-grey.
– Final digit of order number .8:
powder-coated, RAL 7021 dark-grey.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x door frame.
– 2 x doors.
– 3 x design covers.
– 2 x door closers.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– In sets.
Finish
– Final digit of order number .1:
powder-coated, RAL 7035 light-grey.
– Final digit of order number .8:
powder-coated, RAL 7021 dark-grey.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x bracing bracket.
– 2 to 4 panels.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– In sets.
CAC20008
CAC20009
HAW Order No. UP
2000 1200 03.028.021.X 1 set
2200 1200 03.028.022.X 1 set
2000 1500 03.028.041.X 1 set
2200 1500 03.028.042.X 1 set
2000 1800 03.028.046.X 1 set
2200 1800 03.028.047.X 1 set
HAW Order No. UP
2000 1200 03.029.031.X 1 set
2200 1200 03.029.032.X 1 set
2000 1500 03.029.034.X 1 set
2200 1500 03.029.035.X 1 set
2000 1800 03.029.037.X 1 set
2200 1800 03.029.038.X 1 set
SmartAisle™
186 | SmartAisle™ – Containment
SmartAisle™ Top Cover Plate
CAC20010
W / L AW Order No. UP
300 1200 03.029.120.X 1 set
600 1200 03.029.123.X 1 set
800 1200 03.029.126.X 1 set
2400 1200 03.029.129.X 1 set
300 1500 03.029.121.X 1 set
600 1500 03.029.124.X 1 set
800 1500 03.029.127.X 1 set
2400 1500 03.029.130.X 1 set
300 1800 03.029.122.X 1 set
600 1800 03.029.125.X 1 set
800 1800 03.029.128.X 1 set
2400 1800 03.029.131.X 1 set
Description
– Used in cold aisle containment for aisle widths:
1200 / 1500 / 1800 mm (± 50 mm).
– Quick and easy mounting.
– Suitable for Miracel® and DCM® racks and
most other brands.
– With rubber sleeves for cable routing.
– Top cover plate with low fire load and smoke
generation (optionally with compound safety
glass).
– Top cover plate(s) can be removed quickly
and easily.
– Equipped with SensorBOX for energy-efficient
operation of the recirculated air cooling
devices and for preventing hot spots.
Clear aisle height
– Rack height 2000 mm: 2150 mm.
– Rack height 2200 mm: 2350 mm.
Material
– Angular extrusion, cross brace: sheet steel.
– Top cover plate: polycarbonate,
UL94 V-0/DIN 4102 B1.
Finish
– Final digit of order number .1:
powder-coated, RAL 7035 light-grey.
– Final digit of order number .8:
powder-coated, RAL 7021 dark-grey.
Scope of delivery
– 2 x angular extrusions with air regulation
opening.
– 1 x separator strip for W 300/600/800,
3 x separator strips for L 2400.
– 1 x top cover plate for W 300/600/800,
3 x top cover plates for L 2400.
– 2 x angular extrusion plates.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– In sets.
Important Note
When using Knürr DCM® racks, please also order
corresponding adjustment plates.
Note
Please also order correct number of Sensor-
BOXes for the recirculated air cooling devices'
control system.
SmartAisle™
SmartAisle™ – Containment | 187
SmartAisle™ End Separator Strip
SmartAisle™ Separator Strip
for Aisle Fire Extinguisher for SmartAisle™ Top Cover Plate
CAC20011
CAC20012
AW Order No. UP
1200 03.029.010.X 1 pair
1500 03.029.011.X 1 pair
1800 03.029.012.X 1 pair
W / L AW Order No. UP
200 1200 03.029.115.X 1 set
200 1500 03.029.116.X 1 set
200 1800 03.029.117.X 1 set
Description
– Used in cold aisle containment for aisle widths:
1200 / 1500 / 1800 mm (± 50 mm).
– Quick and easy mounting.
– For connecting the door component or front
panel.
Material
– Sheet steel.
Description
– For gas extinguisher in cold aisle.
– Rubber sleeve for covering piping, and/or the
nozzles in the cold aisle.
– Screw fitting for securing the piping to the
cold-aisle containment.
– Equipped with SensorBOX for energy-efficient
operation of the recirculated air cooling
devices as well as to prevent hot spots.
Material
– Sheet steel.
Finish
– Final digit of order number .1:
powder-coated, RAL 7035 light-grey.
– Final digit of order number .8:
powder-coated, RAL 7021 dark-grey.
Scope of delivery
– 2 x end separator strips.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– Single items.
Finish
– Final digit of order number .1:
powder-coated, RAL 7035 light-grey.
– Final digit of order number .8:
powder-coated, RAL 7021 dark-grey.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x separator strip for aisle fire extinguisher.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– In sets.
Dimensions in mm: Conversion:
W = Width L = Length U = Standard rack unit kg = Weight 1 mm = 0.03937 inch
H = Height AW = Aisle width (1 U = 44.45 mm) 1 kg = 2.2046 pounds
D = Depth UP = Packaging unit
SmartAisle™
188 | SmartAisle™ – Containment
SmartAisle™ DCM® Adjustment Shim
used with Knürr DCM® Racks
SmartAisle™ SensorBOX
for SmartAisle™ Top Cover Plates
CAC20013
CAC20014
CAC20015
CAC20016
CAC20017
W / L For rack type Order No. UP
300 DCM®03.029.134.X 1 set
600 DCM®03.029.135.X 1 set
800 DCM®03.029.137.X 1 set
1000 DCM®03.029.139.X 1 set
Order No. UP
03.029.132.X 1 set
Description
– Spacer between DCM® rack and
cold aisle containment.
Material
– Sheet steel.
Finish
– Final digit of order number .1:
powder-coated, RAL 7035 light-grey.
– Final digit of order number .8:
powder-coated, RAL 7021 dark-grey.
Description
– Suitable for air regulation opening of the top
cover plates.
– As per patented control-system principle
designed for energy-efficient operation of the
cooling system.
– Prepared for Liebert® temperature sensor.
– Compatible with a variety of sensors.
Material
– Sheet steel.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x adjustment shim.
How supplied
– In sets.
Finish
– Final digit of order number .1:
powder-coated, RAL 7035 light-grey.
– Final digit of order number .8:
powder-coated, RAL 7021 dark-grey.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x SensorBOX.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– In sets.
SmartAisle™
SmartAisle™ – Containment | 189
SmartAisle™ Filler Panel
CAC20018
CAC20019
W / L H Order No. UP
300 2000 / 2200 03.029.055.X 1 set
600 2000 / 2200 03.029.056.X 1 set
800 2000 / 2200 03.029.058.X 1 set
Description
– For sealing off the compartments without
racks in the suite.
– Quick and easy mounting.
– Variable height; can be used for total rack
heights of 1990 to 2220 mm.
– Several filler panels can be set up in a row.
Material
– Sheet steel.
Finish
– Final digit of order number .1:
powder-coated, RAL 7035 light-grey.
– Final digit of order number .8:
powder-coated, RAL 7021 dark-grey.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x filler panel (two parts).
– 1 x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– In sets.
Dimensions in mm: Conversion:
W = Width L = Length U = Standard rack unit kg = Weight 1 mm = 0.03937 inch
H = Height AW = Aisle width (1 U = 44.45 mm) 1 kg = 2.2046 pounds
D = Depth UP = Packaging unit
SmartAisle™
190 | SmartAisle™ – Containment
SmartAisle™
Height Trim
SmartAisle™ Protective
Brackets for Top Cover Plate
SmartAisle™ Sealing Set
for 4.8 meter Aisle Length
SmartAisle™ Sealing Set
for 4.8 meter Aisle Length
– For adjusting the separation of the
cold and hot areas in smaller racks.
Material
– Sheet steel.
Finish
– Final digit of order number .1:
powder- coated, RAL 7035 light-grey.
– Final digit of order number .8:
powder- coated, RAL 7021 dark-grey.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x height trim.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– In sets.
Note
Where there are several adjacent height
panels, please request the corresponding
angular extrusion plates.
– Prevents Plexiglas panels from lifting up
when there is excess pressure.
– Enables safe pressure equalization in the
event of a malfunction or while a fire is
being extinguished.
Material
– Sheet steel.
Finish
– Final digit of order number .1:
powder- coated, RAL 7035 light-grey.
– Final digit of order number .8:
powder- coated, RAL 7021 dark-grey.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x pair of protective brackets.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– In sets.
– Suitable for installation in Miracel
®
rack.
– For sealing the leveling area between
the floor and the rack.
– For sealing Miracel
®
rack suites without
side panels.
Material / Color
– Foam element: PUR ether UL94 HF-1,
black.
– Cover extrusion: PVC extruder
extrusion, black.
Scope of delivery
– 10 meters of foam 40 x 25 mm.
– 31 meters cover extrusion.
How supplied
– In sets.
– Suitable for sealing gaps (e. g. in the
leveling area between floor and rack,
between racks, etc.).
Material / Color
– PUR ether (UL94 HF-1), black.
Scope of delivery
– 5 x 2 meters of foam.
How supplied
– In sets.
DCM20057
DCM20131
LUF20328
LUF20383
LUF20336
DCM20047
W H For rack type Order No. UP
300 221 DCM®03.029.140.X 1 set
600 221 DCM®03.029.141.X 1 set
600 200 Miracel®03.029.051.X 1 set
800 221 DCM®03.029.143.X 1 set
800 200 Miracel®03.029.052.X 1 set
1000 221 DCM®03.029.145.X 1 set
Order No. UP
03.029.041.X 1 set
W For rack type Order No. UP
4800 Miracel®03.029.040.9 1 set
Size Order No. UP
40 x 40 (adhesive surface) mm 03.029.042.9 1 set
20 x 20 (adhesive surface) mm 03.029.043.9 1 set
5 x 10 (adhesive surface) mm 03.029.044.9 1 set
25 x 40 (adhesive surface) mm 03.029.045.9 1 set
SmartAisle™
SmartAisle™ – Containment | 191
SmartAisle™ Open Mesh
Flooring Plate for Raised Floors
SmartAisle™ Raised Floor
Air Barrier for Cable Entry
– Used in raised floors.
– Can be used with high heat loads and
high cooling-air requirements per rack.
– For energy-efficient operation of the
recirculated air cooling devices.
– Stiffener distance 33 x 16 mm.
Material
– Steel, zinc-passivated.
Finish
– Final digit of order number .1:
powder- coated, RAL 7035 light-grey.
– Final digit of order number .8:
powder- coated, RAL 7021 dark-grey.
Standards
Produced as per RAL-GZ 638.
– Load capacity as per DIN EN 12825
– On supports: class 1A, deflection under
instantaneous working load (2 kN) and
2C (3kN); measured at the center of
plate.
– On supports and control-room profiles:
deflection under instantaneous working
load 2A (3kN).
Scope of delivery
– 1 x open mesh flooring plate for raised
floor.
Technical data
– Size 598 x 598 x 40 mm (W x L x H).
– Free cross-section: 77 %.
– Max. surface load 50,000 N/m
2
with
even distribution;
– Max. point load (on surface
200 x 200 mm) 4,500 N.
How supplied
– Single items.
Note
Suitable for raised floors with 40mm
panel heights.
– For cable entry from the raised floor.
– Lowered into raised floor, or can be
mounted on top.
– Two-row tight brushes for pressure-
resistant cold-hot separation.
– For new cutouts and as add-on to existing
cutouts.
– Two-piece – easy extend and retrofit
option.
– The length can easily be shortened
on-site (metal saw).
– Also suitable for cabling on the rack
wall (U-shape, two pieces).
– Slot-in – and additional threaded
connection.
Dimensions
03.028.211.9:
– External dimension (270 mm x 220 mm).
– Usable cable entry (200 mm x 126 mm).
– Raised floor cutout (240 mm x 180 mm).
03.028.212.9:
– External dimension (600 mm x 220 mm).
– Usable cable entry (530 mm x 126 mm).
– Raised floor cutout (570 mm x 180 mm).
Scope of delivery
– 1 x pair of raised floor air barriers.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– In sets.
DSC00318 LUF20334
LUF20301
LUF20302
Order No. UP
03.029.090.X 1 unit
W H for type Order No. UP
270 220 Length, 270 mm 03.028.211.9 1 set
600 220 Length, 600 mm 03.028.212.9 1 set
Dimensions in mm: Conversion:
W = Width L = Length U = Standard rack unit kg = Weight 1 mm = 0.03937 inch
H = Height AW = Aisle width (1 U = 44.45 mm) 1 kg = 2.2046 pounds
D = Depth UP = Packaging unit
SmartAisle™
192 | SmartAisle™ – Containment
Customized SmartAisle™ Containment
Customized – Retrofitting Solution from EmersonNetworkPower
Data center structures are often the result of ongoing changes and
modifications spanning a number of years.
The racks have different dimensions and they are not always positioned in a line.
Knürr offers this solution based on a profile construction that can be made on
site to correspond to the precise dimensions of a given data center.
With the customized solution, the dimensions are measured on site and the
profiles and panels for the containment are cut and assembled to meet precise
requirements. The panels are normally cut outside the data center in a
designated area.
If possible, the customized elements are combined with standard components.
As a rule, standard sliding or hinged doors are used. The standard top cover
plate is generally used, thus, customized elements are only used to fill the gaps
between the racks.
Features
Precision fit on racks
and rack rows.
Suitable for retrofitting
heterogeneous data centers.
Combined with
standard SmartAisle™.
On
request
SmartAisle™
SmartAisle™ – Containment | 193
Free-Standing SmartAisle™ Containment
Free-Standing – Emerson Network Power's Special Solution
Free-Standing System
In many data centers, so-called "free-standing systems" are installed in addition
to the server racks. These often non-standard racks are regularly exchanged at
defined intervals (usually one to three years).
Free-standing systems may include storage cabinets, cluster applications
(e.g. IBM, SUN) or server racks (e.g. IBM, HP, SUN, etc.). There are a number
of reasons for delivering a complete package including the racks. For storage
applications, one of the main reasons is product liability. Cluster applications
are usually leased and with server applications, the reasons are often market-
ing-related.
The challenge facing the SmartAisle™ for free-standing systems is to construct
a flexible cold aisle containment, allowing a modular and fast exchange of these
free-standing systems.
The free-standing cold aisle containment solution is based on standard
SmartAisle™ products and used in combination with these. The panels for
the free-standing solution can be customized in both dimensions (height and
width) according to the rack dimensions.
Features
Can be flexibly adjusted to racks
with non-standard dimensions.
For racks and applications that
are exchanged at intervals.
Combined with
standard SmartAisle™.
On
request
SmartAisle™
194 | SmartAisle™ – Containment
SmartAisle™ Containment SwitchTubes
Switch Tubes – Switch Cooling from Emerson Network Power
Cooling switches
For cooling purposes, servers draw in cold air from the front and blow heated air
out at the rear. By contrast, switches mainly draw the cold air in from the side
and blow air out either laterally or at the rear. Since cooling problems arise in
racks equipped with consistent hot/cold separation, Special airflow systems are
required for switch applications to ensure reliability and energy efficiency.
The SmartAisle™ switch tube is a flexible and safe add-on to the complete
SmartAisle program. Various standard products are available for the
respective switch types.
SwitchTubes – controlled switch cooling
Servers are usually cooled from the front to the rear, in line with modern
and energy-efficient data center requirements. However, cooling
direction for switches most often occurs from the side. In this application,
the switches draw the cooling air out of the warm area.
The SwitchTube provides air for the switch from the cold aisle, where heated air
is directed into the warm aisle.
Switches have special requirements.
Cooling/ventilation
– Mostly lateral air flow (from right
to left, from left to right, from left
and right toward the rear, includ-
ing many other directions)
switches draw in warm air.
– Power requirements for cooling
are often high (up to over 10 kW
per switch).
Max. permitted input air
temperature
– Max. permitted input air tem-
perature is approx. 37° to 40°C.
Probably higher inlet tempera-
tures in efficient cold/warm
separation environment.
High energy consumption
for cooling.
Cabling
– Large cable volumes.
– Fan units free from cabling;
repair work can be performed
during operation.
– Air flow should have be free of
cables.
Mechanics
– Various heights (1 U to approx.
24 U).
– Various depths, where air can be
drawn in from different areas.
Emerson Network Power offers a
large range of switch tubes for the
most common switch types.
Features
– No hot spots.
– Suitable airflow routing.
– Utilized in energy-efficient
data center.
Air flow in switch rack for switches
equipped with lateral cooling.
SmartAisle™
SmartAisle™ – Containment | 195
SmartAisle™ 19" SwitchTube
LUF20360 03.029.217.X
LUF20379 03.029.217.X
LUF20358 03.029.213.X LUF20377 03.029.215.X
LUF20375 03.029.213.X LUF20376 03.029.214.XLUF20378 03.029.215.X
LUF20359 03.029.214.X
Description
– For cooling a core switch from the cold aisle.
– Can be used with or without a raised floor.
– Provides energy-efficient cooling for laterally
cooled switches.
– Cooling air drawn in from cold aisle (ideally
with containment).
– Suitable for both Knürr Miracel® and DCM®
racks; width of rack 800mm.
– Space requirement: 3 or 6 U of the 19"
installation space.
– Suitable for a number of switch heights.
– Installation height of switches in rack can be
adjusted.
– Perforated front panel to the air intake units
prevents the exhaust of paper, etc. in the tube.
– Note: cold/warm separation in rack is
required.
Material
– Tube: sheet steel.
– High-density foam: PUR ether foam
(UL94 HF-1).
Finish
– Final digit of order number .1:
powder-coated, RAL 7035 light-grey.
– Final digit of order number .8:
powder-coated, RAL 7021 dark-grey.
Scope of delivery
– 2 x air intake units incl. perforated front panel
(for 12 – 21 U models)
– 1 x air intake unit incl. perforated front panel
(for 7 – 12 U / 4 – 6 U models).
– 1 x adjustable depth lateral air duct.
– 1 x High-density foam.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– In sets.
Important Note
Suitable for cooling max. 2-7 kW thermal load
(at ∆T = 13 K) per switch tube (see table on the
next page).
Important Note
With many switches, part of the front air-intake
perforation is covered (as these are generally
located near the front, directly behind the front
19" extrusion).
Important Note
May not be suitable for switches with different
cooling directions.
Note
Retrofitting may not be applied due to cables
and other accessories.
WRack Application For rack type Order No. UP
800 Core switch 12 - 21 U Miracel®, DCM®03.029.217.X 1 set
800 Core switch 12 - 21 U Miracel®, DCM®03.029.218.X 1 set
800 Core switch 7 - 12 U Miracel®, DCM®03.029.213.X 1 set
800 Core switch 7 - 12 U Miracel®, DCM®03.029.215.X 1 set
800 Core switch 4 - 6 U Miracel®, DCM®03.029.214.X 1 set
800 Core switch 7-12U Miracel®, DCM®03.029.219.X 1 set
SmartAisle™
196 | SmartAisle™ – Containment
Air-intake area
LUF20354 03.029.218.X LUF20380 03.029.218.X
Item number Switch height
[U] Max. cooling
Max. air-intake area
depth in mm
(Distance to 19" level)
Compatible with
03.029.217.X 12-21 approx. 7 kW (∆T = 13 K)
per switch tube 460 CISCO Catalyst 6506(-E),
6509(-E), 6513, MDS 9509 Director
03.029.218.X 12-21 approx. 7 kW (∆T = 13 K)
per switch tube 600 Cisco Nexus 7009
03.029.213.X 7-12 approx. 2 kW (∆T = 13 K)
per switch tube 320 CISCO Catalyst 4503(-E), 4506(-E),
4507R(-E), 4510R(-E)
03.029.215.X 7-12 approx. 4 kW (∆T = 13 K)
per switch tube 600 Cisco Nexus 7004
03.029.214.X 4-6 approx. 4 kW (∆T = 13 K)
per switch tube 550 CISCO Catalyst 6503(-E), 6504(-E)
03.029.219.X 7-12 approx. 4 kW (∆T = 13K)
per switch tube 460 Cisco Catalyst 6807-XL,
Enterasys S4
Dimensions in mm: Conversion:
W = Width L = Length U = Standard rack unit kg = Weight 1 mm = 0.03937 inch
H = Height AW = Aisle width (1 U = 44.45 mm) 1 kg = 2.2046 pounds
D = Depth UP = Packaging unit
SmartAisle™
SmartAisle™ – Containment | 197
Chassis Runner Tube T740
SmartAisle™ SwitchTube Back-to-front
for Switches with back-to-front Cooling
LUF20364
LUF20365
LUF20366
LUF20372
LUF20373
LUF20374
W U DRack For insertion depth Order No. UP
130 3 from 900 740 03.029.230.7 1 pair
W H U For insertion depth Model Order No. UP
450 87.5 2 600–750 for Switches with 1U height 03.029.212.X 1 unit
450 132 3 600–750 for Switches with 2U height 03.029.207.X 1 unit
Description
– For supporting switches during installation
in rack.
– Supports weight of switches during
installation and fitting in rack.
– Can be used with SmartAisle™ 19" switch
tubes 12 - 21 U.
– Suitable for insertion depth of 740 mm.
– Suitable for all 19" extrusions.
– Suitable for CISCO Catalyst 6506(-E),
MDS 9509 Director.
Description
– For 1 U switches with back-to-front cooling.
– Extractable – can be used for different switch
depths.
– Suitable for various insertion depths.
– Compatible with both Miracel® and DCM®
racks.
– Suitable for Enterasys SSA 180.
Material
– Tube: sheet steel.
– High-density foam: PUR ether foam
(UL94 HF-1).
Material / Finish
– Sheet steel, 2.0 mm, zinc passivated.
Scope of delivery
– 2 x chassis runners.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– In pairs.
Finish
– Final digit of order number .1:
powder-coated, RAL 7035 light-grey.
– Final digit of order number .8:
powder-coated, RAL 7021 dark-grey.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x air intake unit.
– 2 x rear support brackets.
– 1 x High-density foam.
– 1 x Edge protector.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– In sets.
SmartAisle™
198 | SmartAisle™ – Containment
SmartAisle™ 19" SwitchTube
for Switch Heights 1 U /2 U /3 U
Description
– For 1 U, 2 U or 3 U switches with lateral
cooling.
– Can be used in racks with front-to-back
cooling.
– Extractable – can be used for different switch
depths.
– Front or rear installation possible.
– Suitable for different cooling directions (from
left to right, from right to left or from right
and left toward the rear).
– Suitable for insertion depth of 740 mm.
– Compatible with both Miracel® and DCM®
server extrusions.
– Suitable for rack widths of 600, 700, 800
and 1000.
– Suitable for CISCO Catalyst 3750,
Juniper EX3200, Juniper EX4200.
Material
– Tube: sheet steel.
– High-density foam: PUR ether foam
(UL94 HF-1).
Finish
– Final digit of order number .1:
powder-coated, RAL 7035 light-grey.
– Final digit of order number .8:
powder-coated, RAL 7021 dark-grey.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x air intake unit.
– 2 x lateral air ducts.
– 1 x side cover.
– 1 x High-density foam.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– In sets.
Note
Retrofitting may not be applied due to cables
and other accessories.
W H U For insertion depth Model Order No. UP
440 88.1 2 740 for 1 U switch 03.029.210.X 1 unit
440 132.5 3 740 for 2 U switch 03.029.211.X 1 unit
440 177 4 740 for 3 U switch 03.029.208.X 1 unit
LUF20356 03.029.210.X
LUF20368 03.029.210.X
LUF20369 03.029.210.X
LUF20357 03.029.211.X
LUF20370 03.029.211.X
LUF20371 03.029.211.X
SmartAisle™
SmartAisle™ – Containment | 199
Dimensions in mm: Conversion:
W = Width L = Length U = Standard rack unit kg = Weight 1 mm = 0.03937 inch
H = Height AW = Aisle width (1 U = 44.45 mm) 1 kg = 2.2046 pounds
D = Depth UP = Packaging unit
SmartAisle™ SwitchRack
for Cisco Nexus 7018
LUF20362
LUF20363
W H D U Recess depth Insertion depth Model Order No. UP
1000 2000 1200 42 200 740 DCM®03.029.222.X 1 unit
Description
– For installing a CISCO Nexus 7018 at a height
of 7 U to 31 U.
– Based on DCM® rack.
– Rack width 1000mm as per CISCO
requirements for adequate cooling air.
– Prevents hot-spots (air recirculation).
– 200 mm clearance space for orderly cabling.
– Includes cold/warm plates for reliable and
energy-efficient operation.
– Cold air drawn in from cold aisle.
Material / Finish
– Basic rack, extruded aluminum, polished.
– Corner piece, die-cast aluminum, polished.
– Doors, sheet steel, powder-coated texture.
– Covers, zinc-passivated sheet steel,
powder-coated texture.
– PUR ether foam (UL94 HF-1).
Color
– Final digit of order number .1: visible surface
of covers RAL 7035 light-grey.
– Final digit of order number .8: visible surfaces
of the covers RAL 7021 dark-grey.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x basic frame.
– 4 x 19" server extrusions, sheet steel
incl. U marking.
– 2 x side panels with quick connectors.
– 1 x top cover with cable entry (three-piece
sliding plates can also be opened completely).
– 1 x front door, double, perforated, with
handle and mounting for cylinder lock.
– 1 x rear door, double, perforated, sheet steel,
with handle and mounting for cylinder lock.
– 1 x complete air separation unit (left plate
with 3 x 2 U 19" cutouts, right plate with air
duct).
– 4 x leveling feet.
– 1 x complete grounding set (VDE 0100).
How supplied
– Mounted.
Note
Also order mounting adapter for 19" server
extrusion to mount Knürr accessories
(01.147.640.9).
SmartAisle™
200 | SmartAisle™ – Containment
SmartAisle™ Raised Floor SwitchTube
W H Item For rack type Order No. UP
800 2000 Tube Miracel®03.029.200.X 1 set
800 2200 Tube Miracel®03.029.202.X 1 set
Description
– For cooling a core switch from the raised floor.
– Provides energy-efficient cooling
for laterally cooled switches.
– Cold air drawn in from raised floor.
– Compatible with Knürr Miracel® rack: width
800mm (NOT for DCM® rack).
– Suitable for different switch heights.
– Installation height of switches in rack can be
adjusted; tool-less blanking plates for covering
areas outside of switches.
– Air-duct area: 420 cm2.
– Size of cutouts in raised floor (min./max.):
355/410 x 127/162 mm.
– Note: Cold/warm separation in rack is
required.
– Note: for max. switch air-intake depth from
460 mm (distance to 19" level).
– SUITABLE FOR CISCO CATALYST 6509(-E),
CATALYST 6513, CATALYST 6506(-E),
MDS 9509 DIRECTOR, HP PROCURVE 8212.
Material
– Tube: sheet steel.
– High-density foam: PUR ether foam
(UL94 HF-1).
Finish
– Final digit of order number .1:
powder-coated, RAL 7035 light-grey.
– Final digit of order number .8:
powder-coated, RAL 7021 dark-grey.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x air duct with blanking plates (1 U, 3 U).
– 1 x bottom plate.
– 1 x Sealing material.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
How supplied
– In sets.
Important Note
– Suitable for cooling max. 4 kW thermal load
(at ∆T = 13 K) per switch tube.
– The tube covers part of the front air-intake
perforation with many switch types (as these
are generally located near the front, directly
behind the front 19" extrusion).
– May not be suitable for switches with
different cooling directions.
– The uppermost 3 U in the rack cannot
be used for cooling.
Note
Retrofitting may not be applied due to cables
and other accessories.
Dimensions in mm: Conversion:
W = Width L = Length U = Standard rack unit kg = Weight 1 mm = 0.03937 inch
H = Height AW = Aisle width (1 U = 44.45 mm) 1 kg = 2.2046 pounds
D = Depth UP = Packaging unit
LUF20355
LUF20367
Cooling HDCS
Cooling HDCS | 201
1. Availability
The key issue for all data centers is
availability. Maximum computing
power, rapid access or lowest costs,
are of little use if availability is
jeopardized by uncertainties, failures
or even lengthy downtimes.
Data center services users, whether
it be in-house or a customer that
outsources its computing power, will
only remunerate the finest computing
technology (including cloud comput-
ing) if they can rely one hundred
percent on the availability of the data
they need.
With Emerson Network Power data
center infrastructure, you are
always in a position to achieve the
degree of availability that matches
your scope of work.
Emerson Network Power
Rack Cooling Solutions
All issues and arguments to date can be summarized under three main criteria for assessing data center
infrastructure.
3. Adaptability
Availability and efficiency are only
sufficient if planning, project manage-
ment and implementation is short
term rather than sustainable.
Future-proofing and adaptability for
Emerson Network Power are also
crucial factors in the development and
delivery of data center infrastructure.
Future-proofing redners data center
infrastrucutre operational even:
there is a demand for increased
computing capacity
the heat loads caused by new
server types – or changes to the
proportions of different server
types – are increased or
redistributed
current flow and speed, volume
flow or the pressure ratios are
changed.
Products from Emerson Network
Power are future-proof and provide an
appropriate and efficient response.
Adaptability delivers highly efficient
results even during planning and
project management and is, naturally,
also part of future-proofing.
2. Efficiency
A customer who can rely on the
availability will still be dissatisfied if
this availability is achieved at the
expense of efficiency. Efficiency must
be seen as a multi-purpose term.
Efficiency covers:
The functionality of technical pro-
cesses, e.g. expressed in the efficiency
of the cooling or power supply.
Cost effectiveness in terms of both
investment and running costs. When
we talk about investment, it is not just
the pure equipment investment that
matters;
other important factors are:
Building costs.
Consequential costs for
recirculation facilities
Consequential costs for power
supply
Efficiency of the cooling and
power supply facilities
Consumption values and costs for
operating equipment
Monitoring, service and repair
costs
Timely efficiency in relation to
processing speed and the period from
data provision to data output.
202 | Cooling HDCS
Knürr® DCL
Modular Rack Cooling from 6 kW to 60 kW
Availability
N +1 fan redundancy.
Multi-level "fail-safe" controller.
Comprehensive alarm and
monitoring functions.
Automatic emergency door
opening
Rack cooling enables you to expand server performance without interfering with existing room cooling.
The design of Knürr DCL is built on the three principles:
Adaptability
Two "room neutral" architectures
for all power density
Can be retrofitted easily on site.
Various combinations
from up to four server racks.
Efficiency
Minimizes power consumption
with controlled EC fans.
Long freecooling periods due to
large dimensioned heat exchanger.
Knürr DCL with DCM rack
Knürr® DCL
Cooling HDCS | 203
Knürr® DCL
204 | Cooling HDCS
Knürr® DCL Benefits
Availability
An essential requirement for data center
operators is to ensure uninterrupted availability.
Knürr guarantees this by means of:
– Embedded controller hardware guaranteeing
autonomous continued operation of the
control system in the event of a component
failure.
– Access control and data security guaranteed
by means of HTTPS and SNMP V3.
– Alarm management can be integrated
into DCIM (Data Center Infrastructure
Management).
Efficiency
Given current competition, no data center
operator can leave the costs issue to chance.
Anyone who only thinks about the upfront costs
or wants to cut costs at the expense of reliability
will be in for unpleasant surprises later on.
– Greater power density in the data center
results in better use of space and reduced
building costs.
– High cold-water supply temperature increases
the proportion of free cooling during cold-
water generation and improves the energy
efficiency rating (EER) of the chiller.
– Low air-side pressure loss reduces the power
consumption of the fans.
Adaptability
The modular DCL design accommodates
frequently changing requirements:
– Two room-neutral cooling architectures for
medium- to high-power density.
– Simple retrofitting on site.
– A number of combinations with up to 4 server
racks to choose from.
Simple fan replacement
Knürr DCM® server rack for cooling with Knürr® DCL, Liebert®;
integrated power distribution modules and cable management.
Embedded controller
Knürr® DCL fans
Switchover between a 2 and 3-way valve
Detail of the DCL data center
Knürr® DCL
Cooling HDCS | 205
Knürr® DCL
Configurations
Knürr® DCL – L Knürr® DCL – H Knürr® DCL – R
DCL-L facilitates efficient rack cooling from 1 to 4 server racks
Air flow completely contained in rack
or in the row.
No thermal load or air flow in the room for
greatly reduced noise levels.
Comprehensive separation of IT equipment
and IT room; precisely controlled cooling air
temperature.
No special room requirements; raised floor
not necessary.
Hybrid configuration: Containt warm air
and cold air supplied to the room.
Cooling devices and racks are open at the
front and closed at the rear.
No thermal load in room; warm air
contained within racks.
Cold air distribution throughout the room;
cold air reserve available in the event of
cooling failure.
A better alternative to hot aisle
containment.
Raised floor not required.
Aisle cooling device for SmartAisle
cold aisle containment.
State of the art controller.
Switching to Knürr DCL-L or DCL-H can be
done simply by changing the doors.
Knürr® DCL-L with one-sided connection to Knürr DCM®Knürr® DCL-H with one-sided connection to Knürr DCM®Knürr® DCL-R with one-sided connection to Knürr DCM®
*Flow diagram
*Flow diagram
*Flow diagram
* Diagrams show horizontal cross-section from above.
Knürr® DCL
206 | Cooling HDCS
Knürr® DCL
Basic Specifications
Cooling power levels/specification Knürr® DCL 30 kW Knürr® DCL 34 kW
Product name Knürr® DCL for rack cooling Knürr® DCL30L Knürr® DCL34L
Product name Knürr® DCL for hybrid solution Knürr® DCL30H Knürr® DCL34H
Product name Knürr® DCL for aisle cooling Knürr® DCL30R Knürr® DCL34R
Nominal cooling power* 30 kW 34 kW
Volume flow rate of air 5000 m3/h 6000 m3/h
Volume flow rate of water 4.5 m3/h 5.0 m3/h
Max. water pressure 10 bar (145 PSI) 10 bar (145 PSI)
Number of fans 5 6
Max. power consumption of fans 5 x 170 W 6 x 170 W
Dimensions
Height 2000 mm 2200 mm
Width 300 mm
Depth
DCL-L 1.200 mm - 1.300 mm
DCL-H 1.100 mm - 1.300 mm
DCL-R 1.000 mm - 1.300 mm
* when cooled at a water temperature of 16/22 °C and air inlet temperature of 43 °C
Knürr® DCL with Knürr® DCM
Knürr® DCL
Cooling HDCS | 207
Knürr® DCL
Order number
Model number – Part 1/2 Detail of model Part 2/2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
D C L 3 0 L
D C L 3 4 H
D C L 3 0 R
1. – 3. DCL (Modular Rack Cooling for Data Centers)
DCL – Knürr® DCL
4. – 5.
Nominal Cooling Capacity
30 – 30 kW (height 2000 mm / 42 U)
34 – 34 kW (height 2200 mm / 47 U)
6.
Application
L – Cooling with closed cold-air circulation (without side panels)
H – Hybrid cooling (open in the front; closed at the rear - without side panels)
R – Cooling with perforated doors (with side panels)
7.
Depth
1 – 1000 mm (only for DCL-R version)
R – 1100 mm (not for DCL-L version)
2 – 1200 mm
H – 1300 mm
8.
Rollers and Ramp for Transport
0 – No rollers (2 devices on one pallet)
D – Transport rollers (one device on one pallet with ramp)
9.
Power Connection
2 – 230 V AC 1-phase 50/60 Hz CE
4 – 230 V AC 1-phase 50/60 Hz CE with A/B switching
2 – 230 V AC 1-phase 50/60 Hz 2-pole CE
B – 230 V AC 1-phase 50/60 Hz 2-pole CE with A/B switching
10.
Water Connection and Heat Exchanger Redundancy
Z – Water connection, bottom
Y – Water connection, top
9 – Water connection, top and bottom
V – Redundant water connection, bottom (external valve)
11.
Filter (only for DCL-R)
N – No filter
A – MERV 1 (not possible for 1000mm depth)
C – MERV 1, filter monitoring (not possible for 1000mm depth)
12.
Screen Display
0 – Without
Y – 145cm display (5.7"); touchscreen
13.
Preparation for Automatic Door Opening
0 – Not prepared
1 – Prepared for one rack with automatic door opener
2 – Prepared for two racks with automatic door opener
3 – Prepared for three racks with automatic door opener
4 – Prepared for four racks with automatic door opener
14.
Cooling Water Monitoring / Condensate Pump
0 – Without
T – Temperature sensor inlet flow / return flow
4 – Heat meter
5 – Condensate pump
6 – Temperature sensor inlet flow / return flow + condensate pump
7 – Heat meter + condensate pump
15.
Environmental Monitoring
0 – Without
S – Smoke detection
H – Humidity monitoring
B – Smoke detection and humidity monitoring
16.
Color
1 – RAL 7021, (dark-grey)
G – RAL 7035, (light-grey)
2 – No standard color
17. – 18. Free (for Future Use)
19.
Communication Interface
0 – Standard / always available (HTTPS, SSH, MODBUS TCP, SNMP - to V3)
D – Digital input / output (8/4)
M – Modbus RTU
B – Bacnet
V – 4 digital input / output + Modbus RTU
W – 4 digital input / output + Bacnet
20.
Server Rack Monitoring (Accessory Kit)
0 – Without
1 – Door contacts 1 rack
2 – Door contacts 2 racks
A – Door contacts 3 racks
B – Door contacts 4 racks
3 – 2 x temperature sensors 1 rack
4 – 2 x 2 temperature sensors 2 racks
C – 3 x 2 temperature sensors 3 racks
D – 4 x 2 temperature sensors 4 racks
7 – Door contacts + temperature sensors 1 rack
8 – Door contacts + temperature sensors 2 racks
E – Door contacts + temperature sensors 3 racks
F – Door contacts + temperature sensors 4 racks
21.
Packaging
P = Land freight – short distance (pallet, shrink film, cardboard protection)
S = Sea freight (air freight) – large distance (wooden crate)
22.
Special Note
A = No special customer request to be confirmed by contractor;
standard device
X = Includes special customer request to be confirmed by contractor
23. – 25. Manufacturer's Configuration Number
Knürr® DCL
208 | Cooling HDCS
Knürr® DCD
Cooling Door for Maximum Energy Efficiency
ENP DCD is an air-water heat exchanger that is integrated in the rear
door of a server rack. The heat exchanger is designed to absorb heat loads
of up to 35kW from server racks.
Compact solution for new and existing data centers.
Highest possible energy efficiency with shortage of fans.
Supports cold-room concept.
Permanent water circulation piping can be routed through
water-carrying hinges.
Opened Knürr® DCD
Knürr® DCD
Cooling HDCS | 209
Knürr® DCD
210 | Cooling HDCS
Knürr® DCD Benefits
Availability
– No additional fans are required for cooling; fan
failure is no longer an issue.
– System is highly reliable.
– Fewer sources of failure.
– No additional fans needed; thus no heat is
wasted.
– Guaranteed 35kW cooling.
– Minimal air pressure drop for cooling air.
– Conduit and collector for condensate water
in the event of the temperature dropping
below dew point. Condensate water is
discharged via a flexible 5/8" hose attached to
a male coupling.
Efficiency
– Optimal space utilization through ultra com-
pact design and hence very low room costs.
– Lowest possible pressure loss in water cooling
circulation: only 54 kPa minimizes energy
consumption of pumps.
– Minimal pressure loss in cooling air flow
through optimized heat exchanger structure
and linear air paths without bends: no energy
costs incurred by additional fan for cooling
unit.
Adaptability
– Standard heights for 2000 and 2200 mm
(42 / 47U).
– Standard widths 600, 700 and 800mm.
– Top or bottom cold-water connection
(field can be adjusted).
– Using a special adapter frame, the Knürr® DCD
cooling door is compatible with server racks
from other manufacturers.
Special water-bearing hinge Water-connection fitting for the top
35Pa can be handled in servers with typical fans
Condensation-water discharge
fittings
Condensate pan
Pressure drop (Pa)
Air flow (cfm)
Pressure drop (in H2O)
Air flow (m3/h)
Lighting
Electrical losses
Air circulation
Cooling
IT equipment
10 0
6
20
24
50
28
10
10 0
PUE = 2
10 0
6
20
24
50
28
10
10 0
PUE = 1.2
Knürr® DCD
Cooling HDCS | 211
Knürr® DCL
Configurations
Knürr® DCD open without trim Server rack cooling components with Knürr® DCD cooling door Server rack air flow with Knürr DCL (cross-section)
Knürr® DCD/DCM
Basic Specifications
Cooling-air side
Housing material Sheet steel (powder-coated)
Operating ambient temperature 10 ° C ÷ 35 ° C (50 ° F - 95 ° F) (other temperatures available upon on request)
Max. absolute humidity on site 8 g/kg
Air outlet temperature (as per ASHARE) 18 ° C ÷ 27 ° C (64.4 ° F - 80.6 ° F)
Air temperature difference - OFF 15 K ÷ 20 K
Cold-water side
Cooling power 35 kW
Cold water inlet temperature 12 ° C ÷ 18 ° C (53.6 ° F - 64.4 ° F) (other temperatures available upon on request)
Cold water outlet temperature 18 ° C ÷ 24 ° C (64.4 ° F - 75.2 ° F) (other temperatures available upon on request)
Max. operating pressure 10 bar (145 psi)
Pipe connection IN / OUT 1" female (on frame) (DIN ISO 228-1)
Knürr® DCD
212 | Cooling HDCS
Knürr® DCD
Configuration number
Model number – Part 1/2 Detail of model Part 2/2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
D C D 3 5
1. – 3. DCD (ENP DCD)
DCD – Data Center Door
4. – 5. Nominal cooling capacity
30 – 35 kW
6.
Rack height
A – 2,000 mm (78 – 6/8")
B – 2,100 mm (82 – 5/8")
C – 2,200 mm (86 – 5/8")
7.
Rack width
6 – 600 mm (23 – 5/8")
7 – 700 mm (27 – 4/8")
8 – 800 mm (31 – 4/8")
8.
Rack type
A – Prepared for DCM rack (separatelly ordered)
3 – 3rd party rack adapter
0 – No rack
9.
CW connection – hinge possition
1 – top left
2 – top right
3 – bottom left
4 – bottom right
10. Options
0 – No options (N/A at the moment)
11. – 15. Not in use
0 – No options (N/A at the moment)
16.
Color
1 – RAL 7035 (light-grey)
G – RAL 7021 (black-grey)
17. – 20. Not in use
0 – No options (N/A at the moment)
21.
Packaging
P – Landfreight – short distance (Shrink wrap, pallet, cardboard)
S – Long distance (Seafreight) – (Wooden crate)
0 – No packaging (only when Digit 8 = A)
22.
SFA – special features
A – Standard unit
X – SFAs included
23. – 25. Factory configuration number
Knürr® DCD
Cooling HDCS | 213
Rack cooling accessories
Rack Cooling Accessories
H [mm] D [mm] Description Order No.
2000 1000-1100 Internal side panel front, right H2000 D1000 - 1100 dark-grey 080130708
2000 1200-1300 Internal side panel front, right H2000 D1200 - 1300 dark-grey 080130718
2200 1000-1100 Internal side panel front, right H2200 D1000 - 1100 dark-grey 080130808
2200 1200-1300 Internal side panel front, right H2200 D1200 - 1300 dark-grey 080130818
2000 1000-1100 Internal side panel front, left H2000 D1000 - 1100 dark-grey 080130728
2000 1200-1300 Internal side panel front, left H2000 D1200 - 1300 dark-grey 080130738
2200 1000-1100 Internal side panel front, left H2200 D1000 - 1100 dark-grey 080130828
2200 1200-1300 Internal side panel front, left H2200 D1200 - 1300 dark-grey 080130838
2000 1000 Internal side panel rear, right H2000 D1000 dark-grey 080130748
2000 1100-1200 Internal side panel rear, right H2000 D1100 - 1200 dark-grey 080130758
2000 1300 Internal side panel rear, right H2000 D1300 dark-grey 080130768
2200 1000 Internal side panel rear, right H2200 D1000 dark-grey 080130848
2200 1100-1200 Internal side panel rear, right H2200 D1100 - 1200 dark-grey 080130858
2200 1300 Internal side panel rear, right H2200 D1300 dark-grey 080130868
2000 1000 Internal side panel rear, left H2000 D1000 dark-grey 080130778
2000 1100-1200 Internal side panel rear, left H2000 D1100 - 1200 dark-grey 080130788
2000 1300 Internal side panel rear, left H2000 D1300 dark-grey 080130798
2200 1000 Internal side panel rear, left H2200 D1000 dark-grey 080130878
2200 1100-1200 Internal side panel rear, left H2200 D1100 - 1200 dark-grey 080130888
2200 1300 Internal side panel rear, left H2200 D1300 dark-grey 080130898
Knürr® DCL Partition Panels
Knürr® DCL / DCM Add-on Kit
Application
– Used for changing air flow rate.
Application
– Connects and seals the DCL and DCM racks.
Consists of
– Connection plates, vertical sealing strips,
horizontal sealing strip.
Description Order No.
Add-on kit DCL / DCM 080134530
Material
– Sheet steel, 1.0 mm.
Color
– Powder coated texture, RAL 7021, dark-grey.
Material
– Metal plate, plastic extrusion strips, foam
strips.
214 | Cooling HDCS
Knürr® Chilled Water Connecting Kit
Application
– Simple connection to water circulation,
simple start-up.
Consists of
– Two flexible armored tubes, stainless steel
plated, water-resistant and frost-resistant
EPDM. Nickel-plated pipe connections.
Temperature range
– 0 – 110° C.
Operating pressure
– Max. 10 bar.
Inner diameter
– 31 mm.
Connections
– Threaded connection, 1 1/4"(or 1"),
flat sealing.
Length
– 1500 mm.
Ball valve connections
– 1 1/4" (or 1").
Shut-off and control valves with 3/4" draining and
purging connection and a nipple for measuring
pressure and temperature.
Connections: 1 1/4" (or 1").
Description Order No.
Cold-water connection kit 5/4" (for DCL) 080090910
Cold-water connection kit 1" (for CoolTherm and DCD) 080090660
To the cooling-
water system
return flow
inlet flow
Draining and purging valve with nipple for measurement device
connection (3/4", female) (for measuring water flow rate)
Shut-off and control valves
(to set the volumetric flow rate)
Ball valve
Knürr® DCL Plinth
Application
– For installing lower cold-water connection
without a raised floor.
Material
– Sheet steel, 1.0 mm.
H [mm] D [mm] Description Order No.
100 1000 Plinth H100 D1000 dark-grey 011479838
100 1100 Plinth H100 D1100 dark-grey 011479848
100 1200 Plinth H100 D1200 dark-grey 011479858
100 1300 Plinth H100 D1300 dark-grey 011479868
100 1000 Plinth H100 D1000 light-grey 011479831
100 1100 Plinth H100 D1100 light-grey 011479841
100 1200 Plinth H100 D1200 light-grey 011479851
100 1300 Plinth H100 D1300 light-grey 011479861
200 1000 Plinth H200 D1000 dark-grey 011479788
200 1100 Plinth H200 D1100 dark-grey 011479798
200 1200 Plinth H200 D1200 dark-grey 011479808
200 1300 Plinth H200 D1300 dark-grey 011479818
200 1000 Plinth H200 D1000 light-grey 011479781
200 1100 Plinth H200 D1100 light-grey 011479791
200 1200 Plinth H200 D1200 light-grey 011479801
200 1300 Plinth H200 D1300 light-grey 011479811
Color
– Powder-coated,
RAL 7021 - dark-grey,
RAL 7035 - light-grey.
Rack cooling accessories
Cooling HDCS | 215
Rack cooling accessories
Knürr® Additional Temperature Sensor Kit
Application
– For installing the remote temperature measur-
ing point (e. g. in SmartAisle containment).
Description Order No.
Temperature sensor 400006856
Analog sensor module 400006853
Temperature sensor with cable and plug
Sensor module
Consists of
– Sensor module, temperature sensor with
cable and plug.
Knürr PowerTrans2®
216 | Power Distribution Rack
The Knürr PowerTrans2 forms the interface between the low-voltage
power supply and rack PDUs as well as further components for supplying
servers and other IT devices.
Rack basics: connecting the Knürr DCM rack and the existing PowerTrans2
19" plug-in units simply involves slotting the elements into a free slot and
securing them. The rack is then immediately connected to the power supply.
The power is distributed via the individual slot-in units, avoiding installation
within the building.
Features
The Knürr PowerTrans2 has a
modular design with a versatile
plug-in units that can be used as
required.
Plug and Play:
Only the main feed must be
installed by a qualified electrician.
The plug-in units can be inserted
during operation; there are no
downtimes.
Elementary model:
Power distribution unit
without metering.
Metered version:
Power distribution unit offers
extensive metering functions
with a high level of accuracy
(up to ±1 %).
Highest power density:
up to max. 346 kVA.
Knürr PowerTrans2®
Power Distribution Rack
Input Power
Max. 250 A per phase.
1 ph. or 3 ph. feed.
Max. 2 feeds per rack.
Output Distributor
230/400V – 32A via IEC 60309 socket.
230/400V – 16A via GST 18 socket.
230V – 32A via IEC 60309 socket.
230V – 16A via GST18 socket.
Modularity
Output distributors can be installed
as modules during running operation.
Monitoring
Input level.
1 2 3 4 5
10.3A
119.5V
4.32kW
5.17kVA
1-1
IP
1 2 3 4 5
10.3A
119.5V
4.32kW
5.17kVA
1-1
1 2 3 4 5
10.3A
119.5V
4.32kW
5.17kVA
1-1
IP
1 2 3 4 5
10.3A
119.5V
4.32kW
5.17kVA
1-1
1 2 3 4 5
10.3A
119.5V
4.32kW
5.17kVA
1-1
IP
1 2 3 4 5
10.3A
119.5V
4.32kW
5.17kVA
1-1
1 2 3 4 5
10.3A
119.5V
4.32kW
5.17kVA
1-1
IP
1 2 3 4 5
10.3A
119.5V
4.32kW
5.17kVA
1-1
PowerTrans2: 19" slot-in
Knürr PowerTrans2®
Power Distribution Rack | 217
Liebert® APM™ UPS
system
Power distribution rack
Knürr PowerTrans2®
Feed B
Feed A
MPX adaptive rack PDUs
Knürr PowerTrans2®
Power distribution unit between
Liebert® APM™ UPS system and MPX rack PDUs
Benefits
Two feeds (A + B) available for each rack.
Optimum power distribution from the Liebert® APM™ UPS system to the MPX
rack PDUs.
Each phase input from the Knürr PowerTrans2® is monitored and evaluated.
The PowerTrans2 Basic can be populated with a maximum of 9 plug-in units,
while the metered version can be populated with a maximum of 8 plug-in
units.
Minimal footprint due to a rack width of 600 mm.
Knürr PowerTrans2®
218 | Power Distribution Rack
Knürr PowerTrans2® 19" Power Distribution Rack
Elementary and Monitored type
– Feed of 2 separate 3-phase 400V mains, L1,
L2, L3, N, PE.
– Each with a 250 A circuit breaker in the input.
– Distribution to the individual plugs via busbars
and contact-safe plug-in connections.
– Up to 8 (Monitored) / 9 (Elementary) slot-in
units where A feed and B feed are possible.
Monitored type
– Provides the following phase-input data:
voltage, current, effective power, consump-
tion and frequency.
– Power alarm functions for the individual
phases and their operating status are also
supported.
Technical data Interfaces
– RJ-45 LAN port (10/100 MBit) – for connecting
to local network (LAN) via an Ethernet cable.
– Serial interface: RS485.
– Remote management: Onboard Web
Interface, SNMPv1,2,3, SSH and Syslog can
be integrated into Nform & Trellis as well as
Nagios or other management software
programs.
Material / Finish
– Basic rack, extruded aluminum, polished.
– Corner piece, die-cast aluminum, polished.
– Perforated front door.
– Rear door, double, closed.
– Covers, zinc-passivated sheet steel,
powder-coated texture.
Color
– RAL 7021 dark-gray.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x rack with covers, front door, rear door.
– 1 x set of safe-contact busbars, for A feed
and B feed.
– 2 x circuit breakers, max. 250 A.
– 16 x (Monitored type) / 18 x (Elementary
type) power supply plugs for the slot-in units
wired on the busbars.
– 1 x 19" PowerTrans2 metering slot-in unit
(Monitored type).
– 2 x 19" T-slot extrusions.
– 18 x chassis runners.
– 1 x complete earthing set.
Knürr PowerTrans2
W H D U Model Cable entry Order No. UP
600 2000 1000 42 Elementary Below 03.014.600.8.004 1
600 2000 1100 42 Elementary Below 03.014.600.8.005 1
600 2000 1200 42 Elementary Below 03.014.600.8.006 1
600 2200 1000 47 Elementary Below 03.014.600.8.010 1
600 2200 1100 47 Elementary Below 03.014.600.8.011 1
600 2200 1200 47 Elementary Below 03.014.600.8.012 1
600 2000 1000 42 Monitored Below 03.014.601.8.004 1
600 2000 1100 42 Monitored Below 03.014.601.8.005 1
600 2000 1200 42 Monitored Below 03.014.601.8.006 1
600 2200 1000 47 Monitored Below 03.014.601.8.010 1
600 2200 1100 47 Monitored Below 03.014.601.8.011 1
600 2200 1200 47 Monitored Below 03.014.601.8.012 1
600 2000 1000 42 Elementary Above 03.014.602.8.004 1
600 2000 1100 42 Elementary Above 03.014.602.8.005 1
600 2000 1200 42 Elementary Above 03.014.602.8.006 1
600 2200 1000 47 Elementary Above 03.014.602.8.010 1
600 2200 1100 47 Elementary Above 03.014.602.8.011 1
600 2200 1200 47 Elementary Above 03.014.602.8.012 1
600 2000 1000 42 Monitored Above 03.014.603.8.004 1
600 2000 1100 42 Monitored Above 03.014.603.8.005 1
600 2000 1200 42 Monitored Above 03.014.603.8.006 1
600 2200 1000 47 Monitored Above 03.014.603.8.010 1
600 2200 1100 47 Monitored Above 03.014.603.8.011 1
600 2200 1200 47 Monitored Above 03.014.603.8.012 1
Knürr PowerTrans2®
Power Distribution Rack | 219
Knürr PowerTrans2® 19" Slot-in Power Distributor
Knürr PowerTrans2® Connection Cable
– Power distributor slot-in for PowerTrans2 rack.
– Also functions without PowerTrans2 rack
if used with a suitable connection cable.
– 19" slot-in housing.
– Width 19".
– Height: 3 U.
– Connection cable between
19" power distributor slot-in and rack PDUs
– Depth: 480 mm.
– Color: RAL 7021 dark-gray.
– 2 separate 3-phase inputs with
max. 63 A phase current (feed A + feed B).
– Outputs are shown in the table below.
– Backups: 1-pole (for single-phase) or
3-pole (for 3-phase). 2-pole or 4-pole backups
aviable upon request.
Inputs Outputs Order No.
Phase tap
per feed
Feed A Feed B
L1-N, L2-N, L3-N 6 x 230Vac 16 A GST 18i3 6 x 230Vac 16 A GST 18i3 03.014.011.8.002
L1-N, L2-N 2 x 230Vac 32 A IEC60309 1ph/N/PE 6h 2 x 230Vac 32 A IEC60309 1ph/N/PE 6h 03.014.011.8.005
L2-N, L3-N 2 x 230Vac 32 A IEC60309 1ph/N/PE 6h 2 x 230Vac 32 A IEC60309 1ph/N/PE 6h 03.014.011.8.006
L3-N, L1-N 2 x 230Vac 32 A IEC60309 1ph/N/PE 6h 2 x 230Vac 32 A IEC60309 1ph/N/PE 6h 03.014.011.8.007
L1-N, L2-N, L3-N 3 x 230/400Vac 3 x16 A GST18i5 3 x 230/400Vac 3 x 16 A GST18i5 03.014.012.8.002
L1-N, L2-N, L3-N 2 x 230/400Vac 3 x 32 A IEC60309
3ph/N/PE 6h
2 x 230/400Vac 3 x 32 A IEC60309
3ph/N/PE 6h 03.014.012.8.003
Length Input connector Output socket Order No.
5000 230Vac 16 A GST 18i3 230Vac 16 A IEC60320 C19 03.014.013.9.001
5000 230Vac 16 A GST 18i3 230Vac 16 A IEC60309 1ph/N/PE 6h 03.014.013.9.003
5000 230/400Vac 3 x 16 A GST 18i5 230/400Vac 3 x 16 A IEC60309 3ph/N/PE 6h 03.014.014.9,001
5000 230Vac 32 A IEC60309 1ph/N/PE 6h 230Vac 32 A IEC60309 1ph/N/PE 6h On request
5000 230/400Vac 3 x 32 A IEC60309 3ph/N/PE 6h 230/400Vac 3 x 32 A IEC60309 3ph/N/PE 6h 03.014.014.9.003
10000 230VAc 16 A GST 18i3 230VAc 16 A IEC60320 C19 03.014.013.9.002
10000 230Vac 16 A GST 18i3 230Vac 16 A IEC60309 1ph/N/PE 6h 03.014.013.9.004
10000 230/400Vac 3 x 16 A GST 18i5 230/400Vac 3 x 16 A IEC60309 3ph/N/PE 6h 03.014.014.9.002
10000 230Vac 32 A IEC60309 1ph/N/PE 6h 230Vac 32 A IEC60309 1ph/N/PE 6h On request
10000 230/400Vac 3 x 32 A IEC60309 3ph/N/PE 6h 230/400Vac 3 x 32 A IEC60309 3ph/N/PE 6h 03.014.014.9.004
PowerTrans2
220 | Rack PDUs
Rack PDUs MPX, MPH2 and MPE
Your product range for the highest data center demands
The key aspects of this product range are:
High availability for connected electrical loads.
Optimized energy and capacity management.
Simplified integration into management tools.
Simplified physical and electrical installation.
Overview: Emerson Network Power Rack PDUs for Europe
MPX-Adaptive Rack PDU MPH2-Managed Rack PDU MPE Rack PDU
Features MPX-R MPX-B MPX-E MPH2-R MPH2-M MPH2-C MPH2-B MPE
Modular
Remote
interface *
Measurement
per phase *
Measurement
per group
Measurement
per output
Switching
per output
Measurement
parameters
A, V, W, kWh, VA,
Hz, power factor,
crest factor
A, V, W, kWh, VA,
Hz, power factor A, V, W, kWh, Hz
A, V, W, kWh, VA,
Hz, power factor,
crest factor
A,V,W,kWh, VA,
Hz, power factor,
crest factor
A,V,W,kWh, VA,
Hz, power factor
A,V,W,kWh, VA,
Hz, power factor
Input 1 ph + 3 ph
max. 63 A
1 ph + 3 ph
max. 63 A
1 ph + 3 ph
max. 63 A
1 ph + 3 ph
max. 32 A
1 ph + 3 ph
max. 32 A
1 ph + 3 ph
max. 32 A
1 ph + 3 ph
max. 32 A
1 ph + 3 ph
max. 63 A
Outputs IEC C13 & C19
Schuko
IEC C13 & C19
Schuko
IEC C13 & C19
Schuko Switzerland
GST18
IEC C13 & C19 IEC C13 & C19 IEC C13 & C19 IEC C13 & C19 IEC C13 & C19
Schuko
Sensor
connections *
The range of MPX and MPH2 accessories is almost identical, which simplifies administration!
* Only in conjunction with MPX-PEM monitored.
Emerson Network Power – Power Distribution Units
Rack PDUs | 221
Emerson Network Power – Power Distribution Units
DI-STRIP® Socket System
Your product range to cover basic requirements in all areas
The key aspects of this product range are:
Robust design with the highest level of quality.
Cost effective thanks to flexible and simple assembly.
Numerous designs for all application areas in IT, network
technology, laboratories, and in the home.
Overview: Emerson Network Power DI-STRIP for Europe
Features DI-STRIP® RM DI-STRIP® M DI-STRIP® E
Local display
Remote interface
Measurement per phase
Measurement parameters A A
Input 1 ph + 3 ph
max. 16 A
1 ph + 3 ph
max. 16 A
1 ph + 3 ph
max. 16 A
Outputs IEC C13 & C19 Schuko, France, Switzerland IEC C13 & C19 Schuko, France, Switzerland IEC C13 & C19 Schuko, France, Switzerland
222 | Rack PDUs
MPX™
No-one can make definite predictions about the power-supply demands the future will bring. But one thing is cer-
tain: the versatile, adaptive MPX rack PDUs equip you with the wherewithal to face all eventualities. They enable
you to react quickly to changes in rack equipment and provide dynamic capacities, offering:
Modular hot-swap-enabled output power
Modular hot-swap-enabled communication
Modular input power.
Developed for critical environments
Critical rack operating temperature – of up to 60° C suitable for high
temperatures inside racks.
Accurate voltage and current metering with tolerances of ±1 % offer a
comprehensive overview.
Energy and power metered with outstanding precision all the way through
to output level.
Extensive alert function; including notification before failure occurs.
Monitoring of environment conditions including alerts and alarms.
Notification upon failure or if individual components are removed.
Modular input power.
Can be reconfigured for altered power demands; sin-
gle-phase and three-phase input.
Module can be fitted on top or at the bottom.
Hot-swap-enabled
output module
Simple
implementation for
quick start-up of IT
equipment.
Outputs and
modules
Outputs can be
controlled and measured
remotely thereby
increasing flexibility and
on-site security.
MPX™ – Adaptive Rack PDU
Respond to change and maximize profits
Benefits of MPX
Adaptive capacity, distribution,
monitoring, control and administra-
tion of critical equipment.
Flexibility in reacting to constant
changes – modules can be regrouped
to accommodate altered require-
ments.
Only purchase what you really need
and utilize existing investments.
Reliable communication.
Flexible, configurable input and
output distribution
The scalable design of the MPX rack
PDU allows on-site configuration that
meets the current requirements of the
IT equipment. It is the perfect solution
for coping with the ever increasing de-
mands of expanding data centers. You
can set up your IT equipment at an-
other location or add new components
to extend your environment. All you
need to do in this case is simply recon-
figure the power supply and the power
distribution.
Equipped to face the demands of
today and tomorrow
The MPX rack PDU supports a variety of
configurations for single-phase and
three-phase power inputs enabling
changes while retaining the distribu-
tion infrastructure.
Rack PDUs | 223
BDM™ local display module
Extended diagnostic functionality;
customer-convenient display. Features
include detailed information about alerts
and specific labeling for outputs.
Communication module (RPC2):
Installed in the power input module and
offers an extendable interface for network
communication, sensors and the local
display.
SN sensors:
Consolidates environmental monitoring of temperature,
humidity and potential-free input contacts with the power
supply at rack level.
Power-rail spacer:
Reserves unused space until needed for
an MPX™ module.
The busbar (MPX™ PRC):
Serves as power and communication
distribution for all supported
modules. Available in two heights to
accommodate different rack heights.
Input module (MPX™ PEM):
Routes the input power to the busbar system of the
Elementary model (without RPC2™) and the version with
input metering (includes pre-installed RPC2™).
Output module (MPX™ BRM):
Provides overload protection by distributing power to individual
servers. Available functions: Elementary, Branch Metering and
Output Metering with switch function.
MPX™
224 | Rack PDUs
MPX™
Benefits of the modular MPX rack PDU
Heat resistant up to 60° C ensuring reliable operation in the warm aisle.
Modular hot-swap-enabled output module, controller card and sensors;
can be exchanged or updated during operation.
Special switch relay (normally closed); connected servers have an
uninterrupted power supply even in the event of failure.
Redundant power supply for control electronics.
Fixed databus on the busbar.
Complete data tapping on the Power Entry Module (PEM) without any
additional external monitoring devices.
Proactive alert by additional metering of the neutral conductor and
crest factor (assessment of network quality facilitating early detection of
power-supply unit failures).
All modules configured in line with requirements (patented quick-mount
fitting for safe installation).
One busbar for different networks and power levels – input module can
be freely selected. All other components are "hot-swap-enabled" when
running operation.
Mobile display for reading all MPX data on the rack.
Optical slot-space display (easy server slot-space identification at the push
of a button).
Power feed of max. 3 x 63 A; optimal for Blade server applications.
Only one IP address for up to 4 rails with 24 modules.
Plug and Play for numerous sensors.
Extensive monitoring with a metering accuracy of ±1% right through to
output level.
Module and sensor autodetect function with operating software.
Minimal power loss for MPX systems.
Featuring High Availability
Maximum Flexibility and Scalability
Highest Possible Power Levels in all Areas
INPUT POWER
Configurable: 20 to 60 A (USA);
16 to 63A (EU).
Single-phase and three-phase.
Cable routing possible from
above and below.
OUTPUT DISTRIBUTOR
Scalable, combination-compatible
and can be replaced during
operation
Single-phase NEMA 5-20R, IEC-C13,
IEC-C19, Schuko, Switzerland,
GST18.
Load balance.
MODULARITY
Input modules.
Output modules.
External display.
External sensors.
RPC2 communication card.
MONITORING
Three levels: Input level,
module level, output level.
Temperature and humidity.
Door contacts and floating break
input contacts.
REMOTE CONTROLLED SOCKETS
Socket level.
MPX™
Rack PDUs | 225
MPX™
Busbar (MPXT PRC)
Distributes power and
communication signals
to all modules.
Output module
e. g. Elementary
(MPX BRM)
Input module
(MPX PEM)
Routes input power and
data (depending on the
module type) to the
busbar system.
Branch-Monitored
output module
(MPX BRM)
Spacer for busbars
Fills unused gaps until a
Liebert MPX module is
upgraded.
Output module
Receptacle Managed
The MPX modular rack PDU consists
of various components. The basic
element is a busbar, which is respon-
sible for the power and communica-
tion distribution to the individual
modules. The input power is routed
via the MPX Power Entry Module
(MPX PEM) to the MPX system.
Different output modules (MPX
Branch Receptacle Modules, MPX
BRM) are available depending on
requirements. Four different variants
can be set up depending on the com-
ponent population of the busbars:
1. MPX Elementary
Modular basic power distribution with-
out metering and control function. An
upgrade to another equipment model
is quick and easy.
2. MPX Elementary Phase
Monitored
Modular power distribution with meter-
ing on input. An upgrade to a superor-
dinate line is possible by populating
with appropriate output modules.
3. Branch-Monitored MPX
Modular power distribution with meter-
ing on input and each output module.
An upgrade or downgrade to another
line is possible if installed with
appropriate output modules.
4. Receptacle Managed MPX
Modular power distribution with input,
metering, each output module and
each output. Individual outputs can
also be switched on and off remotely.
A downgrade to another line is possible
if installed with the appropriate output
modules.
A combination of the "Elementary
Phase Monitored", "Branch-Monitored"
and "Receptacle Managed" lines on a
shared busbar is also possible and is one
of the exceptional features of the MPX.
Interfaces for the network communi-
cation, sensors and/or local display are
provided by the Rack PDU Card (RPC)
in the MPX PEM. The RPC Card enables
connection to an optional RPC Basic
Display Module (RPC BDM) to display
local status and alerts.
MPX™
Four equipment models for different requirements
226 | Rack PDUs
MPX™ – Configuration models in Europe
Four equipment models
Order number
MPX™
Elementary MPX™
Elementary
Phase-Monitored
MPX™
Branch-Monitored MPX™
Receptacle Managed
Busbar
Length 1035 MPXPRC-V1035XXX
Length 1880 MPXPRC-V1880XXX
Length 2144 MPXPRC-V2146XXX
Input Modules
1ph 16A fest MPXPEM-EHABXS30
1ph 32A fixed* MPXPEM-EHAEXQ30
MPXPEM-EHABXQ30
3ph 16A fixed MPXPEM-EHAEXT30
MPXPEM-EHABXT30
3ph 32A fixed MPXPEM-EHAEXR30
MPXPEM-EHABXR30
3ph 63A fixed MPXPEM-EHBEXZ30
MPXPEM-EHBBXZ30
Elementary
Output Modules
IEC-C13 L1 MPXBRM-EEBC7N1N
IEC-C13 L2 MPXBRM-EEBC7N2N
IEC-C13 L3 MPXBRM-EEBC7N3N
IEC-C19 L1 MPXBRM-EEBC4O1N
IEC-C19 L2 MPXBRM-EEBC4O2N
IEC-C19 L3 MPXBRM-EEBC4O3N
Schuko L1 MPXBRM-EEBC3P1N
Schuko L2 MPXBRM-EEBC3P2N
Schuko L3 MPXBRM-EEBC3P3N
Switzerland T23 MPXBRM-EEBC4S1N
Switzerland T23 MPXBRM-EEBC4S2N
Switzerland T23 MPXBRM-EEBC4S3N
GST18 MPXBRM-EEBC9U1N
GST18 MPXBRM-EEBC9U2N
GST18 MPXBRM-EEBC9U3N
Branch-Monitored
Output Modules
IEC-C13 L1 MPXBRM-EBBC6N1N
Upgrade possible
IEC-C13 L2 MPXBRM-EBBC6N2N
IEC-C13 L3 MPXBRM-EBBC6N3N
IEC-C19 L1 MPXBRM-EBBC4O1N
IEC-C19 L2 MPXBRM-EBBC4O2N
IEC-C19 L3 MPXBRM-EBBC4O3N
Schuko L1 MPXBRM-EBBC3P1N
Schuko L2 MPXBRM-EBBC3P2N
Schuko L3 MPXBRM-EBBC3P3N
Receptacle Managed
Output Modules
IEC-C13 L1 MPXBRM-ERBC6N1N
IEC-C13 L2 MPXBRM-ERBC6N2N
IEC-C13 L3 MPXBRM-ERBC6N3N
IEC-C19 L1 MPXBRM-ERBC4O1N
IEC-C19 L2 MPXBRM-ERBC4O2N
IEC-C19 L3 MPXBRM-ERBC4O3N
Schuko L1 MPXBRM-ERBC3P1N
Schuko L2 MPXBRM-ERBC3P2N
Schuko L3 MPXBRM-ERBC3P3N
Sensors
1xTemp. SN-Z01
3xTemp. SN-Z02
3xT. + 1xHum SN-Z03
1xTemp. Mod. SN-T
Temp/Hum Mod. SN-TH
2xDoor Mod. SN-2D
3xInput Mod. SN-3C
External Display RPCBDM-1000
Different combinations available
*Note: One-phase input modules can only be populated with L1 modules.
MPX™
Rack PDUs | 227
MPX™
Elementary and Monitored type
– The MPX PEM is fixed on the MPX PRC and
provides the connection to the power supply.
– Fixed-connection cable; 3 m long.
– With IEC60309 plug, 1Ph/N/PE 6h blue,
3Ph/N/PE 6h red.
Monitored type
– The MPX PEM provides connection to the
databus for data communication.
– Integrated RPC2 communication card enables
remote monitoring and maintenance of the
MPX modules.
– Provides the following phase-input data:
voltage, current, effective power, consumption
and frequency.
– Power alarm functions for individual phases and
their operating status are also supported.
– Further important features: Three displays
inform the user on the current status of
each individual input. An acoustic alarm is
activated at certain overload conditions.
– The communication card centralizes the
MPXs local and remote administration.
– Serves as the connection point for versatile
support options and devices, such as the display
module (RPC BDM), various sensors and
connection to other MPX™ or MPH2™ systems,
for example.
– Has RJ-45 ports for all connections (except USB
port) and does not require any special cabling.
Technical Data Interfaces:
– RJ-45 LAN port (10/100 MBit) – for local
network (LAN) connection via an Ethernet
cable.
– Expansion / administration port for local
configuration using a computer / laptop,
for creating a link-up of several PDUs
(MPX or MPH).
– Serial interface RS232.
– Display port for connecting the RPC BDM
(display module).
– External sensor port for connecting optional
sensors.
– Remote management: Onboard Web
interface, CLI, SNMPv1,2,3, SSH, Telnet Syslog,
compatible with Avocent ACS, UMG & MPU,
SiteScan, DSView, Rack Power Manager,
Nform & Trellis as well as Nagios or other
management software programs.
– Authentication: local, remote: Active
Directory, LDAP, TACACS, Radius, Kerberos.
– Encryption: MD5, AES, DES.
Material / Finish
– Enclosure: aluminum.
– Cover: sheet steel.
– Power contacts: silver-plated.
– Databus contacts: gold-plated
(only Monitored type)
Dimensions
– Width: 75 mm.
– Height: 65 mm.
– Feed cable: 3 m.
Color
– Enclosure: aluminum/RAL7021 dark-gray
Certification
– CE label in accordance with
Low Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC.
– EMC Directive 2004/108/EC.
– BV BG.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x MPX PEM power input module.
– Including connection cable.
– Including RPC2 communication card
(only Monitored type).
MPX™ – Input Module/Power Supply
DOS20153
L W H Feed Load rating Type Order No. UP
220 75 65 Fixed 230 VAC, max. 32 A Elementary MPXPEM-EHAEXQ30 1 unit
220 75 65 Fixed 230/400 VAC, max. 16 A Elementary MPXPEM-EHAEXT30 1 unit
220 75 65 Fixed 230/400 VAC, max. 32 A Elementary MPXPEM-EHAEXR30 1 unit
266 75 65 Fixed 230/400 VAC, max. 63 A Elementary MPXPEM-EHBEXZ30 1 unit
220 75 65 Fixed 230VAC,max.16A Monitored MPXPEM-EHABXS30 1 unit
220 75 65 Fixed 230 VAC, max. 32 A Monitored MPXPEM-EHABXQ30 1 unit
220 75 65 Fixed 230/400 VAC, max. 16 A Monitored MPXPEM-EHABXT30 1 unit
220 75 65 Fixed 230/400 VAC, max. 32 A Monitored MPXPEM-EHABXR30 1 unit
266 75 65 Fixed 230/400 VAC, max. 63 A Monitored MPXPEM-EHBBXZ30 1 unit
Dimensions in mm: Conversion:
W = Width n = Number of sockets U = Standard rack unit 1 mm = 0.03937 inch
H = Height F1 = Standard side panel 1 U = 44.45 mm 1 kg = 2.2046 pounds
L = Length F2 = Design side panel UP = Packaging unit
S = Switch 19" = ideal for 19" components Safe = child-proof
Replace .x with the number of the color combination you require: .1 = RAL 7035, .6 = RAL 7035/RAL 2003
228 | Rack PDUs
MPX™ BRM – Output Module
L n Outputs Load rating per output Phase tap Type Order No. UP
266 7 IEC320 C 13 10 A L1 E MPXBRM-EEBC7N1N 1 unit
266 7 IEC320 C 13 10 A L2 E MPXBRM-EEBC7N2N 1 unit
266 7 IEC320 C 13 10 A L3 E MPXBRM-EEBC7N3N 1 unit
266 4 IEC320 C 19 16 A L1 E MPXBRM-EEBC4O1N 1 unit
266 4 IEC320 C 19 16 A L2 E MPXBRM-EEBC4O2N 1 unit
266 4 IEC320 C 19 16 A L3 E MPXBRM-EEBC4O3N 1 unit
266 3 Schuko CEE 7/4 16 A L1 E MPXBRM-EEBC3P1N 1 unit
266 3 Schuko CEE 7/4 16 A L2 E MPXBRM-EEBC3P2N 1 unit
266 3 Schuko CEE 7/4 16 A L3 E MPXBRM-EEBC3P3N 1 unit
266 4 Switzerland T23 16 A L1 E MPXBRM-EEBC4S1N 1 unit
266 4 Switzerland T23 16 A L2 E MPXBRM-EEBC4S2N 1 unit
266 4 Switzerland T23 16 A L3 E MPXBRM-EEBC4S3N 1 unit
266 9 GST18 3-pole 16 A L1 E MPXBRM-EEBC9U1N 1 unit
266 9 GST18 3-pole 16 A L2 E MPXBRM-EEBC9U2N 1 unit
266 9 GST18 3-pole 16 A L3 E MPXBRM-EEBC9U3N 1 unit
266 6 IEC320 C 13 10 A L1 B MPXBRM-EBBC6N1N 1 unit
266 6 IEC320 C 13 10 A L2 B MPXBRM-EBBC6N2N 1 unit
266 6 IEC320 C 13 10 A L3 B MPXBRM-EBBC6N3N 1 unit
266 4 IEC320 C 19 16 A L1 B MPXBRM-EBBC4O1N 1 unit
266 4 IEC320 C 19 16 A L2 B MPXBRM-EBBC4O2N 1 unit
266 4 IEC320 C 19 16 A L3 B MPXBRM-EBBC4O3N 1 unit
266 3 Schuko CEE 7/4 16 A L1 B MPXBRM-EBBC3P1N 1 unit
266 3 Schuko CEE 7/4 16 A L2 B MPXBRM-EBBC3P2N 1 unit
266 3 Schuko CEE 7/4 16 A L3 B MPXBRM-EBBC3P3N 1 unit
266 6 IEC320 C 13 10 A L1 R MPXBRM-ERBC6N1N 1 unit
266 6 IEC320 C 13 10 A L2 R MPXBRM-ERBC6N2N 1 unit
266 6 IEC320 C 13 10 A L3 R MPXBRM-ERBC6N3N 1 unit
266 4 IEC320 C 19 16 A L1 R MPXBRM-ERBC4O1N 1 unit
266 4 IEC320 C 19 16 A L2 R MPXBRM-ERBC4O2N 1 unit
266 4 IEC320 C 19 16 A L3 R MPXBRM-ERBC4O3N 1 unit
266 3 Schuko CEE 7/4 16 A L1 R MPXBRM-ERBC3P1N 1 unit
266 3 Schuko CEE 7/4 16 A L2 R MPXBRM-ERBC3P2N 1 unit
266 3 Schuko CEE 7/4 16 A L3 R MPXBRM-ERBC3P3N 1 unit
– The MPX BRM enables the distribution
to the individual consumers.
– Each module taps a color-coded phase.
– All modules are protected against overload
with a 20 A circuit breaker.
– Modules can be exchanged during operation
thereby facilitating user-specific installation
without having to shut down the MPX.
– Up to 3 BRM output modules can be installed on
a 1,035mm PRC busbar; up to 6 BRM output
modules can be installed on a 1,880mm PRC
busbar.
Material / Finish
– Enclosure: aluminum.
– Cover: sheet steel.
– Power contacts: sliver-plated.
– Databus contacts: gold-plated
(only type B and R).
Dimensions
– Width: 75 mm.
– Height: 65 mm.
Color
– Enclosure: aluminum/RAL7021 dark-gray
Certification
– CE label in accordance with Low Voltage
Directive 2006/95/EC.
– EMC Directive 2004/108/EC.
– BV BG.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x MPX PEM power output module.
– 1 x instruction manual.
DOS20153
Type E – Elementary
– Module for power distribution via respective
outputs.
Type B – Branch-Monitored
– Module for power distribution via respective
outputs with metering function on module
level.
– The MPX BRMs have LED ID indicator which
identifies every module with a number.
– Modules are administered in the software.
– Provides the following metered readings:
voltage, current, power, apparent power, kWh
and power factor.
– Power alarm functions and operating status are
supported.
Type R – Receptacle Managed:
– Module for power distribution via respective
outputs with metering function on module level
and output level.
– The MPX BRMs have LED ID indicator which
identifies every module with a number.
– Modules are administered in the software.
– Provides the following metered readings:
voltage, current, power, apparent power, kWh,
frequency, power factor and crest factor.
– Power alarm functions and operating status are
supported.
– Individual outputs can be switched on and off
remotely.
MPX™
Rack PDUs | 229
MPX™
– The MPX PRC is the basic element of the
MPX power distribution unit.
– Power and data transfer buses are integrated
across the entire length of the MP PRC.
– The MPX BRMs (output modules) and the MPX
PEM (power input module) are fixed on the MPX
PRC and, depending on the type, facilitate the
modules' power feed, output, monitoring and
management.
Material / Finish
– Busbar housing: aluminum.
– Busbars: copper.
– Databus: gold-plated.
Dimensions
– Width: 68 mm.
– Height: 24 mm.
Color
– Enclosure: aluminum.
Approvals
– CE label in accordance with Low Voltage
Directive 2006/95/EC.
– EMC Directive 2004/108/EC.
– BV BG.
Load rating
– Max. current: 3 x 63 A.
– Nominal voltage (L-N / L-L): 230 / 400 VAC.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x MPX PRC - power distribution unit /
communication bus.
– 1 x mounting kit.
– These sensors are designed for tool-less
installation in a Knürr Miracle / DCM rack, and is
also compatible with all other rack types.
– "Fixed" type sensors are attached to a cable.
– "Modular" type sensors can be connected to the
delivered cable.
– Plugged into the RPC-1000 or RPC2
communication card.
– Several sensors can be connected in rows.
– Automatically displayed in the MPX/MPH/
MPH2/IMS software.
– Temperature measurement range: 5 – 60° C.
– Accuracy: ± 0.5° C.
– Humidity measurement range: 10 – 95 %.
– Accuracy: ± 3.5 %.
MPX™ PRC – Power Distribution Unit / Communication Bus
MPX™/MPH™/MPH2™/IMS™ – Sensors
DOS20153
L W H U Model Order No. UP
1035 68 24 23 1 PEM (220 mm) + 3 BRM MPXPRC-V1035XXX 1 unit
1880 68 24 42 1 PEM (220/266 mm) + 6 BRM MPXPRC-V1880XXX 1 unit
2144 68 24 1 PEM (220/266 mm) +7 BRM MPXPRC-V2146XXX 1 unit
Cable length Type Model Order No. UP
3660 Fixed Temperature sensor, single SN-Z01 1 unit
5180 Fixed Temperature sensor, triple SN-Z02 1 unit
5180 Fixed Temperature sensor, triple + humidity sensor, single SN-Z03 1 unit
2000 Modular Temperature sensor, single SN-T 1 unit
2000 Modular Temperature sensor, single + humidity sensor, single SN-TH 1 unit
2000 Modular 2 x door contact - input module* SN-2D 1 unit
2000 Modular 3 x digital input SN-3C 1 unit
* Suitable door contact switch: Order no.: 06.108.115.9
DOS20153
Note
Sensors are not required for operating the MPX
or MPH, MPH2, IMS. However, a communication
card is needed.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x sensor with connection cable.
– 1 x instruction manual.
230 | Rack PDUs
RPC BDM - 1000 Display Module
BRM Power-Distribution Cable-Holder Clip Set
SafetySleeve™ Cable Protection IEC C19
SafetySleeve™ Cable Protection IEC C13
– Provides the local display of the monitored
data for all connected MPX/MPH/MPH2/IMS
systems.
– Operated with a navigation switch.
– Connected via a cable with the RPC, enabling
the user to place the displays where they can be
easily read in the given local space conditions.
– An individual display can be used for up to
four MPX/MPH/MPH2/IMS PDUs, which are all
connected in a PDU array.
Note
The display module is not required when
operating the MPX or MPH, MPH2, IMS.
However, a communication card is needed.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x RPCBDM-1000 display module.
– 1 x connection cable 2 m.
– 1 x mounting kit.
– Cable clips provide strain relief
for the feed lines of the network equipment.
– Cable clips are suitable for most IEC-C13 socket
plugs with a raised edge. (Must be checked for
suitability).
– Cable clips are sold in sets of 18 units.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x cable holder set (18 units).
How supplied
– In sets.
Note
– Optimal function only with cable connector
04.000.051.9.
– Can only be used with MPXBRM-EBBC6NxN
and MPXBRM-ERBC6NxN (x = 1 ,2, 3).
– SafetySleeves protect the feed lines of the
network equipment.
– They can be used on all C19 cables and fit onto
all PDUs.
Material / Finish
– PVC, black.
– SafetySleeves protect the feed lines of the
network equipment.
– They can be used on all C13 cables and fit onto
all PDUs.
Material / Finish
– PVC, black.
DOS20153
DOS20444
395
Order No. UP
RPCBDM-1000 1 unit
Order No. UP
03.910.216.9 1 unit
Model Order No. UP
C20 plug in C19 socket 03.910.212.9 001 20 unit
Model Order No. UP
C14 plug in C13 socket 03.910.213.9 001 50 unit
DOS20493
DOS20494
MPX™
Rack PDUs | 231
RPC2
RPC2 Communication Module for MPX, MPH2 and IMS
– For retrofitting to existing MPX , MPH and IMS
products.
– The communication card can be upgraded
during operation.
Technical Data Interfaces
– RJ-45 LAN port (10/100 MBit) – for local
network (LAN) connection via an Ethernet
cable.
– Expansion / administration port for local
configuration using a computer / laptop,
for creating a link-up of several PDUs
(MPX, MPH2 or IMS).
– Serial interface RS232.
– Display port for connecting the RPC BDM
(display module).
– External sensor port for connecting optional
sensors.
– Remote management: Onboard Web
interface, CLI, SNMPv1,2,3, SSH, Telnet Syslog,
compatible with Avocent ACS, UMG & MPU,
SiteScan, DSView, Rack Power Manager,
Nform & Trellis as well as Nagios or other
management software programs.
– Authentication: local, remote: Active
Directory, LDAP, TACACS, Radius, Kerberos.
– Encryption: MD5, AES, DES.
RPC2-KIT
Order No. UP
RPC2-KIT 1 unit
232 | Rack PDUs
The MPH2™ Managed Rack PDU is a power supply system with monitoring and control functions. The MPH2™
offers outstanding features such as easy rack-integration and management architecture as well as optimum
availability and energy efficiency.
MPH2™ savings for a typical data center
MPH2™ – Managed Rack PDU
Monitoring and Control
Four MPH2™ versions are available:
Model/functions MPHR MPHM MPHC MPHB
Input / Group measurement
Output measurement
Output switching
Benefits of MPH2™
Monitors several parameters with defined thresholds
and alarm tools.
Monitors and controls individual outputs
and/or load and appliance groups.
A variety of measurements allow you to predict failing
conditions before they occur and proactively manage
connected equipment for maximum uptime.
Energy and power metering maximize the data center
power and cooling infrastructure.
Lowest power consumption of all switched-rack PDUs
lowers power costs and thermal load.
Up to four rack MPH2™ PDUs can be connected in a
Rack PDU Array™ thereby consolidating user-specific IP
connections and equipment monitoring.
Developed for critical environments
Industry-leading operating temperature of up to
60° C suitable for high temperatures inside racks.
Bistable relays ensure basic power supply even when
shortfalls occur elsewhere.
Accurate voltage and current metering up to outlet
level with ±1% tolerances deliver reliable results.
Extensive alarm functions including notification when
an overload occurs in individual groups.
Monitoring of environment conditions
(temperature, humidity and input contacts) with
alerts and alarms.
Notification upon failure or if loads are removed in
individual racks.
Typical rack PDU
with 24 outputs MPH2™
Power consumption of PDU
(in Watt) 20 5
Annual energy consumption
of PDU (kWh) 176 44
Total proportion of the data cen-
ter's energy consumption (kWh)* 333 83
Energy saving 75 %
Compared with a Switched Rack-PDU model
for a typical data center with a 1.9 PUE.
* according to Energy Logic calculations
333
kWh
Typical rack PDU MPH2TM
75 % cost saving
83
MPH2™
INPUT POWER
16 to 32A (EU).
Single-phase and three-phase.
OUTPUT DISTRIBUTOR
IEC C13 and IEC C19.
Combination systems.
MODULARITY
Communication card.
External display.
External sensors.
MONITORING
Three various levels: Input level, group level,
output level
Temperature and humidity.
Door contacts and potential-free input contacts.
REMOTE CONTROLLED SOCKETS
Socket level.
MPH2™
234 | Rack PDUs
Highest availability levels
Modular communications card; can be replaced during
operation. This simplifies maintenance and increases
the level of availability.
Bistable relays in switchable designs; the server's power
supply is ensured even during outages.
Software-controlled overload protection – affected
outputs are switched off before the advance fuse is
activated.
Additional metering of the neutral conductor and of
the crest factor; possible faults that cause switch-off are
detected in advance.
Leading technology in many areas
Operating temperatures of up to 60 °C allow secure
operation in the warm aisle.
Metering accuracy of ± 1 % ensures reliable
measurement results.
Power losses of approx. 5W, even in switchable models,
reducing electricity costs and minimizing the thermal
load.
MPH2™
Benefits
Industry-leading management properties
An integrated local display and an optional external
display facilitates flexible local management.
Onboard web interface and CLI/SSH interface; suitable
for both Windows and Linux administration.
A variety of authentication options and encrypted
protocols ensure integration into Enterprise Security
architectures.
SNMPv3 and IPv6 support so that current requirements,
particularly from the public sector, can be satisfied.
Simple integration into ENP solutions
Can be delivered pre-installed in Knürr racks to save
time and costs during installation in the data center.
Serial integration into Avocent UMG, ACS and MPU
guarantees redundant management access to the
MPH2.
Integration into ENP software solutions; the MPH2 is an
integral part of a comprehensive DCIM solution with
monitoring and control functions.
MPH2™
Rack PDUs | 235
Ultra-flat circuit breakers:
Compact construction; minimizes
space requirements in the rack.
Cable and fixed wiring options:
Flexible power distribution; input-cable
can be connected locally.
Communications module (RPC2™):
Offers extendable interfaces for network
communication, sensors and local display.
Flexible network cable input:
Simplifies installation in the rack PDU.
Integrated display:
Provides easy access to important
information on the rack.
Connection cable with locking mechanism
Prevents IT cables from being accidentally
disconnected.
Special tool-less Knürr DCM rack
fixture:
Lowers installation costs and extra space in
rack for cables and other components.
BDM™ local display module
Extended diagnostic functionality;
user-friendly display. Features include
detailed information about alerts and
specific labeling for outputs.
SN sensors:
Consolidates environmental monitoring of
temperature, humidity and potential-free input
contacts with the power supply at rack level.
MPH2™
Colored clamps:
Colored labeling of supply.
236 | Rack PDUs
RPC2
The rack PDUs MPH2™ and MPX™ as well as the in-line metering system MPXIMS™ can be managed both locally
and remotely.
Power data and sensor data are recorded
Conventional standardized protocols are used to ensure secure data transfer, management, and authentication.
As such, the products can be easily integrated into any existing network and any system architecture.
Integrated standard displays on the DiStrip RM and
MPH2™ show all the key information required at the rack.
The optional local display BDM for the MPH2™ or MPX™
can be mounted in different locations depending on where
it can be read most easily.
Remote communication thanks to the modular hot-
swappable RPC2™ card ensures seamless expansion
options and easy servicing
Support for up to four PDUs within a single rack
PDU Array™: Minimizes the number of IP addresses
required.
Support for up to ten ambient sensors: Consolidates
power and environment monitoring at rack level.
Support for Web UI and CLI, with SSL and SSH:
Windows, Linux, and network administrators can use
their preferred form of communication with the rack
PDU.
Support for all conventional remote authentication
and encryption protocols: Products can be seamlessly
integrated into an existing security infrastructure.
Support for SNMP v1, v2, and v3: Allows for secure
communication via network management systems.
Support for IPv4 and IPv6: Future-proof IP support
for rack PDUs.
Data logging: All data is saved automatically, ensuring
easy troubleshooting without the need for additional
external management software.
Flexible Local or Remote Management
Power management with the following functions:
Snapshot of all electrical parameters at output, group,
phase, and general level.
Snapshot of the status and the measured values from
the ambient sensor.
Threshold configuration, alerts, and messages.
Control of individual outputs and groups.
Status information and configuration of all outputs.
Network management settings.
To enable central management of all rack PDUs within a
data center, the following software packages are available:
Avocent Rack Power Manager, which includes access
and control functions to easily manage and monitor
your PDUs.
Trellis Express, which provides a comprehensive view of
the devices in the data center.
Liebert Sitescan.
Liebert NFORM, which provides an overview of the
health status of relatively small to medium data centers.
Rack Power Manager boasts state-of-the-art monitoring
functions and allows intelligent server grouping over
multiple racks. You also benefit from customized reports
and scheduled standard reports, and have the option to
define thresholds for real-time alarms. As such, you obtain
high-quality information about the power supply
infrastructure of your data center, thereby allowing you to
make full use of the investment in PDUs.
Easy Integration into DCIM Systems
Rack PDUs | 237
RPC2
The rack PDUs MPX™, MPH2™, and MPXIMS™ can be fully integrated into the industry-leading KVM systems,
serial consoles, and infrastructure management systems from Emerson Network Power.
Make the Most of Your Rack PDU Investment
Integration into Avocent® Advanced Console Server,
MergePoint™ Unity KVM Switches and Universal
Management Gateway Appliances offers the following
advantages:
Rack PDUs are integrated into the out-of-band
management solution.
Rack PDUs become part of a consolidated
access and control solution.
The number of IP addresses required for
managing the rack PDUs is minimized.
Integration into the management software
Avocent DSView™ 4, in which all data center
management functions are compiled on a
consolidated interface, allows for seamless
control of the data center for 24/7 operation.
The software provides secure, centralized out-of-
band management of all connected IT and network
devices in complex and geographically dispersed data centers.
DSView4 and rack PDUs together ensure:
Consolidated access to server control and the related access
control.
Easy assignment of IT equipment to the relevant rack PDU
outputs.
Power costs are measured and monitored.
Historical data is checked in capacity and consumption
reports.
The Trellis™ platform is a pioneering DCIM innovation
from Emerson Network Power. It not only reduces IT risks
but also increases operational efficiency, meaning it solves
current problems and prepares you for the future.
The real-time visualization, monitoring of the power
supply, and mobile access provided by the Trellis™
platform allow you to:
reduce inefficiencies without interrupting current
processes.
postpone investments as you make better use of
existing resources, thereby improving the operating
profit.
improve Service Level Agreements with complete
transparency throughout the infrastructure.
gain a better insight into the data center and thus i
mprove overall efficiency.
Integration into the clear, easy-to-install Liebert NFORM
status monitoring software ensures the following:
Rack PDUs are part of a consolidated monitoring
solution for data center infrastructure.
Virtually any component in critical support equipment
can be monitored.
Alerts and automatic actions in the event of a fault.
Event management.
Integration into the scalable Liebert SiteScan® building
infrastructure management software ensures the
following:
Rack PDUs are part of a consolidated monitoring
solution for data center infrastructure.
Virtually any component in critical support equipment
can be monitored and controlled.
Data analysis and trend reports.
Event management.
238 | Rack PDUs
MPH2™
– The MPH2 is a power distribution unit for IT racks which provides metering
of electrical values. Depending on the model, individual outputs can also be
remote-controlled.
– The integrated RPC2 communications card allows you to connect up to
4 MPH2 / MPX™ units as well as monitor and maintain all connected units
remotely. Up to 10 sensors (temperature, air humidity, door contacts as
well as potential-free input contacts) can be connected.
– The MPH2™ unit has an integrated display. In addition, the optional
external RPCBDM-1000 display module can easily be connected and
mounted on the rack.
– Special cables with locking mechanisms can be connected to the outputs.
– Depending on the model, the connecting cable for the MPH2 is attached to
the housing (cable length 3m), also permitting a connecting cable can be
connected on site (model with connection unit).
– Remote management: Onboard Web Interface, CLI, SNMPv1,2,3, SSH,
Telnet, integratable into Avocent ACS, UMG & MPU, DSView, Rack Power
Manager, Nform & Trellis as well as Nagios or other management software
programs.
– Authentication: local, remote: active directory, LDAP, TACACS, Radius,
Kerberos. Encryption: MD5, AES, DES.
– Measurement parameters: Current (A), voltage (V), real power (W),
apparent power (VA), consumption (kWh), power factor, frequency and
crest factor (only tapes M and R). Accuracy: ±1% (V, A).
MPH2™
MPH2™ models
– MPH2™ B – Metering per phase and per group (only models with
>16 A input power).
– MPH2™ C – Metering per phase and per group (only models with
>16 A input power). Each output can also be individually switched
remotely.
– MPH2™ M – Metering per phase and per group (only models with
>16 A input power) and per output.
– MPH2™ R – Metering per phase and per group (only models with
>16 A input power) and per output. Each output can also be individually
switched remotely.
Material / finish / color
– Closed housing, aluminum profile, finely textured powder-coated top
(RAL 7021), Vampamid 6 0024 V0 (UL94) recyclable plastic parts, finely
textured and colored (RAL 9005).
Mechanical dimensions
– Vertical models:
Width x Depth x Length (mm): 56 x 50 x (see table).
– Horizontal models:
Width x Depth x Length (mm): 482,6 (440) x 250 x 44.
Certification
– CE label in accordance with Low Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC.
– EMC Directive 2004/108/EC.
– BV BG.
Scope of delivery
– MPH2™ rack PDU.
– Standard mounting bracket.
– Safety instructions.
– Quickstart guide.
Rack PDUs | 239
MPH2™ Types
for Europe
Type Input Values Input Connector Outputs Length Order Number
Voltage Current C13 C19 (mm)
B 230V 16A C20 inlet 17 2 916.5 MPHB3241
B 230V 16A C20 inlet 21 916.5 MPHB3141
B 230V 16A C20 inlet 30 6 1736.5 MPHB1241
B 230V 16A IEC 60309 16A 1P+N+G 17 2 916.5 MPHB3242
B 230V 16A IEC 60309 16A 1P+N+G 21 916.5 MPHB3142
B 230V 16A IEC 60309 16A 1P+N+G 30 6 1736.5 MPHB1242
B 230V 32A IEC 60309 32A 1P+N+G 30 6 1736.5 MPHB1243
B 230V 32A Connection unit 30 6 1736.5 MPHB1260
B 230/400V 3 x 16A IEC 60309 16A 3P+N+G 30 6 1736.5 MPHB1244
B 230/400V 3 x 32A IEC 60309 32A 3P+N+G 42 1826.5 MPHB1545
B 230/400V 3 x 32A IEC 60309 32A 3P+N+G 18 12 1826.5 MPHB1345
B 230/400V 3 x 32A IEC 60309 32A 3P+N+G 30 6 1826.5 MPHB1245
B 230/400V 3 x 32A Connection unit 42 1826.5 MPHB1562
B 230/400V 3 x 32A Connection unit 18 12 1826.5 MPHB1362
B 230/400V 3 x 32A Connection unit 30 6 1826.5 MPHB1262
C 230V 16A C20 inlet 8 916.5 MPHC3341
C 230V 16A C20 inlet 16 1004 MPHC3141
C 230V 16A C20 inlet 18 6 1736.5 MPHC1141
C 230V 16A C20 inlet 24 1736.5 MPHC1241
C 230V 16A IEC 60309 16A 1P+N+G 18 6 1736.5 MPHC1142
C 230V 16A IEC 60309 16A 1P+N+G 24 1736.5 MPHC1242
C 230V 16A IEC 60309 16A 1P+N+G 16 1004 MPHC3142
C 230V 32A IEC 60309 32A 1P+N+G 18 6 1736.5 MPHC1143
C 230V 32 A IEC 60309 32 A 1P+N+G 24 1736.5 MPHC1243
C 230V 32 A Connection unit 18 6 1736.5 MPHC1160
C 230V 32 A Connection unit 24 1736.5 MPHC1260
C 230/400V 3 x 16 A IEC 60309 16 A 3P+N+G 18 6 1736.5 MPHC1144
C 230/400V 3 x 16 A IEC 60309 16 A 3P+N+G 24 1736.5 MPHC1244
C 230/400V 3 x 16 A Connection unit 18 6 1736.5 MPHC1161
C 230/400V 3 x 16 A Connection unit 24 1736.5 MPHC1261
C 230/400V 3 x 32 A IEC 60309 32 A 3P+N+G 18 6 1736.5 MPHC1145
C 230/400V 3 x 32 A IEC 60309 32 A 3P+N+G 24 1736.5 MPHC1245
C 230/400V 3 x 32 A IEC 60309 32 A 3P+N+G 6 12 1736.5 MPHC1345
C 230/400V 3 x 32 A Connection unit 18 6 1736.5 MPHC1162
C 230/400V 3 x 32 A Connection unit 24 1736.5 MPHC1262
C 230/400V 3 x 32 A Connection unit 6 12 1736.5 MPHC1362
M 230V 16 A C20 inlet 8 916.5 MPHM3341
M 230V 16 A IEC 60309 16 A 1P+N+G 8 916.5 MPHM3342
M 230V 16 A C20 inlet 16 1004 MPHM3141
M 230V 16 A C20 inlet 18 6 1736.5 MPHM1141
M 230V 16 A C20 inlet 24 1736.5 MPHM1241
M 230V 16 A IEC 60309 16 A 1P+N+G 18 6 1736.5 MPHM1142
M 230V 16 A IEC 60309 16 A 1P+N+G 24 1736.5 MPHM1242
M 230V 16 A IEC 60309 16 A 1P+N+G 16 1004 MPHM3142
M 230V 32 A IEC 60309 32 A 1P+N+G 18 6 1736.5 MPHM1143
M 230V 32 A IEC 60309 32 A 1P+N+G 24 1736.5 MPHM1243
M 230V 32 A Connection unit 18 6 1736.5 MPHM1160
M 230V 32 A Connection unit 24 1736.5 MPHM1260
M 230/400V 3 x 16 A IEC 60309 16 A 3P+N+G 18 6 1736.5 MPHM1144
M 230/400V 3 x 16 A IEC 60309 16 A 3P+N+G 24 1736.5 MPHM1244
M 230/400V 3 x 16 A Connection unit 18 6 1736.5 MPHM1161
MPH2™
Model/functions MPHR MPHM MPHC MPHB
Input / Group measurement
Output measurement
Output switching
Vertical models
Emerson Network Power Rack PDUs
240 | Rack PDUs
Hotizontal models
Type Input Values Input Connector Outputs Order Number
Voltage Current C13 C19
B 230V 16 A C20 inlet 12 MPHB2141
B 230V 16 A C20 inlet 8 2 MPHB2341
B 230V 32 A IEC 60309 32A 1P+N+G 12 MPHB2143
B 230V 32 A IEC 60309 32A 1P+N+G 8 2 MPHB2343
B 230/400V 3 x 16 A IEC 60309 16A 3P+N+G 12 MPHB2144
B 230/400V 3 x 16 A IEC 60309 16A 3P+N+G 2 6 MPHB2244
B 230/400V 3 x 32 A IEC 60309 32A 3P+N+G 2 6 MPHB2245
M 230V 16 A C20 inlet 9 MPHM2141
M 230V 16 A C20 inlet 6 2 MPHM2441
M 230V 32 A IEC 60309 32A 1P+N+G 9 MPHM2143
M 230V 32 A IEC 60309 32A 1P+N+G 6 2 MPHM2443
M 230/400V 3 x 16 A IEC 60309 16A 3P+N+G 9 MPHM2144
M 230/400V 3 x 16 A IEC 60309 16A 3P+N+G 2 6 MPHM2344
M 230/400V 3 x 32 A IEC 60309 32A 3P+N+G 2 6 MPHM2345
R 230V 16 A C20 inlet 9 MPHR2141
R 230V 16 A C20 inlet 6 2 MPHR2441
R 230V 32 A IEC 60309 32A 1P+N+G 9 MPHR2143
R 230V 32 A IEC 60309 32A 1P+N+G 6 2 MPHR2443
R 230/400V 3 x 16 A IEC 60309 16A 3P+N+G 9 MPHR2144
R 230/400V 3 x 16 A IEC 60309 16A 3P+N+G 2 6 MPHR2344
R 230/400V 3 x 32 A IEC 60309 32A 3P+N+G 2 6 MPHR2345
Type Input Values Input Connector Outputs Length Order Number
Voltage Current C13 C19 (mm)
M 230/400V 3 x 16 A Connection unit 24 1736.5 MPHM1261
M 230/400V 3 x 32 A IEC 60309 32 A 3P+N+G 18 6 1736.5 MPHM1145
M 230/400V 3 x 32 A IEC 60309 32 A 3P+N+G 24 1736.5 MPHM1245
M 230/400V 3 x 32 A IEC 60309 32 A 3P+N+G 6 12 1736.5 MPHM1345
M 230/400V 3 x 32 A Connection unit 18 6 1736.5 MPHM1162
M 230/400V 3 x 32 A Connection unit 24 1736.5 MPHM1262
M 230/400V 3 x 32 A Connection unit 6 12 1736.5 MPHM1362
R 230V 16 A C20 inlet 8 916.5 MPHR3341
R 230V 16 A IEC 60309 16 A 1P+N+G 8 916.5 MPHR3342
R 230V 16 A C20 inlet 16 1004 MPHR3141
R 230V 16 A C20 inlet 18 6 1736.5 MPHR1141
R 230V 16 A C20 inlet 24 1736.5 MPHR1241
R 230V 16 A IEC 60309 16 A 1P+N+G 18 6 1736.5 MPHR1142
R 230V 16 A IEC 60309 16 A 1P+N+G 24 1736.5 MPHR1242
R 230V 16 A IEC 60309 16 A 1P+N+G 16 1004 MPHR3142
R 230V 32 A IEC 60309 32 A 1P+N+G 18 6 1736.5 MPHR1143
R 230V 32 A IEC 60309 32 A 1P+N+G 24 1736.5 MPHR1243
R 230V 32 A Connection unit 18 6 1736.5 MPHR1160
R 230V 32 A Connection unit 24 1736.5 MPHR1260
R 230/400V 3 x 16 A IEC 60309 16 A 3P+N+G 18 6 1736.5 MPHR1144
R 230/400V 3 x 16 A IEC 60309 16 A 3P+N+G 24 1736.5 MPHR1244
R 230/400V 3 x 16 A Connection unit 18 6 1736.5 MPHR1161
R 230/400V 3 x 16 A Connection unit 24 1736.5 MPHR1261
R 230/400V 3 x 32 A IEC 60309 32 A 3P+N+G 18 6 1736.5 MPHR1145
R 230/400V 3 x 32 A IEC 60309 32 A 3P+N+G 24 1736.5 MPHR1245
R 230/400V 3 x 32 A IEC 60309 32 A 3P+N+G 6 12 1736.5 MPHR1345
R 230/400V 3 x 32 A Connection unit 18 6 1736.5 MPHR1162
R 230/400V 3 x 32 A Connection unit 24 1736.5 MPHR1262
R 230/400V 3 x 32 A Connection unit 6 12 1736.5 MPHR1362
Rack PDUs | 241
MPH2™
DOS20153
– These sensors are designed for tool-less
installation in a Knürr Miracle / DCM rack, but
is also compatible with all other rack types.
– "Fixed" type sensors are attached to a cable.
– "Modular" type sensors can be connected to the
delivered cable.
– Plugged into the RPC-1000 or RPC2
communication card.
– Several sensors can be connected in rows.
– Automatically displayed in the MPX/MPH/
MPH2/IMS software.
– Temperature measurement range: 5 – 55° C.
– Accuracy: ± 0.5° C.
– Humidity measurement range: 10 – 95 %.
– Accuracy: ± 3.5 %.
Note
The sensors are not required for operating
the MPX or MPH, MPH2, IMS. However, a
communication card is needed.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x sensor with connection cable.
– 1 x instruction manual.
DOS20153
– Provides the local display of the monitored
data for all connected MPX/MPH/MPH2/IMS
systems.
– Operated with a navigation switch.
– Connected via a cable with the RPC, enabling
the user to place the displays where needed in
the given local space conditions.
– An individual display can be used for up to
four MPX/MPH/MPH2/IMS PDUs, which are all
connected in a PDU array.
Note
The display module is not required for operating
the MPX or MPH, MPH2, IMS. However, a
communication card is needed.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x RPCBDM-1000 display module.
– 1 x connection cable 2 m.
– 1 x mounting kit.
MPX™/MPH™/MPH2™/IMS™ – Sensors
Cable length Type Model Order No. UP
3660 Fixed Temperature sensor, single SN-Z01 1 unit
5180 Fixed Temperature sensor, triple SN-Z02 1 unit
5180 Fixed Temperature sensor, triple + humidity sensor, single SN-Z03 1 unit
2000 Modular Temperature sensor, single SN-T 1 unit
2000 Modular Temperature sensor, single + humidity sensor, single SN-TH 1 unit
2000 Modular 2 x door contact - input module* SN-2D 1 unit
2000 Modular 3 x digital input SN-3C 1 unit
* Suitable door contact switch: Order no.: 06.108.115.9
Liebert RPC BDM - 1000 Display Module
Order No. UP
RPCBDM-1000 1 unit
242 | Rack PDUs
– Connection cables have
integrated protection against
accidental disconnection.
– For straight locking from C14 to C13.
– Locking cables are sold in sets of 9 units.
Technical data
– Standard: IEC 60320.
– Load rating: 250 Vac/10 A.
– Operating temperature: -25° C ~ +70° C.
– Extraction force with locking function:
up to 120 N.
– Electric power cable: H05VV-F 3G 1.0 mm2.
– Flame retardance: Plug: UL 94V-2 or
better; cable: UL VW-1, IEC60332-1. Cat F2.
– Connection cables have
integrated protection against
accidental disconnection.
– For straight locking from C20 to C19.
– Locking cables are sold in sets of 6 units.
Technical data
– Standard: IEC 60320.
– Load rating: 250 Vac/16 A.
– Operating temperature: -25° C ~ +70° C.
– Extraction force with locking function:
up to 120 N.
– Electric power cable: H05VV-F 3G 1.5 mm2.
– Flame retardance: Plug: UL 94V-2 or
better; cable: UL VW-1, IEC60332-1. Cat F2.
Certification
– ENEC.
– VDE.
– CB scheme.
– RoHS compliant.
Color
– Black/white.
– Other colors available upon request.
Scope of delivery
– 9 x locking cables.
How supplied
– In sets.
Approvals
– ENEC.
– VDE.
– CB scheme.
– RoHS compliant.
Color
– Black/white.
– Other colors available upon request.
Scope of delivery
– 6 x locking cables.
How supplied
– In sets.
SafetyLock™ Connection Cable IEC C13 EU
SafetyLock™ Connection Cable IEC C19 EU
LModel Order No. UP
0.5 m Black 03.951.450.0,001 9 unit
1.0 m Black 03.951.450.0,002 9 unit
1.5 m Black 03.951.450.0,003 9 unit
0.5 m White 03.951.451.0,001 9 unit
1.0 m White 03.951.451.0,002 9 unit
1.5 m White 03.951.451.0,003 9 unit
LModel Order No. UP
0.5 m Black 03.951.455.0,001 6 unit
1.0 m Black 03.951.455.0,002 6 unit
1.5 m Black 03.951.455.0,003 6 unit
0.5 m White 03.951.456.0,001 6 unit
1.0 m White 03.951.456.0,002 6 unit
1.5 m White 03.951.456.0,003 6 unit
DOS20495
DOS20496
DOS20497
DOS20498
DOS20499
DOS20500
MPH2™
Rack PDUs | 243
MPH2™
MPH2 / MPE – Color Coding
– Installation of the rack PDUs MPH2 and MPE
without tools in Knürr DCM and InstaRack racks.
– Option for color coding power supply A or B.
– Option for color coding the individual phases /
groups.
– Installation without tools on MPH2 and MPE.
SpeedMountKit MPH2, MPE
MPH2 / MPE – Color Coding
Rack type Rack height Order No. UP
DCM H2000 039514050001 1 unit
DCM H2200 039514050003 1 unit
InstaRack H2000 039514050002 1 unit
InstaRack H2200 039514050004 1 unit
Design/Color Order No. UP
Blue 03.951.476.0.001 20 unit
Red 03.951.476.0.002 20 unit
Yellow 03.951.476.0.003 20 unit
Green 03.951.476.0.004 20 unit
Orange 03.951.476.0.005 20 unit
DSC00236
244 | Rack PDUs
MPE – Rack PDU
Reliable power distribution for data centers
The MPE Rack PDU is a power distribution unit for data center applications. It provides all the necessary functions
of a rack-based power distribution unit and guarantees reliable power distribution. A broad range of IT devices
and other sensitive electrical loads can be connected to it.
The MPE offers you the highest level of availability for
your critical loads.
Its high operating temperature of up to 60°C makes it
suitable for installation in hot aisles (area at the back of
the rack).
20 A overload switch for many 32 A models that pre-
vents the overload switch from triggering prematurely
at high temperatures and during start-up peaks.
Output cable with disconnection protection to pre-
vent the IEC60320 connection cable from being unin-
tentionally disconnected.
Stable aluminum housing supports the mechanical
stability of the housing.
Extra-large wire cross-sectional area of the input cable;
in three-phase models, this makes it possible to subject
the neutral wire to greater loads in the event that the
loads are unbalanced.
Simple physical and electrical installation helps to keep
costs down.
Emerson Network Power supplies the PDUs prein-
stalled in racks which saves extra work on-site.
Flexible cable entry facilitates installation in the rack.
Very low unit profile – even in the overload switch area
– leaves maximum installation space for other compo-
nents as well as more space for air supply in the rack.
Models with fixed connection facilitate customer-side
connection of the input cable for special requirements.
"SpeedMount" function for installation in Knürr DCM /
InstaRack saves time and money in on-site installation.
Great model variety with power supply from up to
three-phase 32 A and a number of different outputs –
including country-specific with Schuko plug, UK or Swit-
zerland.
MPE
Rack PDUs | 245
MPE
INPUT POWER
16 to 63A (EU).
Single-phase and three-phase.
OUTPUT DISTRIBUTOR
IEC-C13 and IEC-C19, Schuko, UK.
Combination systems.
MODULARITY
Input cable
.
246 | Rack PDUs
– The MPE Rack PDU is a power distribution
unit for data center applications. It provides
all the necessary functions of a rack-based
power distribution unit and guarantees reliable
power distribution. A broad range of IT devices
and other sensitive electrical loads can be
connected to it.
– Special cables with a locking function can be
connected to the outputs.
– Depending on the model, the connecting cable
of the MPH2 is securely attached to the housing
(length of input lead: 3 m) or a connection cable
can be connected directly on site (models with
connection block).
– The PDU can be installed without any tools in
ENP Knürr racks or other housing systems with
the corresponding mountings.
– For 32 A models, the individual groups are
protected by a 20 A circuit breaker (hydraulic,
magnetic).
– The maximum operating temperature is 60°C
(not for MPE-3345-002, this type has 6 x 16A
miniature circuit breaker).
Material / Surface / Color
– Closed housing, aluminum profile, upper
section powder-coated in RAL 7021 fine
structure, plastic parts Vampamid 60024 V0
(UL94) recyclable, dyed fine structure RAL
9005.
Mechanical dimensions
– Width x depth x length (mm)
56 x 50 x (see table).
Standards
– CE conformity: LVD, including the applicable
harmonized standards.
– CB certification: IEC 60950-1 (2nd Ed.).
– BV-BG certification (factory inspected).
MPE – Rack PDU
Input values Input plug Outputs Lengths Order No.
Voltage Current C13 C19 Schuko (mm)
100-240V 16A C20 inlet 18 3 826,5 MPE-3141
100-240V 16A C20 inlet 24 826,5 MPE-3241
230V 16A IEC 60309 16A 1P+N+G 18 3 826,5 MPE-3142
230V 16A IEC 60309 16A 1P+N+G 24 826,5 MPE-3242
230V 32A IEC 60309 32 A 1P+N+G 36 6 1736,5 MPE-1243
230V 32A IEC 60309 32 A 1P+N+G 24 6 3 1736,5 MPE-1543
230V 32A IEC 60309 32 A 1P+N+G 18 1736,5 MPE-1643
230V 32A Hardwired 36 6 1736,5 MPE-1260
230V 32A Hardwired 24 6 3 1736,5 MPE-1560
230V 32A Hardwired 18 1736,5 MPE-1660
230/400 V 3 x 16A IEC 60309 16 A 3P+N+G 36 12 1736,5 MPE-1144
230/400 V 3 x 16A IEC 60309 16 A 3P+N+G 36 6 3 1736,5 MPE-1444
230/400 V 3 x 16A IEC 60309 16 A 3P+N+G 18 1736,5 MPE-1644
230/400 V 3 x 16A Hardwired 36 12 1736,5 MPE-1161
230/400 V 3 x 16A Hardwired 36 6 3 1736,5 MPE-1461
230/400 V 3 x 16A Hardwired 18 1736,5 MPE-1661
230/400V 3x32A IEC 60309 32A 3P+N+G 6 826,5 MPE-3345-002
230/400 V 3 x 32A IEC 60309 32A 3P+N+G 36 6 1736,5 MPE-1245
230/400 V 3 x 32A IEC 60309 32A 3P+N+G 24 12 1736,5 MPE-1345
230/400 V 3 x 32A IEC 60309 32A 3P+N+G 24 6 3 1736,5 MPE-1545
230/400 V 3 x 32A IEC 60309 32A 3P+N+G 18 1736,5 MPE-1645
230/400 V 3 x 32A IEC 60309 32A 3P+N+G 48 1736,5 MPE-1745
230/400 V 3 x 32A Hardwired 36 6 1736,5 MPE-1262
230/400 V 3 x 32A Hardwired 24 12 1736,5 MPE-1362
230/400 V 3 x 32A Hardwired 24 6 3 1736,5 MPE-1562
230/400 V 3 x 32A Hardwired 18 1736,5 MPE-1662
230/400 V 3 x 32A Hardwired 48 1736,5 MPE-1762
MPE1345
MPE
Rack PDUs | 247
MPE
– Connection cables have
integrated protection against
accidental disconnection.
– For straight locking from C14 to C13.
– Locking cables are sold in sets of 9 units.
Technical data
– Standard: IEC 60320.
– Load rating: 250 Vac/10 A.
– Operating temperature: -25° C ~ +70° C.
– Extraction force with locking function:
up to 120 N.
– Electric power cable: H05VV-F 3G 1.0 mm2.
– Flame retardance: Plug: UL 94V-2 or
better; cable: UL VW-1, IEC60332-1. Cat F2.
– Connection cables have
integrated protection against
accidental disconnection.
– For straight locking from C20 to C19.
– Locking cables are sold in sets of 6 units.
Technical data
– Standard: IEC 60320.
– Load rating: 250 Vac/16 A.
– Operating temperature: -25° C ~ +70° C.
– Extraction force with locking function:
up to 120 N.
– Electric power cable: H05VV-F 3G 1.5 mm2.
– Flame retardance: Plug: UL 94V-2 or
better; cable: UL VW-1, IEC60332-1. Cat F2.
Certification
– ENEC.
– VDE.
– CB scheme.
– RoHS compliant.
Color
– Black/white.
– Other colors available upon request.
Scope of delivery
– 9 x locking cables.
How supplied
– In sets.
Approvals
– ENEC.
– VDE.
– CB scheme.
– RoHS compliant.
Color
– Black/white.
– Other colors available upon request.
Scope of delivery
– 6 x locking cables.
How supplied
– In sets.
SafetyLock™ Connection Cable IEC C13 EU
SafetyLock™ Connection Cable IEC C19 EU
LModel Order No. UP
0.5 m Black 03.951.450.0,001 9 unit
1.0 m Black 03.951.450.0,002 9 unit
1.5 m Black 03.951.450.0,003 9 unit
0.5 m White 03.951.451.0,001 9 unit
1.0 m White 03.951.451.0,002 9 unit
1.5 m White 03.951.451.0,003 9 unit
LModel Order No. UP
0.5 m Black 03.951.455.0,001 6 unit
1.0 m Black 03.951.455.0,002 6 unit
1.5 m Black 03.951.455.0,003 6 unit
0.5 m White 03.951.456.0,001 6 unit
1.0 m White 03.951.456.0,002 6 unit
1.5 m White 03.951.456.0,003 6 unit
DOS20495
DOS20496
DOS20497
DOS20498
DOS20499
DOS20500
248 | Rack PDUs
The DI-STRIP product family meets a broad range of data center power
distribution requirements for IT applications, computer networking,
laboratories and home sector.
Specially configured for the growing number of electronic components in
network switching racks or server racks. Available with different accessories,
such as circuit breakers, overvoltage protection, mains filter, master-slave
function, emergency stop switch, fault-current circuit-breaker, local and remote
power metering.
Features
Closed sheet-steel extrusions and
ideal integration into Knürr rack
systems deliver high stability and
torsional strength.
Best possible conductivity: Full-
length brass busbar provided with
many models.
Double spring contacts for reliable
and low contact resistance.
DI-STRIP® – Basic Rack-PDU
Robust PDUs with useful equipment features
DI-STRIP®
Rack PDUs | 249
DI-STRIP®
INPUT POWER
Single-phase or three-phase.
Up to 22 kVA.
Simple input supply.
OUTPUT DISTRIBUTOR
NEMA 5-20R single-phase, IEC C13 and C19,
combination systems.
Schuko, France, Switzerland.
MODULARITY
More connectivity with expansion unit for
Basic Rack PDU GST18.
FORM FACTOR
Vertical mounting (0 U).
Rack installation.
Workstation mounting.
LOCAL MONITORING
Fixed display.
REMOTE MONITORING
Secure Web and SNMP interfaces
with Liebert Nform.
OVERLOAD PROTECTION
Circuit breakers/fuses per branching
cable/output as required.
1 2 3 4 5
10.3A
119.5V
4.32kW
5.17kVA
1-1
IP
1 2 3 4 5
10.3A
119.5V
4.32kW
5.17kVA
1-1
1 2 3 4 5
10.3A
119.5V
4.32kW
5.17kVA
1-1
IP
1 2 3 4 5
10.3A
119.5V
4.32kW
5.17kVA
1-1
1 2 3 4 5
10.3A
119.5V
4.32kW
5.17kVA
1-1
IP
1 2 3 4 5
10.3A
119.5V
4.32kW
5.17kVA
1-1
1 2 3 4 5
10.3A
119.5V
4.32kW
5.17kVA
1-1
IP
1 2 3 4 5
10.3A
119.5V
4.32kW
5.17kVA
1-1
1 2 3 4 5
10.3A
119.5V
4.32kW
5.17kVA
1-1
IP
1 2 3 4 5
10.3A
119.5V
4.32kW
5.17kVA
1-1
1 2 3 4 5
10.3A
119.5V
4.32kW
5.17kVA
1-1
IP
1 2 3 4 5
10.3A
119.5V
4.32kW
5.17kVA
1-1
1 2 3 4 5
10.3A
119.5V
4.32kW
5.17kVA
1-1
IP
1 2 3 4 5
10.3A
119.5V
4.32kW
5.17kVA
1-1
250 | Rack PDUs
Benefits
Optimal phase distribution
across the entire rack with
color-coded identification
of the individual phases.
Up to 48 different plug options
per PDU: shortens the cable
distance between the PDU and
the consumer.
One of the most compact PDUs
on the market: measures only
44.4 x 45.5mm, which saves space
even on a 600mm-wide rack.
Simple and quick installation
on the rack extrusion: reduces
installation and wiring costs.
DI-STRIP®
Emerson Network Power Rack PDUs
Rack PDUs | 251
DI-STRIP®
Highest possible security and availability with:
Closed sheet-steel extrusions that deliver high stability
and torsional flexibility.
Extensive certification compliant with the international
Standard.
Double spring contacts for reliable and low contact
resistance.
Unbalanced load monitoring prevents feed-cable over-
load of 3-phase feed (only DI-STRIP versions M and RM).
Optimal load monitoring for server installation
(only DI-STRIP versions M and RM).
Individual output-backup with DI-STRIP BladePower
and Pizza Power.
Maximum flexibility attained due to:
Internationally compatible configurations and options.
Power cable lengths of 2.5 m or 4 m for more spatial
flexibility.
Rotating current indicator in 90° steps
(only M and RM DI-STRIP versions).
Tool-less installation, which means quick and easy
extension in the rack (only with DI-STRIP HighPower).
Extremely low operating costs:
Installation in the rack is rapid and easy requiring
minimal space and reduced installation time.
Automatic background-light reduction reduces the rack
PDU power loss (only with M and RM DI-STRIP versions).
Especially flat housing extrusion, providing full accessi-
bility to the 19" level on 600 mm wide server racks.
Color-coded phase allocation (L1, L2, L3).
Highly compact construction; minimizes space requirements in the rack.
Can be fitted to a rack or workstation.
Reliable power distribution at full power delivered by full-length brass busbars.
A
B
C
252 | Rack PDUs
DI-STRIP®
DI-STRIP®
European Equipment Models
DI-STRIP models Functions Input power Outputs
Euro socket system IEC 320 Basic power distribution 1 x 16 A
3.68 kVA
IEC60320
C13 & C19
TriplePower Basic power distribution 3 x 16 A
11 kVA
IEC60320
C13 & C19 & Schuko
Classic Basicpower distribution/extra
large distance between the sockets
1 x 16 A
3.68 kVA
Schuko, France, Switzerland
Compact Basic power distribution 1 x 16 A
3.68 kVA
Schuko, France, Switzerland
Protector FI Fault-current circuit-breaker
FI
1 x 16 A
3.68 kVA
Schuko, France, Switzerland
Protector LS Circuit breaker (LS)
FI
1 x 16 A
3.68 kVA
Schuko, France, Switzerland
Protector FI/LS Combination FI + LS 1 x 16 A
3.68 kVA
Schuko, France, Switzerland
Protector Emergency Stop Emergency stop switch 1 x 16 A
3.68 kVA
Schuko, France, Switzerland
Protector Emergency Stop FI/LS Combination emergency stop + FI + LS 1 x 16 A
3.68 kVA
Schuko, France, Switzerland
Power Cleaner Mains filter 1 x 16 A
3.68 kVA
Schuko, France
Safety Basic Overvoltage protection 1 x 16 A
3.68 kVA Schuko, France, Switzerland
Safety Standard Mains filter + overvoltage protection 1 x 16 A
3.68 kVA
Schuko, France, Switzerland
Master Slave Master Slave 1 x 16 A
3.68 kVA
Schuko, France
Combi Combination Master Slave +
overvoltage protection + mains filter
1 x 16 A
3.68 kVA
Schuko, France
M (metered) Phase current metered reading, local 1 x 16 A, 1 x 32 A, 3 x 16 A
3.32 A to 22 kVA
IEC60320
C13 & C19 & Schuko
RM (remote metered) Phase current metered reading local + remote 1 x 16 A, 1 x 32 A, 3 x 16 A
3.32 A to 22 kVA
IEC60320
C13 & C19 & Schuko
Rack PDUs | 253
DI-STRIP®
– Feed cable: H05VV-F 5 G 2.5 mm2.
– Feed cable: 2.5 m (optional with IEC60309 plug,
3Ph/N/PE 6h).
– Easy mounting on the rack extrusion.
– Standard feed 3 x 16 A.
– Ideal for implementing redundancy
(e.g. 96 A with redundant feed).
– Color-coded phase allocation.
– Optimum distribution across the entire
rack height (23 U and 41 U).
– Alternative to 3-phase GST18 system.
Material/ Finish
– Housing: closed sheet steel extrusion,
zinc-passivated, powder-coated texture.
– Plastic parts: Vampamid 6 0024 VO (UL94),
recyclable.
Dimensions
– Height: 45.5 mm.
– Width of housing: 44.4 mm (= 1 U).
Approvals/certificates
– CE label in accordance with
Low Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC.
– EMC Directive 2004/108/EC.
– BV BG.
– CB scheme.
– IEC 320.
Color
– Enclosure: RAL 7035, light-gray.
– Plastic parts: RAL 7021 dark-gray.
Load rating
– 100-240/173-415 Vac.
– Input: 3 x 16 A.
– Output: 10 A (C13).
– Output: 16 A (C19 / Schuko).
Scope of delivery
– 1 x socket strip.
– 2 x mounting brackets.
– Optionally with illuminated switch; 2-pole
switching.
– 19" installation option.
– Euro socket combinations of IEC 320 C13 and
C19 sockets.
– Feed cable: H05VV-F 3G 1.5/2.5 mm2.
– Feed cable: 2.5 m / 5 m.
Material / Finish
– Housing: closed sheet steel extrusion,
zinc-passivated, powder-coated texture.
– Plastic parts: Vampamid 6 0024 VO (UL94),
recyclable.
Dimensions
– Height: 45.5 mm.
– Width of housing: 44.4 mm (= 1 U).
Approvals/certificates
– CE label in accordance with
Low Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC.
– EMC Directive 2004/108/EC.
– BV BG.
– CB scheme.
– CSA (only models with IEC60320 input).
Color
– Enclosure: RAL 7035, light-gray.
– Plastic parts: RAL 7021 dark-gray.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x socket strip.
– 2 x mounting brackets.
DI-STRIP® Euro Socket System, IEC 320
DI-STRIP® TriplePower® Euro Socket System
DOS20062
DOS00458
DOS00460
DOS20102
DOS20126
254 | Rack PDUs
Knürr DI-STRIP® Classic
– Optionally with illuminated switch; 2-pole
switching.
– Socket rotation: 45°.
– Feed cable: H05VV-F 3G 1.5 mm2.
– Optionally with Euro plug, IEC320 for UPS
application.
Material / Finish
– Housing: closed sheet steel extrusion,
zinc-passivated, powder-coated texture.
– Plastic parts: Vampamid 6 0024 VO (UL94).
– Internal conductor: full-length busbars, brass.
Dimensions
– Distance between sockets: 100 mm.
– Height: 45.5 mm.
– Width of housing: 44.4 mm (= 1 U).
– Feed cable: 2.5 m.
Approvals/certificates
– CE label in accordance with
Low Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC.
– EMC Directive 2004/108/EC.
– BV BG.
– CB scheme.
– VDE GS.
Color
– RAL 7035, light-gray.
Load rating
– 100-240 Vac/16 A (output Schuko and UTE).
– 100-240 Vac/10A (outputs Switzerland).
Scope of delivery
– 1 x socket strip.
– 2 x mounting brackets.
DOS00403
DI-STRIP®
– Optionally with illuminated switch; 2-pole
switching.
– 19" installation option (for length 483 mm).
– 2 versions: standard side panel or design side
panel.
– Socket rotation: 45°.
– Feed cable: H05VV-F 3G 1.5 mm2.
– Molded right angle plug.
– Optionally with Euro plug, IEC320 for UPS
applications.
Material / Finish
– Housing: closed sheet steel extrusion,
zinc-passivated, powder-coated texture.
– Plastic parts: Vampamid 6 0024 VO (UL94),
recyclable.
– Internal conductor: full-length busbars, brass.
Dimensions
– Distance between sockets: 50 mm.
– Height: 45.5 mm.
– Width of housing: 44.4 mm (= 1 U).
– Feed cable: 2.5 m.
Approvals/certificates
– CE label in accordance with
Low Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC.
– EMC Directive 2004/108/EC.
– BV BG.
– CB scheme.
– VDE GS.
Color combination
– Final digit of order number .1:
RAL 7035, light-gray.
– Final digit of order number .6:
housing RAL 2003 pastel orange.
– Plastic parts: RAL 7035, light-gray.
Load rating
– 100-240 Vac/16 A (output Schuko and UTE).
– 100-240 Vac/10 A (outputs Switzerland).
Scope of delivery
– 1 x socket strip.
– 2 x mounting brackets.
Knürr DI-STRIP® Compact
DOS00401 with switch.
Rack PDUs | 255
DI-STRIP®
Protector LS
– Circuit breaker for overload and short circuit.
– Protects cables and lines by switching off
rapidly in the event of a short circuit and
defined delayed switch-off when overloads
occur.
– Circuit breaker: 16 A.
– Trip characteristics: type B, 2-pole.
– 19" installation option (for length 483 mm).
– Socket rotation: 45°.
– Feed cable: H05VV-F 3G 1.5 mm2.
– Molded right angle plug.
Material/ Finish
– Housing: closed sheet steel extrusion,
zinc-passivated, powder-coated texture.
– Plastic parts: Vampamid 6 0024 VO (UL94),
recyclable.
– Internal conductor: full-length busbars, brass.
Dimensions
– Distance between sockets: 50 mm.
– Height: 78 mm.
– Width of housing: 44.4 mm (= 1 U).
– Feed cable: 2.5 m.
Protector FI
– Fault-current circuit breaker for user
protection.
– Protection against indirect contact by
disconnection of the circuit when inadmissibly
high contact voltage occurs through bodily
contact with electrical equipment.
– Additional protection against direct contact.
– Residual operating current Ig = 10 mA for
alternating and pulsating direct fault currents.
– 19" installation option (for length 483 mm).
– Socket rotation: 45°.
– Feed cable: H05VV-F 3G 1.5 mm2.
– Molded right angle plug.
Material/ Finish
– Housing: closed sheet steel extrusion,
zinc-passivated, powder-coated texture.
– Plastic parts: Vampamid 6 0024 VO (UL94),
recyclable.
– Internal conductor: full-length busbars, brass.
Approvals/certificates
– CE label in accordance with
Low Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC.
– EMC Directive 2004/108/EC.
– BV BG.
– CB scheme.
– VDE GS.
Color combination
– Final digit of order number .1:
RAL 7035, light-gray.
– Plastic parts: RAL 7035, light gray.
Load rating
– 100–240 Vac/16 A.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x socket strip.
– 2 x mounting brackets.
Dimensions
– Distance between sockets: 50 mm.
– Height: 78 mm.
– Width of housing: 44.4 mm (= 1 U).
– Feed cable: 2.5 m.
Approvals/certificates
– CE label in accordance with
Low Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC.
– EMC Directive 2004/108/EC.
– BV BG.
– CB scheme.
Color combination
– Final digit of order number .1:
RAL 7035, light-gray.
– Plastic parts: RAL 7035, light gray.
Load rating
– 100–240 Vac/16 A.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x socket strip.
– 2 x mounting brackets.
Knürr DI-STRIP® Protector LS
Knürr DI-STRIP® Protector FI
DOS20065 with FI circuit breaker
DOS00692 with circuit breaker.
256 | Rack PDUs
Protector FI / LS
– Fault current switch and circuit breaker.
– Provides a combination of user, overload and
short circuit protection.
– Residual operating current Ig = 30 mA for
alternating and pulsating direct fault currents.
– Circuit breaker 16 A (Schuko and France) /
10A (Switzerland).
– Trip characteristics, type B, 2-pole.
– 19" installation option (for length 483 mm).
– Socket rotation: 45°.
– Feed cable: H05VV-F 3G 1.5 mm2.
– Molded right angle plug.
Material / Finish
– Housing: closed sheet steel extrusion,
zinc-passivated, powder-coated texture.
– Plastic parts: Vampamid 6 0024 VO (UL94),
recyclable.
– Internal conductor: full-length busbars, brass.
Dimensions
– Distance between sockets: 50 mm.
– Height: 78 mm.
– Width of housing: 44.4 mm (= 1 U).
– Feed cable: 2.5 m.
Approvals/certificates
– CE label in accordance with
Low Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC.
– EMC Directive 2004/108/EC.
– BV BG.
– CB scheme.
Color combination
– Final digit of order number .1:
RAL 7035, light-gray.
– Plastic parts: RAL 7035, light-gray.
Load rating
– 100–240 Vac/16 A (Schuko and France).
– 100–240 Vac/10 A (Switzerland).
Scope of delivery
– 1 x socket strip.
– 2 x mounting brackets.
Knürr DI-STRIP® Protector FI / LS
DOS00693
DI-STRIP®
– With 2-pole emergency stop switch for
user protection.
– For manually disconnecting consumers in
an emergency.
– Phase and neutral conductors are separated
safely.
– Switch must be intentionally unlocked to
restart.
– 19" installation option (for length 483 mm).
– Socket rotation: 45°.
– Feed cable: H05VV-F 3G 1.5 mm2.
– Molded right angle plug.
Material / Finish
– Housing: closed sheet steel extrusion,
zinc-passivated, powder-coated texture.
– Plastic parts: Vampamid 6 0024 VO (UL94),
recyclable.
– Internal conductor: full-length busbars, brass.
Dimensions
– Distance between sockets: Classic: 100 mm,
Compact: 50 mm.
– Height: 101 mm.
– Width of housing: 44.4 mm (= 1 U).
– Feed cable: 2.5 m.
Approvals/certificates
– CE label in accordance with
Low Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC.
– EMC Directive 2004/108/EC.
– BV BG.
– CB scheme.
Color combinations
– Final digit of order number .1:
RAL 7035, light gray.
– Plastic parts: RAL 7035, light gray.
Load rating
– 100–240 Vac/16 A.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x socket strip.
– 2 x mounting brackets.
Knürr DI-STRIP® Protector Emergency Stop
DOS20059
Rack PDUs | 257
DI-STRIP®
– High-frequency glitches generally occur
in switching processes ranging from 100 kHz to
5 MHz. This high-frequency rate overloads the
mains frequency and affects adjacent electronic
equipment. The mains filter attenuates this
high-frequency rate.
– The attenuation behavior is harmonized with
the typical interference spectrum.
– The mains filter works in both directions: where
glitches from the equipment to the socket strip
are also filtered from the mains.
– 19" installation option (for length 483 mm).
– Socket rotation: 45°.
– Feed cable: H05VV-F 3G 1.5 mm2.
– Molded right angle plug.
Material / Finish
– Housing: closed sheet steel extrusion,
zinc-passivated, powder-coated texture.
– Plastic parts: Vampamid 6 0024 VO (UL94),
recyclable.
– Internal conductor: full-length busbars, brass.
Dimensions
– Distance between sockets: 50 mm.
– Height: 45.5 mm.
– Width of housing: 44.4 mm (= 1 U).
– Feed cable: 2.5 m.
– With 2-pole emergency stop switch
for user protection.
– For protecting operating personnel.
– For manually disconnecting consumers in
an emergency.
– Phase and neutral conductors are separated
safely.
– Switch must be intentionally unlocked to
restart.
– Socket rotation: 45°.
– Feed cable: H05VV-F 3G 1.5 mm2.
– Molded right angle plug.
Material/ Finish
– Housing: closed sheet steel extrusion,
zinc-passivated, powder-coated texture.
– plastic parts: Vampamid 6 0024 VO (UL94),
recyclable.
– Internal conductor: full-length busbars, brass.
Dimensions
– Distance between sockets: Compact: 50 mm.
– Height: 101 mm.
– Width of housing: 44.4 mm (= 1 U)
– Feed cable: 2.5 m.
Approvals/certificates
– CE label in accordance with
Low Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC.
– EMC Directive 2004/108/EC.
– BV BG.
– CB scheme.
Color combination
– Final digit of order number .1:
RAL 7035, light-gray.
– Final digit of order number .6:
housing RAL 2003 pastel orange.
– Plastic parts: RAL 7035, light-gray.
Technical data
– Nominal voltage: max. 250 Vac, 50 Hz.
– Nominal current, max. 16 A.
– Filter compliant with VDE 0565-3
(EN 60939-1).
Scope of delivery
– 1 x socket strip.
– 2 x mounting brackets.
– 2 x 19" mounting brackets (additionally with
19" installation option).
Approvals/certificates
– CE label in accordance with
Low Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC.
– EMC Directive 2004/108/EC.
– BV BG.
– CB scheme.
Color combinations
– Final digit of order number .1:
RAL 7035, light-gray.
– Plastic parts: RAL 7035, light-gray.
Additionally:
– With 2-pole fault-current switch and circuit
breaker
– Provides a combination of user, overload and
short circuit protection.
Load rating
– 100–240 Vac/16 A.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x socket strip.
– 2 x mounting brackets.
Knürr DI-STRIP® Power Cleaner
Knürr DI-STRIP® Protector Emergency Stop FI /LS
DOS00456
DOS20061
258 | Rack PDUs
– For protection against transient overvoltage
from the mains, which, for example, are caused
by switching machines on and off.
– When critical overvoltages occur, the connec-
tion to the mains is cut off.
– Once the protective conductor has been trig-
gered, the green function display light is not
illuminated. Thus, the socket strip can no longer
be used.*
– Basic equipment protection is classified as class
3 (category D).
– For optimal protection, class 1 and 2 (categories
B and C) protective equipment must be in-
stalled in the building.
– 19" installation option (for length 483 mm).
– Socket rotation: 45°.
– Feed cable: H05VV-F 3G 1.5 mm2.
– Molded right angle plug.
Material / Finish
– Housing: closed sheet steel extrusion,
zinc-passivated, powder-coated texture.
– plastic parts: Vampamid 6 0024 VO (UL94),
recyclable.
– Internal conductor: full-length busbars, brass.
Dimensions
– Distance between sockets: 50 mm.
– Height: 45.5 mm.
– Width of housing: 44.4 mm (= 1 U).
Approvals/certificates
– CE label in accordance with
Low Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC.
– EMC Directive 2004/108/EC.
– BV BG.
– CB scheme.
Color combination
– Final digit of order number .1:
RAL 7035, light-gray.
– Final digit of order number .6:
housing RAL 2003 pastel orange.
– Plastic parts: RAL 7035, light-gray.
Technical data
– Appliance class: Type 3 as per DIN EN 61643-11.
– Requirement class: category D as per VDE
0675-6.
– Mains voltage: 230 VAC.
– Nominal current, max. 16 A.
– Discharge surge current (8/20 μs): 10 kA.
– Reaction time: ‹ 25 ns.
– Safety level (at 100 A varistor peak current):
L with respect to N: ‹ 800 V, L / N with respect to
PE: ‹ 1500 V.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x socket strip.
– 2 x mounting brackets.
Knürr DI-STRIP® Safety Basic
DOS20068 with overvoltage protection
* Send the socket strip to the manufacturer for the protective conductor to be replaced!
DI-STRIP®
Rack PDUs | 259
DI-STRIP®
– Standard safety models consist of a combined
overvoltage protection/mains filter element.
– Protects against transient overvoltages from
the mains, which, for example, are caused by
switching machines on and off.
– When critical overvoltages occur, connection to
the mains is cut off.
– Once the protective conductor has been
triggered, the green function display light is not
illuminated. The socket strip can thus no longer
be used.*
– Basic equipment protection is classified as class
3 (category D).
– For optimal protection, class 1 and 2 (categories
B and C) protective equipment must be
installed in the building.
– High-frequency glitches are generally caused
by switching processes in an operation from
100kHz to5MHz.
– This high-frequency rate overloads the mains
frequency and affects adjacent electronic
equipment. The mains filter attenuates this
high-frequency rate.
– The attenuation behavior is harmonized with
the typical interference spectrum.
– 19" installation option (for length 483 mm).
– Socket rotation: 45°.
– Feed cable: HO5VV-F 3G 1.5 mm2.
– Molded right angle plug.
Material/ Finish
– Housing: closed sheet steel extrusion,
zinc-passivated, powder-coated texture.
– Plastic parts: Vampamid 6 0024 VO (UL94),
recyclable.
– Internal conductor: full-length busbars, brass.
Dimensions
– Distance between sockets: 50 mm.
– Height: 45.5 mm.
– Width of housing: 44.4 mm (= 1 U).
– Feed cable: 2.5 m.
Approvals/certificates
– CE label in accordance with
Low Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC.
– EMC Directive 2004/108/EC.
– BV BG.
– CB scheme.
Color combination
– Final digit of order number .1:
RAL 7035, light-gray.
– Final digit of order number .6:
housing RAL 2003 pastel orange.
– Plastic parts: RAL 7035, light-gray.
Technical data
– Mains voltage: 230 VAC.
– Nominal current: max. 16 A / 10 A.
– Discharge surge current (8/20 μs): 10 kA.
– Reaction time: ‹ 25 ns.
– Safety level (at100 A varistor peak current):
L with respect to N: ‹ 800 V, L / N with respect
to PE: ‹ 1500 V.
– Overvoltage protection
– Appliance class: Class 3 – as per
DIN EN 61643-11.
– Requirement class: Category D as per
VDE 0675-6.
– Mains filter: as per VDE 0565 (EN 60939).
Scope of delivery
– 1 x socket strip.
– 2 x mounting brackets.
Knürr DI-STRIP® Safety Standard
DOS20069
* Send the socket strip to the manufacturer for the safety arrester to be replaced!
260 | Rack PDUs
– Slave plugs will switch on if master switches on.
– Note:
– The master consumer's power intake must
always exceed the switch-on threshold. When
switching off the master consumer, the power
intake must fall below the switch-off thresh-
old.
– 19" installation option (for length 483 mm).
– Socket rotation: 45°.
– Feed cable: H05VV-F 3G 1.5 mm2.
– Molded right angle plug.
Material / Finish
– Housing: closed sheet steel extrusion,
zinc-passivated, powder-coated texture.
– Plastic parts: Vampamid 6 0024 VO (UL94),
recyclable.
– Internal conductor: full-length busbars, brass.
Dimensions
– Distance between sockets: 50 mm.
– Height: 45.5 mm.
– Width of housing: 44.4 mm (= 1 U).
– Feed cable: 2.5 m.
– Master-slave with overvoltage protection and
mains filter.
– Automatic consumer switching.
– Combines Master-Slave and Safety Standard
functions.
– Socket rotation: 45°.
– Feed cable: H05VV-F 3G 1.5 mm2.
– Molded right angle plug.
Material / Finish
– Housing: closed sheet steel extrusion,
zinc-passivated, powder-coated texture.
– Plastic parts: Vampamid 6 0024 VO (UL94),
recyclable.
– Internal conductor: full-length busbars, brass.
Dimensions
– Distance between sockets: 50 mm.
– Height: 45.5 mm.
– Width of housing: 44.4 mm (= 1 U).
– Feed cable: 2.5 m.
Approvals/certificates
– CE label in accordance with
Low Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC.
– EMC Directive 2004/108/EC.
– BV BG.
– CB scheme.
Approvals/certificates
– CE label in accordance with
Low Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC.
– EMC Directive 2004/108/EC.
– BV BG.
– CB scheme.
– VDE GS.
Color combination
– Final digit of order number .1:
RAL 7035, light-gray.
– Plastic parts: RAL 7035, light-gray.
Load rating
– Max. 250 Vac/16 A.
Technical data
– Switching-threshold setting range
– On: 20 - 200 mA (approx. 55 mA on delivery).
– Off: 16 - 160 mA (approx. 44 mA on delivery).
– Switching delay: 550 ms, ± 20 %.
– Electronic module: 2-pole switching.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x socket strip.
– 2 x mounting brackets.
Color combination
– Final digit of order number .1:
RAL 7035, light-gray.
– Plastic parts: RAL 7035, light-gray.
Technical data
– With overvoltage protection and mains filter.
– Mains voltage: max. 250 VAC.
– Nominal current: 16 A.
– Requirement class: D (protection as per
VDE 0675).
– Surge current resistance (8/20 μs wave):
Max. 10 kA.
– Protection level (1.5/50 μs wave):
‹ 1500 V (L + N against PE).
– Master-slave function:
– Switching-threshold setting range
– On: 20 - 200 mA (approx. 55 mA on
delivery).
– Off: 16 - 160 mA (approx. 44 mA on
delivery).
– Switching delay: 550 ms ± 20 %.
– Electronic module: 2-pole switching.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x socket strip.
– 2 x mounting brackets.
Knürr DI-STRIP® Master-Slave
Knürr DI-STRIP® Combi
DOS20070
DOS00325 with master-slave overvoltage protection
and mains filter.
DI-STRIP®
Rack PDUs | 261
DI-STRIP®
– Large LCD display for clear view.
– Effective metering of alternating current
displayed per phase (single-phase or 3-phase,
depending on model).
– LCD display rotation in 90° steps.
– Display contrast can be adjusted.
– Unbalanced-load warning display with 3-phase
model.
– Signals indicate load changes.
– Automatic reduction of background light.
– Feed cable: 4 m H05VV—F 5 G 4 mm2
(PizzaPower M).
– Feed cable: 2.5 m H05VV-F 5 G 2.5 mm2
(TriplePower M).
– Feed cable: 2.5 m H05VV-F 3G 1.5 mm2
(DI-STRIP Compact M, DI-STRIP IEC320 M).
Material/ Finish
– PizzaPower® model; Housing: sheet steel,
zinc-passivated, powder-coated.
– Other models: Housing: closed sheet steel
extrusion, zinc-passivated, powder-coated
texture.
– Plastic parts: Vampamid 6 0024 VO (UL94),
recyclable.
– Displays real RMS value for the
alternating current per phase.
– LCD display rotation in 90° steps.
– Display bright/dark switchover.
– Warning display for unbalanced load.
– Signals indicate load changes.
– Automatic darkening of background light
for energy saving.
Data interface:
– The plug strip can be integrated into the
network via an RJ45 plug.
– Access is possible without special software
via a remote browser.
– Three variable limit values and a warning for
unbalanced loads can be specified.
– The module enables access for up to 5 users or
administrators; access is password-protected.
– The software displays the name and location of
the PDU; this information can be entered by an
administrator.
– The user can specify a static IP address or access
using DHCP.
– Firmware updates can be made via a web
browser.
– Supported protocols: HTTP, SNMP (Traps, SET,
GET), Syslog.
Approvals/certificates
– CE label in accordance with
Low Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC.
– EMC Directive 2004/108/EC.
EN61326-1, EN61000-3-2, EN61000-3-3.
– FCC Class B.
– CB scheme (TriplePower M, DI-STRIP compact
M, IEC320M, ampere meter GST18i).
Color
– PizzaPower M model; Housing:
RAL 9005 black.
– Other models; Housing:
RAL 7035 light-gray.
– Plastic parts: RAL 7021 dark-gray.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x socket strip with ampere meter.
– 2 x mounting brackets.
– 2 x 19" mounting brackets (with 19"
installation option).
Note
Other models (e.g C 19 outputs)
available on request.
Material / Finish
– PizzaPower model; Housing: sheet steel,
zinc-passivated, powder-coated.
– Other models; Housing: closed sheet steel
extrusion, zinc-passivated, powder-coated
texture.
– Plastic parts: Vampamid 6 0024 VO (UL94),
recyclable.
Dimensions
– Width: 84 mm (PizzaPower), 44.4 mm
(others).
– Height: 60 mm (PizzaPower), 44.4 mm
(others).
Color
– PizzaPower model; Housing: RAL 9005 black.
– Other models; Housing: RAL 7035 light-gray.
– Plastic parts: RAL 7021 dark-gray.
Approvals
– CE label in accordance with Low Voltage
Directive 2006/95/EC.
– EMC Directive 2004/108/EC.
– BV BG.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x socket strip (PDU) with remote ampere
meter.
– 1 x mounting bracket.
– 1 x instruction manual.
Knürr DI-STRIP® M
Knürr DI-STRIP® RM
DOS80002
DOS80002
262 | Rack PDUs
Euro plug IEC320 system
With feed cable
230V 16 A Schuko CEE7/7 6 333 03.600.006.1
230V 16 A Schuko CEE7/7 9 483 03.602.009.1
230V 10 A IEC60320 C13 12 483 03.600.312.1
230V 16 A IEC60320 C19 15 3 783 03.600.418.1
230V 16 A IEC60309 1ph/N/PE 6h 15 3 783 03.600.518.1
Euro input in plug
panel
230V 10 A IEC60320 C14 inlet 6 383 03.622.006.1
230V 10 A IEC60320 C14 inlet 9 483 03.622.009.1
Euro input on side
panel
230V 10 A IEC60320 C14 inlet 6 333 03.622.706.1
230V 10 A IEC60320 C14 inlet 9 433 03.622.709.1
230V 10 A IEC60320 C14 inlet 6 383 03.624.706.1
230V 10 A IEC60320 C14 inlet 9 483 03.624.709.1
With overload
protection 10 A 230V 10 A Schuko CEE7/7 10 483 03.632.010.1
GST18 input
in side panel 230V 16 A GST18 6 383 03.600.206.1
TriplePower
230/400V 3 x 16 A none 24 1033 03.600.024.1
230/400V 3 x 16 A none 48 1833 03.600.048.1
230/400V 3 x 16 A IEC60309 3ph/N/PE 6h 24 1033 03.600.824.1
230/400V 3 x 16 A IEC60309 3ph/N/PE 6h 48 1833 03.600.848.1
230/400V 3 x 16 A IEC60309 3ph/N/PE 6h 18 6 1133 03.600.524.1
230/400V 3 x 16 A IEC60309 3ph/N/PE 6h 36 6 1733 03.600.542.1
230/400V 3 x 16 A IEC60309 3ph/N/PE 6h 6 483 03.600.506.1
230/400V 3 x 16 A IEC60309 3ph/N/PE 6h 12 833 03.300.812.1
230/400V 3 x 16 A IEC60309 3ph/N/PE 6h 18 3 833 03.600.521.1
230/400V 3 x 16 A IEC60309 3ph/N/PE 6h 18 3 833 03.300.521.1
230/400V 3 x 16 A IEC60309 3ph/N/PE 6h 21 833 03.600.821.1
230/400V 3 x 16 A IEC60309 3ph/N/PE 6h 45 1733 03.600.845.1
230/400V 3 x 16 A IEC60309 3ph/N/PE 6h 36 6 1733 03.300.542.1
PizzaPower
230V 32 A IEC60309 1ph/N/PE 6h 7 400 03.631.007.1
230V 32 A none 7 400 03.631.807.1
230V 32 A IEC60309 1ph/N/PE 6h 12 4 720 03.631.124.1
230V 32 A IEC60309 1ph/N/PE 6h 24 960 03.631.240.1
230V 32 A IEC60309 1ph/N/PE 6h 21 4 1017 03.631.214.1
230/400V 3 x 32 A IEC60309 3ph/N/PE 6h 21 933 03.631.021.1
230/400V 3 x 32 A none 21 933 03.631.821.1
230/400V 3 x 32 A IEC60309 3ph/N/PE 6h 6 408 03.631.006.1
230/400V 3 x 32 A IEC60309 3ph/N/PE 6h 9 12 939 03.631.912.1
230/400V 3 x 32 A IEC60309 3ph/N/PE 6h 36 1362 03.631.360.1
230/400V 3 x 32 A IEC60309 3ph/N/PE 6h 18 6 1002 03.631.186.1
BladePower
230V 32 A IEC60309 1ph/N/PE 6h 2 3 375 03.630.005.1
230/400V 3 x 32 A IEC60309 3ph/N/PE 6h 6 9 740 03.630.015.1
230V 32 A none 2 3 375 03.630.805.1
230/400V 3 x 32 A none 6 9 740 03.630.815.1
Classic
230V 16 A Schuko CEE7/7 17 1783 03.300.067.X
230V 16 A Schuko CEE7/7 13 1383 03.300.063.X
230V 16 A Schuko CEE7/7 9 983 03.300.059.X
230V 16 A Schuko CEE7/7 5 583 03.300.055.X
230V 16 A Schuko CEE7/7 16 1733 03.302.066.X
230V 16 A Schuko CEE7/7 12 1333 03.302.062.X
230V 16 A Schuko CEE7/7 8 933 03.302.058.X
230V 16 A Schuko CEE7/7 4 533 03.302.054.X
DI-STRIP Model Input Values Input Connector Outputs L S F1 F2 19" Safe Order No.
Voltage Current C13 C19 Schuko UTE Type 13
DI-STRIP®
Rack PDUs | 263
DI-STRIP®
Classic
230V 16 A Schuko CEE7/7 13 1383 03.400.063.X
230V 16 A Schuko CEE7/7 9 983 03.400.059.X
230V 16 A Schuko CEE7/7 5 583 03.400.055.X
230V 16 A Schuko CEE7/7 8 933 03.402.058.X
230V 10 A SEV 1011 T12 13 1383 03.701.063.1
230V 10 A SEV 1011 T12 9 983 03.701.059.1
230V 10 A SEV 1011 T12 5 583 03.701.055.1
230V 10 A SEV 1011 T12 16 1733 03.703.066.1
230V 10 A SEV 1011 T12 8 933 03.703.058.1
Compact
230V 16 A Schuko CEE7/7 15 883 03.300.015.X
230V 16 A Schuko CEE7/7 11 732 03.300.111.X
230V 16 A Schuko CEE7/7 11 683 03.300.011.X
230V 16 A Schuko CEE7/7 7 532 03.300.107.X
230V 16 A Schuko CEE7/7 7 483 03.300.007.X
230V 16 A Schuko CEE7/7 8 483 03.300.008.1
230V 16 A Schuko CEE7/7 4 382 03.300.104.X
230V 16 A Schuko CEE7/7 4 333 03.300.004.X
230V 16 A Schuko CEE7/7 14 883 03.302.014.X
230V 16 A Schuko CEE7/7 10 732 03.302.110.X
230V 16 A Schuko CEE7/7 10 683 03.302.010.X
230V 16 A Schuko CEE7/7 6 532 03.303.106.X
230V 16 A Schuko CEE7/7 6 532 03.302.106.X
230V 16 A Schuko CEE7/7 6 483 03.302.006.X
230V 16 A Schuko CEE7/7 7 483 03.302.007.1
230V 16 A Schuko CEE7/7 3 382 03.302.103.X
230V 16 A Schuko CEE7/7 3 333 03.302.003.X
UPS application 230V 10 A IEC60320 C14 8 483 03.300.308.1
230V 16 A IEC60320 C20 8 483 03.300.408.1
230V 16 A GST18 6 583 03.302.206.1
230V 16 A GST18 3 433 03.302.203.1
230V 16 A GST18 7 533 03.300.207.1
230V 16 A GST18 4 383 03.300.204.1
230V 16 A Schuko CEE7/7 11 683 03.400.011.X
230V 16 A Schuko CEE7/7 7 532 03.400.107.X
230V 16 A Schuko CEE7/7 7 483 03.400.007.X
230V 16 A Schuko CEE7/7 4 333 03.400.004.X
230V 16 A Schuko CEE7/7 10 683 03.402.010.X
230V 16 A Schuko CEE7/7 6 483 03.402.006.X
230V 16 A Schuko CEE7/7 3 333 03.402.003.X
230V 16 A GST18 7 533 03.400.207.1
230V 16 A GST18 4 383 03.701.011.1
230V 10 A SEV 1011 T12 11 683 03.701.007.1
230V 10 A SEV 1011 T12 7 483 03.701.004.1
230V 10 A SEV 1011 T12 4 333 03.703.110.1
230V 10 A SEV 1011 T12 10 732 03.703.1101
230V 10 A SEV 1011 T12 6 483 03.703.006.1
230V 10 A SEV 1011 T12 3 382 03.703.103.1
230V 10 A SEV 1011 T12 3 333 03.703.003.1
Protector FI
230V 16 A Schuko CEE7/7 13 883 03.304.013.1
230V 16 A Schuko CEE7/7 9 683 03.304.009.1
230V 16 A Schuko CEE7/7 5 483 03.304.005.1
230V 16 A Schuko CEE7/7 5 483 03.404.005.1
DI-STRIP Model Input Values Input Connector Outputs L S F1 F2 19" Safe Order No.
Voltage Current C13 C19 Schuko UTE Type 13
264 | Rack PDUs
Protector LS
230V 16 A Schuko CEE7/7 13 883 03.308.013.1
230V 16 A Schuko CEE7/7 9 683 03.308.009.1
230V 16 A Schuko CEE7/7 5 483 03.308.005.1
230V 16 A Schuko CEE7/7 5 483 03.408.005.1
Protector FI/LS
230V 16 A Schuko CEE7/7 13 883 03.310.013.1
230V 16 A Schuko CEE7/7 9 683 03.310.009.1
230V 16 A Schuko CEE7/7 5 483 03.310.005.1
230V 16 A Schuko CEE7/7 9 683 03.410.009.1
230V 16 A Schuko CEE7/7 5 483 03.410.005.1
230V 10 A SEV 1011 T12 5 483 03.711.005.1
Protector emergency stop switch
Compact 230V 16 A Schuko CEE7/7 6 483 03.326.006.1
230V 16 A Schuko CEE7/7 10 683 03.426.010.1
Protector emergency stop switch FI/LS
230V 16 A Schuko CEE7/7 8 683 03.328.008.1
Power Cleaner
230V 16 A Schuko CEE7/7 13 883 03.312.013.X
230V 16 A Schuko CEE7/7 9 683 03.312.009.X
230V 16 A Schuko CEE7/7 5 483 03.312.005.X
230V 16 A GST18 6 483 03.612.206.1
Safety Basic
230V 16 A Schuko CEE7/7 10 732 03.316.110.1
230V 16 A Schuko CEE7/7 10 683 03.316.010.X
230V 16 A Schuko CEE7/7 6 483 03.316.006.X
230V 16 A Schuko CEE7/7 4 383 03.316.004.1
230V 16 A GST18 4 433 03.316.204.1
230V 16 A GST18 6 483 03.616.206.1
230V 16 A Schuko CEE7/7 6 483 03.416.006.1
Safety Standard
230V 16 A Schuko CEE7/7 13 883 03.318.013.X
230V 16 A Schuko CEE7/7 9 732 03.318.109.X
230V 16 A Schuko CEE7/7 9 683 03.318.009.X
230V 16 A Schuko CEE7/7 5 532 03.318.105.X
230V 16 A Schuko CEE7/7 5 483 03.318.005.X
230V 16 A GST18 6 483 03.618.206.1
230V 16 A Schuko CEE7/7 5 483 03.418.005.X
230V 10 A SEV 1011 T12 5 483 03.719.005.1
Master-Slave
230V 16 A Schuko CEE7/7 9 683 03.314.009.1
230V 16 A Schuko CEE7/7 5 483 03.314.005.1
230V 16 A Schuko CEE7/7 5 483 03.414.005.1
Combi
230V 16 A Schuko CEE7/7 9 733 03.320.009.1
230V 16 A Schuko CEE7/7 5 533 03.320.005.1
M
230V 32 A IEC60309 1ph/N/PE 6h 7 483 03.636.007.1
230/400V 3 x 32 A IEC60309 3ph/N/PE 6h 21 933 03.636.021.1
230/400V 3 x 16 A IEC60309 3ph/N/PE 6h 21 1033 03.606.821.1
230/400V 3 x 16 A IEC60309 3ph/N/PE 6h 45 1833 03.606.845.1
230/400V 3 x 16 A IEC60309 3ph/N/PE 6h 18 6 1133 03.606.824.1
230/400V 3 x 16 A IEC60309 3ph/N/PE 6h 36 6 1733 03.606.842.1
230V 16 A Schuko CEE7/7 6 483 03.306.006.1
230V 16 A Schuko CEE7/7 9 483 03.606.009.1
230V 16 A GST18 233 03.606.200.1
DI-STRIP Model Input Values Input Connector Outputs L S F1 F2 19" Safe Order No.
Voltage Current C13 C19 Schuko UTE Type 13
DI-STRIP®
Rack PDUs | 265
DI-STRIP®
RM
230V 16 A Schuko CEE7/7 8 733 03.307.008.1
230V 16 A Schuko CEE7/7 17 1183 03.307.017.1
230V 16 A Schuko CEE7/7 9 633 03.607.009.1
230V 16 A Schuko CEE7/7 18 933 03.607.018.1
230/400V 3 x 16 A IEC60309 3ph/N/PE 6h 24 1133 03.607.825.1
230/400V 3 x 16 A IEC60309 3ph/N/PE 6h 45 1833 03.607.845.1
230/400V 3 x 16 A IEC60309 3ph/N/PE 6h 18 6 1233 03.607.824.1
230/400V 3 x 16 A IEC60309 3ph/N/PE 6h 36 6 1833 03.607.842.1
230V 32 A IEC60309 1ph/N/PE 6h 24 1111 03.637.023.1
230V 32 A IEC60309 1ph/N/PE 6h 12 4 871 03.637.016.1
230V 32 A IEC60309 1ph/N/PE 6h 21 4 1168 03.637.025.1
230/400V 3 x 32 A IEC60309 3ph/N/PE 6h 6 563 03.637.006.1
230/400V 3 x 32 A IEC60309 3ph/N/PE 6h 6 12 995 03.637.018.1
230/400V 3 x 32 A IEC60309 3ph/N/PE 6h 21 1022 03.637.021.1
230/400V 3 x 32 A IEC60309 3ph/N/PE 6h 18 6 1157 03.637.024.1
230/400V 3 x 32 A IEC60309 3ph/N/PE 6h 36 6 1751 03.637.042.1
DI-STRIP Model Input Values Input Connector Outputs L S F1 F2 19" Safe Order No.
Voltage Current C13 C19 Schuko UTE Type 13
Outputs:
C13 = IEC60320 C13 Type 13 = Switzerland, type 13 F2 = Design side panel (for installing at workstation)
C19 = IEC60320 C19 L = Length in mm 19" = Suitable for 19" installation
Schuko = Protective contact plug DIN 49440 S = Switch safe = Child-proof
UTE = France Standard CEE 7-V F1 = Standard side pane (for rack mounting)
266 | Rack PDUs
DI-STRIP®
3-Phase in Rack with GST18
Features
1. DOS20147
3. DOS20142
DOS20104
DOS20103
2. DOS20132
4. DOS20135
Requirement
Constant energy increase require-
ments in the rack caused by high
packing densities (e.g. 1 U Pizza
servers, blade servers, etc.) (1)
Solution
3-phase distributor with GST18
plug system, e.g. 96 A with
redundant feed. (2)
Benefits (3, 4)
– Modularity.
– Plug-in capability (no wiring
required).
– Can be expanded.
– Cascadable.
– Easy implementation of
redundancies/UPS-secured circuits.
– Combination of DIN Schuko /
IEC320 Euro systems.
– Any installation position can be
selected.
– Good alternative to 3-phase
DI-STRIP Triple Power.
Power Supply Cable, 3-Phase
Accessories for GST 18 Plug System
GST18i5 Distributor Block, 3-Phase
– GST 18 socket for connecting GST18i5
distributor block with 3 phases.
– 5-pole (L1, L2, L3, N, PE) 250/400 V ~.
– Cable: H05VV-F 5G 2.5 mm2.
– For individual connection at the customer.
– Modular plug-in connection.
– 3-phase distribution on various socket strips.
– Including mounting panel.
Color
– Black.
Color
– Black.
L Order No. UP
2000 04.000.048.0 1 unit
Order No. UP
04.000.038.9 1 unit
Rack PDUs | 267
DI-STRIP®
DOS00467
DOS00469
DOS20105
DOS00471
DOS00470
Power Supply Cable, Single Phase
Accessories for GST 18 Plug System
Connection Cable
Accessories for GST 18 Plug System
GST18 Socket
GST18 Plug
– Mains plug CEE/VII: GST18 socket (Wieland).
– Cable: H05VV-F3G 1.5 mm2.
– GST 18 plug.
– GST 18 socket.
– Cable: H05VV-F3G 1.5 mm2.
– With threaded connection for cross-section
1.5 – 2.5 mm2 with cable strain relief.
– For individual connection.
– With threaded connection for cross-section
1.5 – 2.5 mm2 with cable strain relief.
– For individual, further cabling.
Color
– White.
Color
– For color coding circuits (e.g. UPS).
Color
– White.
Color
– White.
L Order No. UP
2000 04.000.040.0 1 unit
5000 04.000.041.0 1 unit
LModel Order No. UP
200 White 04.000.042.0 1 unit
200 Black 04.000.042.9 1 unit
500 White 04.000.037.0 1 unit
500 Black 04.000.037.9 1 unit
1000 White 04.000.044.0 1 unit
1000 Black 04.000.044.9 1 unit
5000 White 04.000.045.0 1 unit
Order No. UP
04.000.046.0 1 unit
Order No. UP
04.000.047.0 1 unit
268 | Rack PDUs
DI-STRIP®
DOS00076
DOS00077
DOS00078
DOS00519
Mains Cable for Euro Socket Strip
For DIN 49 440 and French/Belgian Standard
Mains Cable for Euro Socket Strip
For Swiss Standard
Mains Cable for Euro Socket Strip
For British Standard
Euro Connection Cable
– Mains plug CEE/VII: Euro socket IEC 320.
– Cable: H05VV-F 3G 1 mm2.
– Mains plug: Type 12 - Euro socket IEC 320.
– Cable: H05VV-F 3G 1 mm2.
– Mains plug: Type BS 1363 -
IEC320 Euro socket.
– Cable: H05VV-F 3G 1 mm2.
– Mains plug: IEC 320.
– Euro socket IEC 320.
– Cable: H05VV-F 3G 1 mm2.
– USA: SJT AWG18 with USA approval.
Mains voltage
– 250 VAC.
Nominal current
– 10 A.
Mains voltage
– 250 VAC.
Nominal current
– 10 A.
Mains voltage
– 250 VAC.
Nominal current
– 10 A.
Mains voltage
– 250 VAC.
Nominal current
– 10 A.
L Order No. UP
2000 04.000.054.9 1 unit
6000 04.000.053.9 1 unit
LModel Order No. UP
900 EU 04.000.051.9 1 unit
900 USA 04.000.052.9 1 unit
L Order No. UP
2000 04.000.055.9 1 unit
L Order No. UP
2000 04.000.056.9 1 unit
Dimensions in mm: Conversion:
L = Length n = Number of sockets U = Standard rack unit 1 mm = 0.03937 inch
S = Switch F1 = Standard side panel UP = Packaging unit 1 kg = 2.2046 pounds
F2 = Design side panel Safe = child-proof
19" = ideal for 19" components
Replace .x with the number of your color combination: .1 = RAL 7035, .6 = RAL 7035/RAL 2003
Rack PDUs | 269
DI-STRIP®
SafetySleeve™ Cable Protection IEC C19
SafetySleeve™ Cable Protection IEC C13
– SafetySleeves protect the feed lines of the
network equipment.
– Compatible with all C19 cables and fit onto
all PDUs.
Material / Finish
– PVC, black.
– SafetySleeves protect the feed lines of the
network equipment.
– Compatible with all C13 cables and fit onto
all PDUs.
Material / Finish
– PVC, black.
Model Order No. UP
C20 plug in C19 socket 03.910.212.9 001 20 unit
Model Order No. UP
C14 plug in C13 socket 03.910.213.9 001 50 unit
DOS20493
DOS20494
Dimensions in mm: Conversion:
L = Length n = Number of sockets U = Standard rack unit 1 mm = 0.03937 inch
S = Switch F1 = Standard side panel UP = Packaging unit 1 kg = 2.2046 pounds
F2 = Design side panel Safe = child-proof
19" = ideal for 19" components
Replace .x with the number of your color combination: .1 = RAL 7035, .6 = RAL 7035/RAL 2003
Emerson Network Power Rack PDUs
270 | Rack PDUs
Rack PDU Support
and Warranty Options
Emerson Network Power offers you various options to ensure that you get the support you need in the event of a
fault. You can get in touch with your usual contact person directly or contact us by phone or e-mail.
Warranty Extension
When you purchase PDUs from us, you also have the option of ordering
warranty extensions for certain models. The following overview shows you the
various options available for increasing your service level.
Order No.
Warranty term (months) 24 36 60
MPH2 B Version (all B models) free of charge WE1Y-MPH2VB WE3Y-MPH2VB
MPH2 R, C, M Versions (all R, C, M models) free of charge WE1Y-MPH2VRCM WE3Y-MPH2VRCM
MPX Components (excluding sensors and display) free of charge WE1Y-MPX WE3Y-MPX
If a warranty case should unfortunately arise for your product, we will decide
whether to repair or replace the defective product based on the type of defect
in question. Please contact your usual sales contact in such cases.
Technical Support
Website:
www.EmersonNetworkPower.eu
Telephone:
+800 1155 4499
E-mail:
liebert.upstech@emerson.com
Knürr RMS Compact II®
Monitoring | 271
System Reliability and Availability
System and network management
requirements mean the systems’ am-
bient conditions must be monitored.
Compliance with the required ambient
parameters is extremely important for
successful/continuous operation of
high-grade components.
Management Software
Inadmissible fluctuations in tempera-
ture or humidity often cause hardware
defects. Constant automatic monitor-
ing of these parameters is therefore a
basic requirement for safeguarding
operability. All the relevant data can
be recorded and forwarded directly to
a higher-level management system,
e.g. Nagios Liebert Nform™ with the
Knürr RMS Compact II®.
The advantages of Knürr’s modern
rack monitoring system:
Guarantees fault-free operation.
Early disturbance detection.
Incident logging.
Automatic monitoring simplifies
maintenance.
Activates countermeasures in
the event of a malfunction.
Central status control of:
filters, paper, toner, meter readings,
inspection intervals, and much
more.
Up to 12 sensors can
be connected in any arrangement.
Knürr RMS Compact II®
Constant Reliability with Remote Monitoring
Alarm Consolidation and Control
Simply recording data does not suffice
to ward off damages. When faults
occur, short response times are aided
by the monitoring system triggering
actions automatically (e.g. activating
additional fans).
Fast Response
When defined incidents occur, the
RMS Compact II can immediately send
a message as an "SNMP trap" to the
management system or directly as
an e-mail to a technician or an SMS
gateway.
Knürr RMS Compact II®
272 | Monitoring
RMS20013
RMS20015
RMS20047
RMS20048
Knürr RMS Compact II®
Description
– Compact construction - Zero unit solution
(for mounting outside the 19" installation
area).
– 19" installation with adapter bracket.
– Safe clamping of all connected cables with
integrated cable clamping bracket.
– Cost-effective orderly installation with
Plug & Play concept.
– Convenient cabling with RJ45 sensor
connections.
– TCP/IP connection via Ethernet
(10/100 Base T).
– Configuration via SNMP and Web-Browser.
– Web access is password-protected and
optionally encrypted (https).
– 3 different user levels.
– Freely programmable filter system (Boolean
logic) for implementing all alarm conditions.
– Compatible with standard network-manage-
ment and infrastructure-management sys-
tems such as Liebert Nform™ or Open-Source.
– Sensors for monitoring all relevant
environmental influences (optional).
– Internal power supply for sensor equipment
(no additional power supply necessary).
– Alarms via LEDs, relay, network management
or e-mail (SMTP).
– Support from Modbus/TCP.
– System time balancing with NTP servers.
Technical data
– 12 universally usable sensor inputs for
temperature and humidity sensors,
digital (on/off) or analog sensors (0...10V).
– 3 digital outputs (2 x relay, max. 3A at
230VAC, 1 x 750mA at 48VDC).
– Power supply: 100 – 240VAC.
– Operating voltage: 12VDC.
Compliance
– CE marking compliant with
Low Voltage Directive 73/23/EEC;
EMC directive 89/336/EEC.
Color
– RAL 7021, dark-grey.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x Knürr RMS Compact II.
– 1 x power supply unit.
– 2 x 19" mounting brackets.
– 1 x support bracket for power supply unit.
– 1 x CD ROM (with manual, MIB file)
How supplied
– In sets.
W H D Model Order No. UP
350 42 170 RMS Compact II®06.108.200.8 1 set
Knürr RMS Compact II®
Monitoring | 273
Humidity Sensor
Air Speed Sensor
Avoids dew
– Insensitive to disturbances.
– Additional power supply required.
– The sensor does not have to be
recalibrated.
Technical data
– Air measurement range 30 – 90 %.
– Accuracy: ± 5 %.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x sensor with RJ45 port.
– 1 x mounting kit.
Fan and filter monitoring
– No additional power supply.
– Automatic detection as analog sensor.
– Does not have to be recalibrated.
– Offset and alarm parameters can be set
in RMS.
Technical data
– Measurement range: 0 to 1 m/s.
– Non-linear measurement,
Value table:
< 0 m/s < 1 V
0 m/s 1 V
1 m/s 1.7 V
2 m/s 2.9 V
3 m/s 4.1 V
4 m/s 5 V (6 V max.).
Scope of delivery
– 1 x sensor with 4 m connection cable.
– 1 x mounting kit.
Order No. UP
06.108.212.9 1 unit
Order No. UP
06.108.215.9 1 unit
RMS20019 (similar to picture)
RMS compact-specific
RMS20032
ECO Temperature Sensor Door Contact Sensor
Quick and easy installation
– Insensitive to disturbances.
– No additional power supply required.
– The sensor must be recalibrated.
Technical data
– Temperature measurement range:
0...60°C.
– Accuracy : ± 5 %.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x sensor.
– 1 x mounting kit.
No additional magnet required
– Magnet bridge sensor works on all
magnetic conductive materials
(no special mating part required).
– Can also be used for monitoring
side panels and roof.
– Standard cable length, 4 m.
Technical data
– Temperature range: -20° C to +70° C.
– Switching voltage, max. 200 VDC.
– Switching current, max. 500mA.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x sensor with 4 m connection cable.
– 1 x mounting kit.
Model Order No. UP
ECO 06.108.220.9 1 unit
W H D Order No. UP
20 39 9 06.108.218.9 1 unit
LUF20069 RMS20006
Dimensions in mm: Conversion:
W = Width h = Installation height U = Standard rack unit kg = Weight 1 mm = 0.03937 inch
H = Height d = Usable depth (1 U = 44.45 mm) 1 kg = 2.2046 pounds
D = Depth L = Length UP = Packaging unit
Water Sensor
Conductive water spot sensor
– Detects presence of water.
Technical data
– Operating voltage: max. 24 VDC.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x sensor with 2 m connection cable.
– 1 x mounting bracket.
RMS20031
Order No. UP
06.108.217.9 1 unit
Knürr RMS Compact II®
274 | Monitoring
Passive Infrared Movement Sensor
Vibration Sensor
Security
– Room monitoring with state-of-the-
art technology.
Technical data
– VdS approval: Classes A + B.
– Range of volumetric lens: 2 – 16 m.
– Long lens range: 29 – 50 m.
– Curtain lens range: 17 – 30 m.
– Manipulation monitoring.
– Digital fault evaluation.
– Corner or wall mounting.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x sensor with 4 m connection cable.
– 1 x mounting kit.
Protection against vandalism
– Detects vibrations.
– Theft prevention.
– Reset possible via Viewer software.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x sensor with 4 m connection cable.
Order No. UP
06.108.213.9 1 unit
Order No. UP
06.108.214.9 1 unit
Sensor Cable
Plug & Play for own sensors
(Third party and/or any existing
analogue/digital sensor)
– The 4m long cable is used for
connecting further analog/digital
sensors or alarm outputs to the
sensor input of the Knürr RMS
compact II.
– One end of the cable has an RJ45
connection while other end is open.
– The RMS automatically recognizes a
sensor that is connected to this cable
as an analog sensor.
– A sensor can be supplied with 12 V
voltage using the cable.
Technical data
– Length: 4 m.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x cable.
– 1 x layout overview.
How supplied
– In sets.
Model L Order No. UP
Analog sensor cable 4000 06.108.225.9 1 unit
Digital sensor cable 4000 06.108.224.9 1 unit
Sensor Extension Cable
Flexible positioning of sensors
– The cable is used for extending RMS
compact II sensors.
– It consists of a cable with a connected
RJ45 plug and an RJ45 connector.
Technical data
– Length: 3 m and 10 m.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x cable.
How supplied
– In sets.
Model L Order No. UP
Sensor extension cable 3000 06.108.223.1 1 unit
Sensor extension cable 10000 06.108.223.5 1 unit
Power over Ethernet (PoE) Update Set
Save on cabling
– Saves on costly power supply
installations (e.g. WLAN access
points) or enables centralized UPSs
for decentralized equipment (e.g.
IP phones).
– Using the PoE update set, the RMS
can therefore support installations
with the corresponding UPS concepts
and/or non-standard IDF room.
Technical data
– Input: 48 V DC, 400 mA.
– Output: 12 V DC (12 W).
– Operating temperature: 0° to 40° C.
– Storage temperature:
-40° to 70° C.
– Operating air humidity:
10% to 80% rel. humidity.
Dimensions
– Length: 81 mm.
– Width: 52 mm.
– Height: 28 mm.
Approvals
– EMI: FCC Part 15 Class B, CE Class B.
– Safety: UL, TUV.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x PoE adapter.
– 1 x mounting bracket for easy
attachment to the RMS (similar to the
classic power supply unit mounting
bracket).
How supplied
– In sets.
Model Order No. UP
PoE update set 06.108.230.8 1 unit
Dimensions in mm: Conversion:
W = Width h = Installation height U = Standard rack unit kg = Weight 1 mm = 0.03937 inch
H = Height d = Usable depth (1 U = 44.45 mm) 1 kg = 2.2046 pounds
D = Depth L = Length UP = Packaging unit
Smoke Detector
Sends signal to IT Department
– Optical smoke detector with VdS
approval.
– For early fire detection with smoke
emission.
– Power supply provided via RMS
compact.
– Standard cable length, 4 m.
W H Order No. UP
Ø 90 75 06.108.211.9 1 unit
Technical data
– Operates between -20°C and +75°C.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x sensor with 4 m connection cable.
– 1 x mounting kit.
Knürr RMS Compact II®
Monitoring | 275
Carbon Monoxide
Alarm Sensor
Detects smoke-free gases
and triggers an alarm
– Used for detecting carbon monoxide
emitted by burning fire-retardant
cables.
– Sends signals carbon monoxide to
the RMS and triggers an alarm.
– Standard cable length, 4 m.
– The RMS automatically recognizes
this sensor as a digital sensor.
Model Order No. UP
Carbon monoxide alarm sensor 06.108.211.8 1 unit
Liebert Nform™ helps meet these requirements:
Overview of data center status
Liebert Nform is data-center monitoring software especially for Liebert
infrastructure systems with a trend analysis function, alarm management
and result notifications.
What does Nform offer?
Liebert Nform provides a uniform monitoring interface with an overview
of the operative status of a large number of devices, such as:
– PDUs: Liebert MPX®, Liebert MPH®, Knürr DI-STRIP® RM.
Uninterrupted power supplies.
Water-cooled racks, such as:
– Knürr CoolLoop®, Knürr CoolTherm®.
Thermal management equipment.
Environmental monitoring systems, such as:
– Knürr RMS Compact II®.
Liebert Nform™
Increases Reliability and Energy Efficiency
Technical data
– Operating voltage: 12 VDC (± 20 %).
– Power consumption: approx. 190mA
(idle) approx. 280mA (alarm).
– Sensitivity: 100 ppm CO.
– Ambient temperature:
-15° C to 40° C.
– Piezo alarm: approx. 85 dB(A) at 3 m
away.
– Protection rating: IP 20.
– Switching output 12 V DC:
Max. 170 mA.
– Relay output: Changeover contact,
max. 5 A 230 V DC, max. 5 A 30 V DC.
– Reset: automatic when the gas con-
centration falls below sensitivity level.
Dimensions
– Length: 140 mm.
– Width: 125 mm.
– Height: 40 mm.
Color
– White.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x sensor.
– 1 x sensor connection cable.
– 1 x Mounting kit.
– 1 x Instructions.
How supplied
– In sets.
Inline Metering System
276 | Monitoring
Monitoring is already part of the
everyday routine in most data centers
when it comes to system availability.
Consequently, new systems are
equipped with socket strips or PDUs
with integrated monitoring (Man-
aged PDUs or Adaptive PDUs). Yet,
what can be done about existing
systems containing socket strips or
PDUs that do not provide measuring
functions?
Emerson Network Power Inline
Metering System (IMS) benefits:
Existing rack PDUs can be
retrofitted for optimal savings.
Almost all consumers can be
integrated into the monitoring
system, since numerous plug
systems are provided (1 ph – 3 ph,
max. 63 A per phase).
Flexible installation inside or
outside the rack (e.g. on shelf).
Inline Metering System (IMS)
Optimum Upgrade Solution for Existing Installations
Emerson Network Power's solution
for this is called IMS (Inline Metering
System). These modules allow existing
racks with installed basic power dis-
tributors to be upgraded accordingly.
As almost all server racks are supplied
with an A and B-feed, retrofitting is
possible without have to interrupt
operation. The IMS modules can also
be installed inside or outside the rack;
e.g., on the shelf to save space. The
Inline Metering Systems (IMS) are
divided into three different product
groups with different features.
IMS model series overview
MPX IMSKnürr MODULAR IMS
Features
The rack PDU software interface is familiar; communication card is the same as the ones
for MPX/MPH.
Highest possible reliability and availability with an operating temperature of max. 55°C.
Comprehensive measurement functions (electricity, current, power and energy) with a
high measurement accuracy of up to ± 1 %.
N-conductor overload with 3-phase systems can be prevented as the N-conductor
current is monitored.
Easy connection to the network of up to 4 Liebert MPX IMS / MPH / MPX with only one
IP address.
External sensors and a display can also be connected.
Features
Extensive measurement functions (electricity, current, effective power, apparent power,
reactive power, energy and power factor), with high measurement accuracy of up to
0.17 % (referring to the end value of specified measurement range).
Very high input currents can be measured (up to 999 A per phase via external transducer).
The modular setup allows the solution to be customized (e.g. up to 4 in-feeds per
module with different input plugs or even fixed feed).
Up to 75 modules can be controlled via one IP address.
Storage in external databases possible without additional software.
Emerson Network Power Rack PDUs
INPUT POWER
Single-phase or three-phase
16 A up to max. 63 A
OUTPUT DISTRIBUTOR
Single-phase or three-phase
16 A up to max. 63 A
MODULARITY
External displays or external sensors
(depending on the type of communication card).
MONITORING
Input level
LOCAL MONITORING
Display for user (MPX™ IMS).
REMOTE MONITORING
Secure web and SNMP interfaces
RACK PDU ARRAY™
One IP address; up to 4 rack PDUs (MPX IMS)
MPX, MPH™ and IMS in the same private network
1 2 3 4 5
10.3A
119.5V
4.32kW
5.17kVA
1-1
IP
1 2 3 4 5
10.3A
119.5V
4.32kW
5.17kVA
1-1
1 2 3 4 5
10.3A
119.5V
4.32kW
5.17kVA
1-1
IP
1 2 3 4 5
10.3A
119.5V
4.32kW
5.17kVA
1-1
1 2 3 4 5
10.3A
119.5V
4.32kW
5.17kVA
1-1
IP
1 2 3 4 5
10.3A
119.5V
4.32kW
5.17kVA
1-1
1 2 3 4 5
10.3A
119.5V
4.32kW
5.17kVA
1-1
IP
1 2 3 4 5
10.3A
119.5V
4.32kW
5.17kVA
1-1
1 2 3 4 5
10.3A
119.5V
4.32kW
5.17kVA
1-1
IP
1 2 3 4 5
10.3A
119.5V
4.32kW
5.17kVA
1-1
1 2 3 4 5
10.3A
119.5V
4.32kW
5.17kVA
1-1
IP
1 2 3 4 5
10.3A
119.5V
4.32kW
5.17kVA
1-1
1 2 3 4 5
10.3A
119.5V
4.32kW
5.17kVA
1-1
IP
1 2 3 4 5
10.3A
119.5V
4.32kW
5.17kVA
1-1
Inline Metering System
278 | Monitoring
Emerson Network Power IMS – product series
Features MPX™ IMS Knürr Modular IMS
Measurement module
Modular
Display External
Remote interface
Measuring at input level
Measurement modules per IP address 4 75
Max. measurement points per IP address 4 300
Visualization at PDU level
Visualization at rack level
Visualization at room level Only with additional software: Nform
or Avocent DSView
Measurement parameters A, V, W, kWh A, V, W, VA, Var, kWh, cosphi
Phase asymmetry analysis
External sensor connection options
Input power 1 ph + 3 ph, max 32 A 1 ph + 3 ph, max. 63 A (max. 4 feeds ),
max. 3 ph 999 A (via external transducer)
Connection option IEC 60309 IEC 60309, GST18, fixed connection
Protocols HTTP, HTTPs, SNMP, Telnet HTTP, HTTPs, SNMP v3,
Storage in external database Only with additional software: Nform or Avocent DSView Oracle, MySQL, MSSQL
Order number
1 ph. 16 A MPXIMS-EHBAXS30 On request
1 ph. 32 A MPXIMS-EHBAXQ30 On request
3 ph. 16 A MPXIMS-EHBAXT30 On request
3 ph. 32 A MPXIMS-EHBAXR30 On request
Control unit Not required On request
Inline Metering System
Monitoring | 279
Easy Upgrade from Basic Power Distributor to Measurement-enabled
Power Distributor
Inline Metering System
280 | Monitoring
– Existing rack PDUs do not have to be
replaced as the modules can be retrofitted.
– Almost all consumers can be integrated into
the monitoring system, since numerous plug
systems are provided (1 ph – 3 ph, max. 32 A
per phase).
– Flexible installation inside or outside the rack
(e.g. on shelf).
– Liebert Rack PDU software interface is familiar;
communication card is the same as the one for
Liebert MPX/MPH.
– Highest possible reliability and availability with
an operating temperature of max. 55°C.
– Comprehensive measurement functions
(electricity, current, power and energy), with
high measurement accuracy of up to ± 1 %.
– N-conductor overload with 3-phase systems
can be prevented since the N-conductor current
is monitored.
– Easy connection to the network of up to
4 Liebert MPX IMS / MPH / MPX with only
1 IP address.
– External sensors and a display can also be
connected.
Technical data
Interfaces:
– RJ-45 LAN port (10/100 MBit) for connecting
to local area network (LAN) via an Ethernet
cable.
– Expansion / administration port for local
configuration using a computer / laptop, for
setting up a link-up of several PDUs (Liebert
MPX™ or MPH™).
– Serial interface RS232.
– Display port for connecting the RPC BDM
(display module).
– External sensor port for connecting optional
sensors.
– Remote management: Onboard web
interface, CLI, SNMPv1, 2, 3, SSH, Telnet,
integratable into Avocent ACS, UMG & MPU,
DSView, Rack Power Manager, Nform & Trellis
as well as Nagios or other management
software programs.
– Authentication: local, remote; active
directory, LDAP, TACACS, Radius, Kerberos.
– Encryption: MD5, AES, DES.
Supported technologies:
– Web support provided by Liebert MPX control
and management. Authorized users can view
status information via their network.
– SNMP support provided by Liebert MPX SNMP
management.
– Easy integration into Liebert Nform, Avocent
DSVIEW3 and Nagios.
Material / Finish
– Enclosure: aluminum.
– Cover: sheet steel.
Dimensions
– Height: 81 mm.
– Width: 75 mm.
– Length: 266 mm.
– Input cable length: 3 m.
– Output cable length: 0.5 m.
Certification
– CE label in accordance with
Low Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC.
– EMC Directive 2004/108/EC.
– BV GS.
Color
– Enclosure: aluminum/RAL 7021 dark-gray.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x MPXIMS-Module/power supply.
How supplied
– In sets.
Liebert MPX™ IMS
IMS_8141
Model L Input values Input connector Output socket Order No. UP
Liebert MPX™ IMS 1 x 16 A 266 230 Vac, 16 A IEC60309 1ph/N/PE 6h IEC60309 1ph/N/PE 6h MPXIMS-EHBAXS30 1 unit
Liebert MPX™ IMS 1 x 32 A 266 230 Vac, 32A IEC60309 1ph/N/PE 6h IEC60309 1ph/N/PE 6h MPXIMS-EHBAXQ30 1 unit
Liebert MPX™ IMS 3 x 16 A 266 230/400 VAC, 16 A IEC60309 1ph/N/PE 6h IEC60309 1ph/N/PE 6h MPXIMS-EHBAXT30 1 unit
Liebert MPX™ IMS 3 x 32 A 266 230/400 VAC, 32 A IEC60309 1ph/N/PE 6h IEC60309 1ph/N/PE 6h MPXIMS-EHBAXR30 1 unit
Inline Metering System
Monitoring | 281
Knürr Modular IMS
– Existing rack PDUs modules can be retrofitted.
– Almost all consumers can be integrated into the
monitoring system, since numerous plug
systems are provided (1 ph – 3 ph, max. 63 A
per phase).
– Flexible installation inside or outside the rack
(e.g. in shelf).
– Extensive measurement functions (electricity,
current, effective power, apparent power,
reactive power, energy and power factor),
with high measurement accuracy of up to
0.17 % (referring to the end value of the specific
measurement range).
– Very high input currents can be measured
(up to 999 A per phase via external transducer).
– The modular setup means the solution can be
customized (e.g. up to 4 in-feeds per module
with different input plugs or even fixed feed).
– Up to 75 modules can be controlled via one
IP address.
– Storage in external databases possible without
additional software.
Technical data
– The measurement modules can only be
operated with a control unit.
– No more than 75 measurement modules can
be connected to a single control unit.
– 2 x RJ 45 LAN Port 10/100MBit for local
network connection (on the control unit).
– Visualization of all connected measurement
modules via WEB.
– Status information visible via WEB.
– Protocols: HTTP, HTTPs, SNMPv3.
– Storage in external data base possible
(Oracle, MySQL, MSSQL).
– Integration into building systems also possible
via potential-free contacts.
– Temperature sensors can be connected.
Dimensions
– Length/depth (control unit): 600 mm.
– Length/depth (module): 400 mm.
– Width: 483 mm (19").
– Height: 88.8 mm (2 U).
– Power supply cable: length, 2 m.
– Output: socket fixed on device.
Approvals/certificates
– CE label in accordance with
Low Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC.
– EMC Directive 2004/108/EC.
– FFC.
– GS Certificate.
– CB scheme.
Color
– RAL 7021, dark-gray.
Scope of delivery
– 1 x Measurement modules, control unit.
How supplied
– In sets.
IMS_Module
Model Input values Input connector Output socket Order No. UP
Knürr Modular IMS 1x16 A 2 x 230 VAC, 16 A 2 x IEC60309 1ph/N/PE 6h 2 x IEC60309 1ph/N/PE 6h On request 1 unit
Knürr Modular IMS 1 x 32 A 2 x 230 VAC, 32 A 2 x IEC60309 1ph/N/PE 6h 2 x IEC60309 1ph/N/PE 6h On request 1 unit
Knürr Modular IMS 3 x 16 A 2 x 230/400 VAC; 16 A 2 x IEC60309 1ph/N/PE 6h 2 x IEC60309 1ph/N/PE 6h On request 1 unit
Knürr Modular IMS 3 x 32 A 2 x 230/400 VAC; 32 A 2 x IEC60309 1ph/N/PE 6h 2 x IEC60309 1ph/N/PE 6h On request 1 unit
Knürr Modular control unit On request 1 unit
Emerson Network Power
282 |
Adaptive Architecture
Liebert Adaptive Architecture™
The Liebert Adaptive Architecture
product and technology family
distinguishes itself by delivering an
ideal balance between minimal TCO
and optimal availability.
Open Architecture/
Closed Architecture
Open architecture utilizes cooling coils
and the room's air volume as thermal
storage to guarantee continuity in the
event of power failures.
Closed architecture means that the
rack is entirely closed off. The cooling
coils are inside the enclosure. Other
provisions must be made to bridge
power failures.
Redundancy
Measure of a system's failure tolerance
and the extent to which maintenance
work can be performed on a product in
operation without function loss.
Systems without redundancy can fail
as soon as one single component
fails; or cannot be operated during
maintenance work.
Redundancy is achieved with the
parallel setup of the same compo-
nents, of which at least one of these
is not required for the system to
achieve 100% functionality. Such a
setup means that even the failure of
important components or planned
maintenance work will not impair
the product's continuous operation.
Redundancy concepts can therefore
deliver very high system availability
levels.
The highest level of redundancy is
attained with the installation of
two independent systems whose
incoming and outgoing lines are also
separated. Preventive maintenance
work or component faults do not
impair the system's performance
because the second system can take
over the entire desired functionality
at any time.
Glossary
Industry Terms and Phrases
Availability
Availability is achieved through proven
technology or a system that minimizes
malfunction risks and downtimes of your
IT system.
Flexibility
"Flexible" products and systems that can
be reconfigured or extended to meet the
requirements of new technologies, provide
even more protection, or meet the
requirements of corporate growth or
business changes.
Total Cost Of Ownership
All operating costs (TCO) of a solution,
including purchase, future changes and
maintenance.
Power Supply
Power supply; three-phase (EMEA)
A three-phase power circuit has three
conductors, an earth connection, and in
most cases, a neutral conductor. Typical
voltages for such power circuits are
380 V, 400 V and 415V.
Power supply; single-phase (EMEA)
Single-phase power circuits have two
cables and an earth connection. Typical
voltages are 220 V, 230 V and 240V.
Power density
More power. More heat generation.
Less space. Since the performance of
processors is constantly growing but
the amount of space available is
decreasing, power density rises (from
less than 50 to more than 300 watt
per m
2
). This generates far more heat,
resulting in hot spots that can occur in
your data center.
UPS types:
Online and Line Interactive
An online UPS is used to back up critical
applications and guarantee a continu-
ous, uninterrupted power supply.
Frequency and wave form are also
regulated. A line-interactive UPS pre-
vents voltage peaks and inadmissible
power-supply parameters. This energy-
efficient technology regulates the
power supply and the battery backup
system which is especially ideal for
installations that rarely suffer power
failures, but frequently suffer supply
fluctuations.
Battery capacity
The percentage power capacity of your
batteries, depending on their age,
usage period, environment, ambient
temperature and maintenance status.
A normal VRLA battery can achieve 80 %
and has to be replaced after 3-5 years.
Battery runtime
The time (in minutes) in which your
batteries provide power supply and
protect your information in the event
of a power or system failure.
kW
Standard measurement unit for
electrical power. 1 kW is 1,000 W or
power consumption of 1,000 joules per
second. (1 joule is the required energy
it takes to heat 1 kg of water by 1°C.)
Cooling
Back cooling
Absorbs the heat generated by air-cooled
condensers and dry coolers for all ambient
temperatures or heights. Hot air or hot water
is drawn off; water is cooled and recirculated.
Precision cooling
The precise controlling and regulation of
temperatures, moisture or air filtering.
Hot Aisle / Cold Aisle
A highly efficient method of improving per-
formance with existing raised floor systems
with high-density rack-based installations.
The racks and frames are set up to create
"hot" and "cold aisles". Perforated bottom
covers from which the raised floor's cool air
flows are only placed in the cold aisles.
Sensible heat
"Sensible" or "tangible" heat can can be
directly sensed or measured. Sensible
heat changes a material's temperature.
Essentially, it provides information on
temperature, comparable to that of a
weather forecast. Sensible heat is measured
with a thermometer. Severs, for example,
emit solely sensible heat.
Latent heat
"Latent heat" is the heat energy that goes into
a material's state change. During a thermally
managed cooling process, latent heat is
diverted into the air by vapor condensation
when the air is cooled below dew point
(dehumidification). Latent heat discharge
does not have any effect on the temperature
you feel.
Total heat
Total heat is composed of the heat content of
the air (sensible heat) and the water-vapor
mixture (latent heat). It is crucial for the
thermal device's nominal power.
BTU
BTU is a heat energy unit. It is the amount
of heat required to raise the temperature of
1 British pound of water by 1 degree Fahren-
heit (at sea level). One ton of cooling power
is equal to 12,000 BTU/hour.
Ton
A ton, in relation to cooling systems, is the
amount of heat required to melt 1 ton of
ice in 24 hours. A ton is equal to 12,000 BTU/
hour or 3,025,900 calories/hour.
Emerson Network Power
| 283
Centers of Expertise
When you partner with Emerson
Network Power for your business
continuity needs across your
enterprise, you benefit from
more than products to support
and protect your technology
infrastructure.
Developing such a wide range of
technologies gives us in-depth
industry knowledge and a
“big-picture” understanding of
how all systems must work together
within any critical environment.
We deliver this knowledge through
Emerson Network Power’s Centers
of Expertise: distinct areas of
world-class products and services
that help you determine what you
need and where, depending on your
application.
All so that you can keep your
business moving forward for your
customers.
AC Power
Sustaining critical operations that simply can’t go down. We deliver a full range of uninterruptible power
systems plus STS devices, providing everything from individual products to integrated power protection
solutions that keep network closets, computer rooms and data centers up and running.
DC Power
Supporting voice and communication networks through reliable and efficient DC power. The extensive
DC power portfolio includes a wide range of -48 V and 400 V DC systems; from sub-racks to large stand-
alone systems. Improved reliability, increased energy efficiency and load balancing is enabled through the
Intelligent Load Management functionality (patent pending).
Infrastructure Management & Monitoring
Managing and monitoring critical environments at multiple sites around the clock. We make it easy in today’s
ROI-driven business environment, with comprehensive infrastructure management and monitoring systems
for both IT and facilities. Solutions and services that provide continuous oversight of data centers, computer
rooms and network closets, as well as wireless, wireline and enterprise telecom applications.
Power Switching & Controls
Safeguarding facilities from operational disruption due to electrical power interruption. We provide ASCO®
power-transfer switches, generator paralleling switchgear/power control systems, and touch screen SCADA
for monitoring and control of the utility service and on-site backup power generators; all helping to ensure
continuity of supply to essential and mission-critical communications, data-processing, life-safety, and other
critical loads. Backed by the largest manufacturers, direct field based project management and service
technicians in the industry.
Thermal Management
Managing the heat transferred from the data center to the external environment, while assuring the right
temperature and airflow for each server. The Thermal Management range of Liebert® solutions answers to
all different customer needs and applications, adopting state-of-the-art technologies to achieve the highest
efficiency while minimizing energy costs.
Racks & Integrated Solutions
Optimizing technology and performance needs for indoor IT applications. We deliver standard and
customized integrated cabinet solutions that meet unique and specific needs, from Knürr® and Liebert®
rack solutions for computer rooms of all sizes to integrated racks with self-contained cooling, UPS and cable
management in a solid, lockable cabinet.
Surge Protection
Defending power, voice and data moving through a network against grid irregularities and dangerous
electrical disturbances. Depending on the application, we offer Liebert® and PowerSure™ AC Power
Protection, Islatrol™ Active Tracking Filters and Edco™ data/signal surge protective devices; all of which
provide power protection to reduce downtime, saving crucial man-hours and extending equipment life.
Service and Solutions
Delivering assessment, testing and reliability programs backed by the largest global services organization in
the industry. We offer engineering, installation, startup services, project management and training together
with entire life-cycle management including preventive and predictive maintenance, remote diagnostics,
on-site operations management, and energy consumption monitoring.
Emerson Network Power
284 |
1
3
4
4
4
6
7
1AC Power
2Infrastructure Management
& Monitoring
3Power Switching
& Controls
4Thermal
Management
5Racks & Integrated
Cabinets
6Surge Protection
7DC Power
Knürr® Power Distribution Rack
Central connection unit for power supplies in individual server racks.
• Interface between the low voltage feed and PDU.
• Individual plug-in units.
• Up to 346 kVA/Rack.
SmartAisleTM
• Aisle containment.
• Provides highest energy efficiency.
• Control compatible with Thermal Management units.
Rack PDU
Rack-based power distribution units.
• Supports strip-level metering, outlet-level switching and outlet-level metering/
switching for remote power management and control.
• Horizontal and vertical models designed for a variety of rack configurations
in branch and remote offices.
Emerson Network Power
Data Center Infrastructure for Large Applications
1AC Power
2Infrastructure Management
& Monitoring
3Power Switching
& Controls
4Thermal
Management
5Racks &
Integrated Solutions
6Surge Protection
7DC Power
Emerson Network Power
| 285
1
2
4
5
7
Knürr® DCD
Passive chilled water heat exchanger.
• Cooling capacity up to 35 kW.
• “Room-neutral” design.
• Usable for third party racks.
Knürr Miracel®/Knürr® DCM
Global rack platform for
data centers, networks and
telecommunications.
• Lightweight aluminum frame.
• T-slot system.
• Simple cable management.
• Holds up to 1,500 kg.
• Also available with @lock
(electronic locking solutions).
Service
Emerson Network Power supports
entire critical infrastructures with the
largest global service organization
and an extensive service offering,
enhancing network availability and
ensuring total peace of mind 24/7.
Our approach to servicing critical
infrastructure covers all aspects of
availability and performance: from
single power and thermal management
equipment to entire mission-critical
systems.
The most comprehensive insurance for
business protection can be obtained
with a service program from Emerson
Network Power which includes access
to LIFE™.
LIFE™
LIFE provides remote diagnostics and
preventive monitoring service for UPS
and thermal management equipment.
LIFE delivers increased uptime and
operational efficiency by enabling
continuous monitoring of your
equipment, expert data analysis and
field engineering expertise.
Through the data transferred from
your equipment via LIFE, our remote
service experts gain the real-time
insight and information needed
to quickly identify, diagnose, and
resolve any irregularities that may
arise in operation, ultimately taking
responsibility for your critical assets
24/7.
Emerson Network Power
Really reliable availability of business-
critical networks requires a network
infrastructure installation you can
fully depend on, administration and
continuous support.
This in turn depends on the power
supply and cooling infrastructure
supporting these systems and is based
on the following key components:
– Business-critical power supply
– Business-critical cooling
– Rack and enclosure systems
– Monitoring and management
– Proactive maintenance
Emerson Network Power has devel-
oped new power-supply-, cooling-,
rack- and enclosure systems, as well as
monitoring solutions which further
support uninterrupted availability –
and offer real added value that goes
well beyond the sum of the individual
solutions.
With our solutions we provide unsur-
passed adaptability, individualization
and the ability to integrate into the
most diverse products and services.
We acquire extensive knowledge of
the challenges you face and are in a
position to meet your requirements.
Our exceptionally reliable and com-
prehensive solutions are tailored to
your requirements – thereby provid-
ing the benefit of optimized strategic
and operational efficiency enhanced
reliability, higher flexibility and lower
overall operating costs.
Drawing on the combined use of our
knowledge, our experience and our
resources, we deliver a demand-driven
solution from a single source.
The result: an infrastructure that
stays abreast of current and future
requirements.
Emerson Network Power –
For greater Energy Efficiency in your IT Environment
Emerson. Consider it Solved, LIFE, Trellis, Emerson Network Power and the Emerson Network Power logo are registered trademarks or service marks of Emerson Electric Co. or of one of its affiliated
companies. ©2016 Emerson Electric Co. All rights reserved.
Although all appropriate care was taken to ensure that the information in this brochure
is correct and complete, Emerson does not accept responsibility for its contents and
rejects any claims for liability for damages occurring as a result of use of the printed
information, nor does it accept responsibility for errors or omissions.
Technical data may change without prior notice.
1101.150.110
MKA4CATOUKIT
About Emerson Network Power
Emerson Network Power, a business of Emerson (NYSE:EMR),
is the world’s leading provider of critical infrastructure
technologies and life cycle services for information and
communications technology systems. With an expansive
portfolio of intelligent, rapidly deployable hardware and
software solutions forpower, thermal and infrastructure
management, Emerson Network Power enables efficient,
highly-available networks. Learn more at
www.EmersonNetworkPower.com
Ensuring high availability of
mission-critical data and applications.
EmersonNetworkPower.eu
Sites
Emerson Network Power
Global Headquarters
1050 Dearborn Drive
P.O. Box 29186
Columbus, OH 43229, USA
T +1 614 8880246
Emerson Network Power
Europe Middle East And Africa
Mariakirchener Straße 38
94424 Arnstorf
Germany
T +49 8723 27 0
F +49 8723 27 154
knuerr@emerson.com
Emerson Network Power
United Kingdom
George Curl Way
Southampton
SO18 2RY, UK
T +44 (0)23 8061 0311
F +44(0)23 8061 0852
UK.Enquiries@Emerson.com
Visit our website for more
contact details in EMEA:
www.EmersonNetworkPower.eu
Follow us on: